r/EPA
WELLHEAD PROTECTION
AREA DELINEATION
A "HANDS-ON'1
TRAINING COURSE

August 23 - 25,13SO •  FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA
                  Office of Ground-Water Protection
                  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                  Washington, D.C.

-------
               Acknowledgment
     This manual was prepared by the Environ-
mental Protection  Agency,  Office  of Ground-
Water  Protection  (OGWP)  (Washington,  D.C.).
Technical assistance was provided by Geraghty
and Miller, Inc. (Annapolis,  MD.); logistical
and  management assistance was  provided  by
ICF, Inc. (Fairfax,  VA.)
(Contract #68-C8-003).

-------
                 Disclaimer
     This manual  is intended for  use  in the
series  of  training   courses  for  Wellhead
Protection  Area   (WHPA)   Delineation  held
during the  fall  of 1988.   The methods and
models presented  in  this text  and for the
courses do  not represent  EPA standards nor
does their use constitute endorsement.   These
methods and models  are compiled  from activi-
ties  conducted by  the states  and  are  pre<-.
sented for general training purposes only.

-------
               WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION

                   A "HANDS-ON" TRAINING COURSE
                      AGENDA TOPIC
Day 1

AM     8:30 -  9:00   Registration

       9:00 - 10:00   Introduction
                      - Course Objectives and Format
                      - Review of Wellhead Protection Program

      10:00 - 10:15   BREAK

      10:15 - 12:00   Fundamentals
                      - Ground-Water Flow
                      - Contaminant Transport
                      - Well Hydraulics
                      - Fundamental Concepts Exercise

PM    12:00 -  1:00   LDNCH

       1:00 -  3:00   Elements of Wellhead Protection
                      - Wellhead Terminology
                      - Wellhead Delineation Criteria (Overview)
                      - Wellhead Delineation Methods (Overview)
                      - Adequacy of Delineation

       3:00 -  3:15   BREAK

       3:15 -  5:00   Fixed Radii and Simplified Variable Shapes
                      Methods
                      - Arbitrary Fixed Radius Method
                      - Calculated Fixed Radius Method
                      - Calculated Fixed Radius Exercise
                      - Simplified Variable Shapes

       5:00           END OF TRAINING FOR DAY 1

Day 2

AM     8:00-10:00   Analytical Methods
                      - Analytical Drawdown Method
                      - Analytical Time-of-Travel Method

      10:00 - 10:15   BREAK

-------
         WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION (CONTINUED)

                   A "HANDS-ON" TRAINING COURSE
                      AGENDA TOPIC
Dav 2 (continued)

      10:15 - 12:00   Analytical Methods (Continued)
                      - Analytical Zone of Contribution Method
                      - Analytical Methods Exercise

PM    12:00 -  1:00   LUNCH

       1:00 -  2:45   Hydrogeologic Mapping
                      - Overview of Methods
                      - Mapping Exercise

       2:45 -  3:00   BREAK

       3:00 -  5:00   Group Exercise (3-5 per group)
                      - Problem Introduction
                      - Exercise Part 1 and Discussion
                      - Exercise Part 2 and Discussion
                      - Exercise Part 3 and Discussion

       5:00 •          END OF TRAINING FOR DAY 2

Dav 3

AM     8:00-10:00   Numerical Modeling Methods
                      - Review of Numerical Modeling
                      - Checkpoints for Reviewing a Modeling
                        Study

      10:00 - 10:15   BREAK

      10:15-11:30   - Demonstration Case Study
                      - Second Case Study

      11:30 - 12:00   Course Evaluation

PM    12:00 -  1:00   LUNCH

       1:00 -  2:30   Comparative Analyses
                      - case Study 1
                      - Case Study 2
                      - Case Study 3

       2:30 -  2:45   Concluding Remarks

       2:45           END OF TRAINING COURSE

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS*
                                                           Page
 1.   INTRODUCTION	     1-1
     1.1  BACKGROUND	     1-1
     1. 2  TRAINING COURSE OBJECTIVES	     1-2
     1.3  WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW            (Slides Only)

 2.   REVIEW OF FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS	     2-1
     2 .1  GROUND-WATER FLOW	     2-1
     2 . 2  CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT	     2-4
     2.3  WELL HYDRAULICS AND AQUIFER RESPONSE
          TO PUMPING	     2-8
     2.4  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS EXERCISE	     2-11

 3.   ELEMENTS OF WHPA DELINEATION	     3-1

     3 .1  WELLHEAD TERMINOLOGY	     3-1
     3.2  WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION
          CRITERIA	     3-2
     3.3  WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION
          METHODS	     3-8
     3.4  ADEQUACY OF DELINEATION         (Slides Only)

 4.   FIXED RADII AND SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES	     4-1

     4 .1  INTRODUCTION	     4-1
     4 . 2  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS METHOD	     4-1
     4 .3  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS METHOD	     4-2
     4 .4  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS EXERCISE	     4-4
     4 .5  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES METHOD	     4-5

 5.   ANALYTICAL METHODS	     5-1

     5.1  INTRODUCTION	     5-1
     5. 2  ANALYTICAL DRAWDOWN METHODS	     5-2
     5. 3  ANALYTICAL TIME-OF-TRAVEL METHODS	^. . .     5-6
     5.4  ANALYTICAL ZONE-OF-CONTRIBUTION METHODS	     5-7
     5. 5  ANALYTICAL METHODS EXERCISE	     5-16

 6.   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING METHODS	     6-1

     6.1  INTRODUCTION	     6-1
     6.2  OVERVIEW OF HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING METHODS	     6-1
     6. 3  MAPPING EXERCISE	     6-4
     6.4  GROUP EXERCISE	     6-9

*Each Text Section is Preceded by Presentation Slides

-------
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                          (Continued)
 7.   NUMERICAL MODELING METHODS	    7-1

     7.1  INTRODUCTION	    7-1
     7.2  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF NUMERICAL MODELING...    7-1
     7.3  CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING A MODELING STUDY...    7-7
     7.4  NUMERICAL MODEL CASE STUDIES	    7-12
          7.4.1  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY 1	    7-13
          7.4.2  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY 2	    7-17

 8.   COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDIES	    8-1

     8.1  INTRODUCTION	    8-1
     8.2  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 1	    8-1
     8.3  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 2	    8-2
     8.4  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 3	    8-4

APPENDIX A:  REFERENCES	    A-l
APPENDIX B:  CASE STUDIES	    B-l
APPENDIX C:  VALUES OF WELL FUNCTION	    C-l
APPENDIX D:  TABLE OF UNITS CONVERSION FACTORS	    D-l
                                ii

-------
       LIST OF ACRONYMS,  PARAMETERS,  AND COEFFICIENTS
      A = Cross-sectional area
      b = Aquifer thickness  (L)
      C = Concentration  (M/I^)
     C0 = Concentration at source  (M/L3)
     cf = Cubic feet  (L3)
    cfs = Cubic feet per second  (L3/T)
    COD = Cone of depression  (L2/T)
      D = Dispersion coefficient
   DEQE = Department of Environmental Quality Engineering,
          Massachusetts
  dh/dr = Hydraulic gradient  (dimensionless)
   DWNR = Department of Water and Natural Resources
    EPA = Environmental Protection Agency
 EPA HQ = Environmental Protection Agency Head Quarters'
     FY = Federal fiscal year
      g = Acceleration due to gravity (L/T2)
    gpd = Gallons per day (L3/T)
 GWPATH = Particle-tracking computer code
      h = Hydraulic head (L)
      i = Hydraulic gradient  (dimensionless)
      K = Hydraulic conductivity (L/T)
      k = Intrinsic permeability (L2)
      L = Leakance (T"1)
      m = Fluid dynamic viscosity  (M/LT)
    mgd = Million gallons per day  (L-3/!)
    MOC = Method of characteristics
MODFLOW = 3 -dimensional finite-difference ground-water flow
          code
      n = Porosity (dimensionless)
   OGWP = Office of Ground-Water Protection
      p - Fluid density  (M/L3)
      P = Pressure head  (L)
      Q = Discharge (L3/T)
      g = Specific discharge  (L/T)
      r = Radius (L)
  RESSQ = Analytical solute transport code
      s = Drawdown (L)
      S = Storativity/storage coefficient (dimensionless)
   SDWA = Safe Drinking Water Act
    SSA = Sole source aquifer
      t = Time (T)
      T = Transmissivity (L2/T)
    TAD = Technical Assistance Document
THWELLS = Analytical well-hydraulics code
    TOT = Time-of-travel
    TWC = Texas Water Commission
                              iii

-------
        LIST OF ACRONYMS,  PARAMETERS,  AND COEFFICIENTS
                          (Continued)
U.S.G.S. = U.S. Geological Survey
       v = Average ground-water flow velocity (L/T)
  WCRWSA = West Coast Regional Water Supply Authority,
           Florida
     WHP = Wellhead Protection Program
    WHPA = Wellhead Protection Area
    W(u) = Theis well function
       z = Elevation head (L)
     ZOC = Zone of contribution
     ZOI = Zone of influence
     ZOT = Zone of transport
                               IV

-------
1. Introduction

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
    WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION




        TRAINING COURSE INTRODUCTION
                                          Slide 1.01

-------
    WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION
          TRAINING COURSE OBJECTIVES
•  DEVELOP A PRACTICAL UNDERSTANDING OF THE METHODS
   USED TO TRANSLATE DELINEATION CRITERIA TO ON-THE-MAP
   WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREAS

       THIS WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH:

         -   INSTRUCTION

         -   CLASSROOM EXAMPLES

         -   ACTUAL CASE STUDIES

         -   HANDS-ON EXERCISES
•  INTRODUCE AND EVALUATE VARIOUS ANALYTICAL AND
   NUMERCIAL TOOLS AVAILABLE TO IMPLEMENT WHPA
   DELINEATION METHODS
       INCLUDING:

         -   UNIFORM FLOW EQUATIONS

         -   WELL HYDRAULICS EQUATIONS

         -   ANALYTICAL FLOW AND TRANSPORT CODES

         -   NUMERICAL FLOW CODES

         -   PARTICLE TRACKING TECHNIQUES
                                              Slide  1.02

-------
      WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION

             TRAINING COURSE FORMAT
•  REVIEW OF WELLHEAD PROTECTION PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
   CONCERNING WHPA DELINEATION CRITERIA AND METHODS
   REVIEW OF HYDROGEOLOGY FUNDAMENTALS
   DISCUSSION OF FACTORS INFLUENCING SELECTION OF
   WHPA DELINEATION CRITERIA AND METHODS
•  INTRODUCTION TO METHODS INCLUDING:

     - EXPLANATION OF TECHNIQUES

     . EXAMPLES AND CASE STUDIES

     - COMPUTER DEMONSTRATIONS

     - HANDS-ON EXERCISES



•  COMPARATIVE ANALYSES
•  ALL MATERIAL WILL BE OVERED IN LECTURES; TEXT IN
   TRAINING MANUAL IS ONLY FOR LATER REFERENCE
•  QUESTIONS WELCOME AT ANY TIME DURING LECTURES;
   INSTRUCTORS AVAILABLE AT END OF DAY FOR Q & A SESSIONS
                                                Slide 1.03

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
  OVERVIEW OF WELLHEAD PROTECTION PROGRAM
                                         Slide  1.04

-------
                DISCUSSION TOPICS
CO
OL.
O
01
          •  PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES OF PROGRAM
          •  KEY PROGRAM COMPONENTS
          •  PROGRAM PHASES
          •  E.P.A. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE EFFORTS

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
                           PURPOSE
               Focuses on the resource requiring protection


               Protects wellhead area around public water
                  wells and wellfields from contaminants
CO

CL
CD
O
O

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
                             OBJECTIVES
                  Meet the goals of the Statute

                  Recognize diversity of hydrogeologic settings
                     and sources of contamination

                  Maximize State creativity and flexibility

                  Be sensitive to Federal involvement in Land use
                     and water allocation

                  Help coordinate State efforts to protect ground
 §•                   water
 o
 •si

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: THE PROGRAM
              SDWA SUBSECTION 1428(A)
=
8-"
o
CD
Each State WHP shall, at a minimum:
 - Specify duties
 - Determine wellhead protection areas
 - Identify potential sources of contamination
 - Specify management approaches
 - Include contingency plans
 - Address new (future) wells

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: PROGRAM GOAL
CO
o
(0
                 STATE PROGRAM GOAL
          SDWA Section 1428(a) establishes the fundamental goal
          for State WHP Programs "...to protect wellhead areas
          within their jurisdiction from contaminants which may
          have any adverse effects on the health of persons."

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: PROGRAM GOAL
                REQUIRED SUBMITTALS
=?
5."
CD
             Description of how the State Program will achieve

                this goal



             Overall approach



             Methods for evaluating and measuring progress

-------
SPECIFY DUTIES: STATUTE
                    STATUTE/KEY TERM
          For each State WHP Program, the State:
              "...shall, at a minimum...specify the duties for State
              agencies, local governmental entities, and public
              water supply systems with respect to the develop-
              ment and implementation of programs required by
              this section."
CL
Q

-------
SPECIFY DUTIES: STATE SUBMITTAL
             STATE PROGRAM SUBMITTAL
 =?
 OL
 CD
 ro
                Identification of relevant agencies and the lead

                  management agency



                Assignment of duties



                Mechanisms for coordination, integration

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: STATUTE
 Q.
 CD
 CO
               FUNDAMENTAL DEFINITION
          Subsection 1428(e):
               "... the term 'wellhead protection area1 means
               the surface and subsurface area surrounding a
               water well or wellfield, supplying a public water
               system, through which contaminants are likely to
               move toward and reach such water well or wellfield."

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDELINES (INTRODUCTION)
                         BACKGROUND
CL
(D
EPA required to release these gujrtelines by
   SDWA(1428(e))

States not required icmse guidelines

Developed by EPA with consultation from
   Hydrogeology Technical Committee

Reflects analysis of existing programs in States,
   localities and Western Europe

-------
SOURCE IDENTIFICATION: STATUTE
 tf
 Ol
                     STATUTE/KEY TERMS
           For each State WHP Program, the State:
              "...shall, at a minimum...Identify within each wellhead
              protection area all potential anthropogenic sources
              of contaminants which may have any adverse
              effect on the health of persons."

-------
                                                              EXHIBIT 1.5-2
                             OPERATIONS WITH POTENTIAL THREAT TO GROUND WATER
=?
cL
CD
0>
1.  Gas stations/service
    stations, truck terminals

2.  Fuel/oil distributors/
    siorers

3.  Oil pipelines

4.  Auto repair/body shops/
    rust proofers

5.  Auto chemical supplies
    slorers/retailers, pesticide/
    herbicide slorers/retailers

6.  Small engine repair shops

7.  Dry cleaners, furniture
    slrippers/painters/linishers,
    photo processors, appliance
    repairers, printers

8.  Auto washes

9.  Laundromats, beauty
    salons, medical/dental/
    vet offices

10. Research laboratories

11. Food processors, meat
    packers, slaughter houses

12. Concrele/asphall/tar/
    coal companies
13.  Salt piles/sand-sail
     piles

14.  Snow dumps, railroad
     yards, slormwaler im-
     poundment sites, grave-
     yards

15.  Airport maintenance/
     fueling operations areas

16.  Industrial manufacturers:
     chemicals, pesticides/herbi-
     cides, paper, leather products,
     textiles, rubber, plastic/liber-
     glass, silicone/glass, pharma-
     ceuticals, electrical equipment

17.  Machine shops, metal platers/
     heat treaters/smelters/annealers/
     descalers

18.  Wood preservers

19.  Chemical reclamation
     facilities

20.  Boat builders/refinishers

21.  Industrial waste disposal/
     impoundment areas, municipal
     wastewaler treatment plants,
     landlills/dumps/transfer stations
                                                                                                          22. Junk and salvage yards
                                                                                                          23. Subdivisions using private
                                                                                                              wastewaler disposal
                                                                                                              (individual or cluster)

                                                                                                          24. Single-family septic systems

                                                                                                          25. Heating oil storage
                                                                                                              (consumptive use)

                                                                                                          26. Golf courses/parks/nurseries

                                                                                                          27. Sand & gravel mining
                                                                                                              operations

                                                                                                          28. Other mining operations.
                                                                                                              injection wells

                                                                                                          29. Manure piles

                                                                                                          30. Feed lots

                                                                                                          31. Agricultural pesticide/
                                                                                                              herbicide storage

                                                                                                          32. Agricultural pesticide/
                                                                                                              herbicide/fertilizer use
       Source:  Stale of Maine. The Planning Process for Local Ground-Water Protection. Table 2, Draft.

-------
 SOURCE IDENTIFICATION: STATE SUBMITTAL
            STATE PROGRAM SUBMITTAL
CL

-------
MANAGEMENT APPROACHES: STATUTE
                  STATUTE/KEY TERMS
=?
5!
(D
00
For each State WHP Program, the State:
  "...shall, at a minimum...describe a program that
  contains, as appropriate, technical assistance,
  financial assistance, implementation of control
  measures, education, training and demonstration
  projects to protect the water supply  within wellhead
  protection areas from such contaminants."

-------
MANAGEMENT APPROACHES: DEVELOPMENT
=?
CL
CO
         DEVELOPMENT PHASE ACTIVITIES
     Work plans should specify actions, milestones, and a schedule to:

        • Evaluate existing source management programs
            and sources not currently controlled


        • Establish and enhance management approaches


        • Determine procedure for phasing

-------
MANAGEMENT APPROACHES: STATE SUBMITTAL
CO

51
CD
ro
o
        EXISTING SOURCE MANAGEMENT

                    PROGRAMS
                Additional management efforts



                Enhance existing programs

-------
MANAGEMENT APPROACHES: STATE SUBMITTAL
              UNCONTROLLED SOURCES
 a
 CD
 ro
                     Introduce new legislation


                     Train industry personnel


                     Provide technical and financial

                       assistance to municipalities


                     Prohibit in WHPAs


                     Use methods in Statute

-------
MANAGEMENT APPROACHES: STATE SUBMITTAL
                        PHASING

              MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
 =?
 CL
 0>
 ro
 ro
Risk criteria:



     • Hydrogeologic setting



     • Type of wellhead



     • Well size



     • Population

-------
CONTINGENCY PLAN/NEW WELLS: SUMMARY
                     STATUTE/KEY TERM
 Q."
 05
 ro
 CO
             For each State WHP Program, the State:
                 "...shall, at a minimum...include contingency plans
                 for the location and provision of alternate drinking
                 water supplies for each public water system in the
                 event of well or wellfield contamination by such
                 contaminants."

-------
CONTINGENCY PLAN/NEW WELLS: STATUTE
CO
a
(D
ro
                    STATUTE/KEY TERM
             For each State WHP Program, the State:
               "...shall, at a minimum...include a requirement that
               consideration be given to all potential sources of...
               contaminants within the expected wellhead area of
               a new water well which serves as a public water
               supply system."

-------
SEMI-LOGARITHMIC 5 CYCLES X 70 DIVISIONS
KEUFFEL » ESSER CO  HIDE IN us*.
46 6210

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: THE PROGRAM
              SDWA SUBSECTION 1428(B)
=?
O.'

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW: PHASES
              WHP PROGRAM PHASES
 =r
 s
 
-------
Q."
CD
o
                 BUDGET STATUS
       STATE GRANT PROGRAM WAS AUTHORIZED IN S.D.W.A.


       CONGRESS HAS NOT APPROPRIATED FUNDS FOR W.H.P.
       GRANTS FOR FY 1988 AND FY 1989


       Q.G.W.P. HAS FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE


       S.D.W.A. STILL REQUIRES STATES TO SUBMIT AN "ADEQUATE
       PROGRAM" TO E.P.A. BY JUNE 1989
                                       tr-

-------
WHP PROGRAM OVERVIEW. PROGRAM PHASES
         EPA PROGRAM REVIEW PROCESS

             • States are encouraged to submit drafts to EPA
             • Procedures will vary from Region to Region
             • EPA will notify State Governor of approval/
                 disapproval decision
             • States may resubmit revised Programs within
                 six months
to
CO

-------
WORK PLAN OVERVIEW: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Q.
CD
               GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

                      OF WORK PLAN
• Address all six statutory Program elements plus

    public participation



• Identify milestones



• Provide schedule for accomplishment



• Distribute costs/personnel



• Be accompanied by a Program narrative statement
ro
to

-------
WORK PLAN OVER VIEW: PHASING
                            PHASING
              • States may "phase-in" certain program elements to
                  use their resources more efficiently

              • Phasing is recommended principally for:

                   - WHP area delineation
                   - Source identification
                   - Management approaches
                   - Contingency plans
 QL
 (D

-------
=?
CL.
CD
       E.P.A. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE EFFORTS
               ALREADY COMPLETED
          DELINEATION GUIDELINES
          S.D.W.A. GRANT GUIDANCE
          DECISION MAKER'S GUIDE *
          GENERAL TRAINING ON WELLHEAD PROGRAM
          MODEL ASSESSMENT FOR DELINEATION
          SURFACE GEOPHYSICAL TECHNIQUES
          ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF W.H.P. PROGRAMS

-------
              EFFORTS  IN  PROGRESS
Q.'

-------
          OTHER  EFFORTS IN PROGRESS
=?
a.'
CD
CO
CO
    REGIONAL ASSISTANCE FOR STATE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
    NATIONAL WELLHEAD CONFERENCE
          (NEW ORLEANS, LOUISIANA - DECEMBER 1988)
    OVERVIEW OF W.H.P. MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES
    OVERVIEW OF CONTAMINATION SOURCES; FOCUS ON LIGHT
    INDUSTRY
    RISK ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT IN W.H.P.
    APPROACHES FOR FINANCING W.H.P. IMPLEMENTATION
    CONTINGENCY PLANS; T.A.D. AND PILOT PROJECTS

-------
                       1. INTRODUCTION
1.1  BACKGROUND

The Amendments  to the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), passed
in  June 1986,  established the  first nationwide  program to
protect ground-water  resources used for public water supplies
from a  wide  range of potential threats.   The SDWA seeks to
accomplish  this  goal  through  the  establishment of  State
Wellhead  Protection  (WHP)  Programs which  "protect wellhead
areas within  their jurisdiction from  contaminants which may
have any adverse  effect on the health of persons."

One of  the major WHP elements  is  the determination of zones
within   which  contaminant source  assessment  and management
will be  addressed.    These  zones,  called  Wellhead Protection
Areas  (WHPAs),  are defined  in  the SDWA as  "the surface and
subsurface  area  surrounding  a  water  well  or  wellfield,
supplying  a public water  system,  through  which contaminants
are reasonably  likely  to move  toward  and reach  such  water
well or  wellfield."  Hence, the  law  establishes the concept
of protecting a portion of the recharge areas to these points
of  public  drinking-water  withdrawal.    States  are  given
flexibility  in  determining  appropriate  approaches to  WHPA
delineation,  and  the Environmental Protection  Agency (EPA),
Office  of  Ground   Water  Protection  (OGWP)   has  prepared
technical  guidelines  to assist on  the  hydrogeologic aspects
of this  task  in  the  publication of "Guidelines for Delinea-
tion of  Wellhead Protection  Areas",  June  1987.   Additional
guidance is available with respect to funding and implementa-
tion of a WHPA in the following OGWP's guidelines:

     "Guidelines  for Applicants for State Wellhead Protection
     Program  Assistance  Funds Under the Safe  Drinking  Water
     Act"  (EPA,  1987b)

     "Surface Geophysical Techniques for Aquifer and Wellhead
     Protection Delineation" (EPA,  1987c)

     "Model Assessment  for  Delineating Wellhead  Protection
     Areas" (EPA,  1988d)

This manual was prepared to accompany the Wellhead Protection
Area Delineation  Training  Course  presented by  the OGWP at
regional centers  during  the period August  to  November  1988.
It is the  intent  of this  course to provide participants with
an introduction to the criteria and methods used in delineat-
ing WHPAs  as well  as  the  background  in  ground-water  flow
fundamentals required to  apply  those  methods correctly.   The

                             1-1

-------
lecture   material   is   supplemented   with  simple  problem
exercises  that  demonstrate  the  mechanics of  the  various
methods and case  studies  that summarize actual WHPA delinea-
tion projects.

The tutorial  sections  of the  manual  are written  in  a style
that falls between  the  terse  outline  or "bullet" format used
in presentation slides and the in-depth explanations found in
most textbooks.    The   idea  is to  convey,   in one-  or  two-
sentence  paragraphs, the  important  concepts,  points,  and
issues concerning a topic.    The readers  can  move  quickly
through a topic  identifying those points with  which they are
familiar,  as  well  as  those  which  are  new and may  require
further investigation.    A list of references  is provided at
the end of the manual   (Appendix A)  to  direct  the  readers to
available research materials.

Copies of the slides used in each lecture are included at the
end of each  section to allow participants  to  easily follow
each lecture.  These figures  also serve to  illustrate topics
discussed in the body of the text and are referenced by slide
number in the section to which they  pertain.

Additional copies of this training document are available by
contacting:


          Office of Ground-Water Protection
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Washington, DC  20460
1.2  TRAINING COURSE OBJECTIVES
Wellhead Protection  Area (WHPA)  delineation is based  on an
analysis  of  criteria,   such  as  radial  distance,  drawdown
caused by pumpage, ground-water travel time, flow boundaries,
or assimilative  capacity in  the  zone surrounding  the  well.
The  criteria  and thresholds  define  the  general  technical
basis of the WHPA,  and delineation methods are subsequently
used  to  translate  or   apply  these  criteria  to  develop
on-the-ground or on-the-map WHPA boundaries.

The Wellhead  Protection Area  Delineation  Training Course was
designed  for  those  involved  in delineating  WHPAs  or  in
reviewing proposed  delineations.    The  course presents  the
fundamentals  of  ground-water  flow,   well  hydraulics,  and
contaminant  transport to provide  the  necessary  technical
background    for  the delineation  process.   It also  covers

                             1-2

-------
aspects of  the  WHP program pertaining to wellhead  nomencla-
ture, delineation criteria and delineation methods.   Hands-on
exercise have been developed to lead participants through the
mechanics of applying each method.   To foster an appreciation
for some of the complexities that can be  encountered in "real
world" situations,  case  studies are presented  for  a variety
of different hydrogeologic  settings.   Case studies  are  also
used as a basis for comparing the  delineation areas produced
by several different methods at a single  site.

     The  WHPA   Delineation  Training Course  was designed  to
meet the following objectives:

        Introduce the criteria and methods recommended in EPA
        guidelines for delineating WHPAs,

        Develop  a practical  understanding  through  instruc-
        tion, examples, case  studies,  and hands-on  exercises
        of the methods used to translate  delineation criteria
        to on-the-map WHPAS,

        Introduce  and  evaluate  various   analytical   and
        numerical  tools  available  to implement  delineation
        methods
                             1-3

-------
2. Fundamentals

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
    FUNDAMENTALS OF GROUND-WATER FLOW
                                          Slide  2.01

-------
      BERNOULLI'S RELATIONSHIP
where:    h  =  hydraulic head
          Z  =  elevation head
          P  — pressure head
'•!•'"
•'


I Oi •
surement -"T^





•
V

- .
•:' t '
: P

h

Z
I
-
I


i


                               Ground surface
                               Datum (usually sea level):
                                z = 0
                                            Slide  2.02

-------
                                              WELL
                                                       /
                                                        X
                                                         /
                                                          X
                                                           /
                                                            /
SCREEN ZONE
LINE OF
EQUAL  HEAD
       Water levels in wells controlled by hydraulic head
       at  the screen zone  (after  Fetter, 1980).
                                                   Slide  2.03

-------
            WATER  TABLE
                                 ~ Q.I
	DIRECTION OF FLOW
                                         Slide  2.04

-------
Sand and  Gravel
                                          PORE SPACES
Consolidated  Rock
FRACTURE

FAULT
  Carbonate  Rock
                                          SOLUTION
                                          CHANNEL
   Volcanic  Rock
                                          SHRINKAGE
                                          CRACKS
                                           CHANNEL
            Rock texture in major aquifer types (Walton, 1970).
                                                    Slide  2.05

-------
       WATER
       IN (Q)
               FLOW
               AREA
                (A)
HYDRAULIC
GRADIENT (I)
                                                n
                          HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY
                               OF SAND (K)
   LENGTH
                            WATER
                            OUT (Q)
OL
CD
ro
•
o
05
                              Q = KIA
                         Pore
                         Water
                         Velocity
       Ki
       porosity

-------
                         A
             SURFACE WATER
                         B
               GROUND  WATER
A.
B.
Flow paths of molecules of water in turbulent flow.
Flow paths of molecules of water in lanunar flow.

                                    (Fetter, 1980)
                                                        Slide  2.07

-------
CO
a.'
CD
ro
b
00
                                              100
                                                      Flow  Velocity  Ranges
                                                 "i
                                                 10
                                                                               Flow Velocities (cm/sec
0.1
                                                                                         001
        Conduit Flow Karst
        Diffuse Flow Karst
       Sandstone (fractured and jointed)
       Volcanic Basalts (fractured and jointed)
       Fractured Metamorphic

       Gravels and Conglomerates
       Alluvial Sand and Gravel
       Unconsolidated Sands
       Consolidated Sandstones
       Saprolite
       Glacial Till
                                                                                            0.001
                               00001    0.00001
10"6
LEGEND:
          Measured data point reported in literature
          Velocity ranges reported in literature
       — — — —  Extrapolated velocity range interpreted from literature
                                                                                                                       SOURCE  After Everett. 1987

-------
  TRANSMISSIVITY
         T =  K b
       b  =  aquifer thickness
3H5et&J2oDiiruog3J§gb
   • r — discharge that occurs through
    unit width and aquifer height b
    under a hydraulic gradient of 1
                               K — discharge that occurs
                               through unit cross section
                               1 ft square under a
                               hydraulic gradient of 1
                              (Source:  Driscoll,  1986)
                                                Slide   2.09

-------
                   Ground-water Flow System  (Stream
                     Valley) Under Natural  Conditions
                                                                    ..G round-water
                                                                     Divide

                                                                     L
-------
REGIONAL
DISCHARGE
   AREA
                     LOCAL
                   RECHARGE
                      AREA     LOCAL
                            DISCHARGE
                               AREA
                                           REGIONAL
                                           RECHARGE
                                             AREA
                    REGl
      Ground-water flow pattern in a homogeneous isotropic
      aquifer with moderate relief.
                                                Slide 2.11

-------
ro

ro
           02S
           o.i s
                    WSCHARGE TO
                    REGIONAL STREAM
                    AND WETLANDS
DISCHARGE TO
GAINING STREAMS
                       0.1 S    0.2 S  "0.3 S   0.4 S    0.5 S    0.6 S   0.7 S   0.8 S    0.9 S      S
CO
           0.2 S
            0.1 S
                   REGIONAL STREAM
                   AND WETLANDS
                0      0.1 S    0.2S "  0.3S   0.4S    0.5S    0.6S    0.7S    0.8S   0.9S      S

-------
MONITORING WELLS
                                                          POTENTIOMETRIC
                                                          SURFACE
WELL
SCREEN
               Relationships within  the hydrologic system.
                                                            Slide  2.13

-------
  Confined  Aquifer  with  Upward  Leakage
Abandoned  or Inadequately
Cased or Cemented Wells  '
Water Production Well
                                                              Potentiometric

                                                               Surface

                                                       -_— Confining
                                                       i-:  unit   ,
                                                       ;-£3 lAciuitard_l
                                                        •• Confined
                                                        o- Aquifer
   «••.•••. .-r.-V' -•••.•?•:' .'
    .••"..*•' V^T^^T""*.*-• »*0'f'*-
      ^-^<:;2±
              '  *     '
                    Direction of Ground-water  Flow
                                                              Slide  2.14

-------
Confined  Aquifer  with Downward  Leakage
   Abandoned or Inadequately
   Cased or Cemented Well
                                    Water Production Well

|^§||llWl|||il^





\

fpj||j||§v§;|||||||j|
:^?/&!Z^:^^:?M^&&

-

>
> ,



=
1
!
"
.
1
p
% Uncorif inediS Wate
1 Aquifer tj Tabl
i^^pp^i V
v?)vS;;S^«:::f:Sy?S:^ Poten
SSP£8&££ Surf a
_- Confmmq i_-
-I Unit
— - J Aqtiitard I_ r;-:
•• Aquifer _ _^'
              Direction of Ground-water Flow
                                                     Slide  2.15

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
  FUNDAMENTALS OF CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT
                                         Slide 2.16

-------
DIRECT INTRODUCTION OF CONTAMINANTS IN THE
IMMEDIATE WELL AREA
MICROBIAL CONTAMINANTS
CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS
                                               Slide  2.17

-------
    OPERATIONS WITH  POTENTIAL THREAT
          TO GROUND WATER
GAS STATIONS/SERVICE STATIONS, TRUCK TERMINALS
OIL PIPELINES
SNOW DUMPS, RAILROAD YARDS, GRAVEYARDS,
STORMWATER IMPOUNDMENT SITES
INDUSTRIAL MANUFACTURERS: CHEMICALS, PESTICIDES/
HERBICIDES, PAPER, LEATHER PRODUCTS, TEXTILES,
RUBBER, PLASTIC/FIBERGLASS, SILICONE/GLASS,
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, PHARMACEUTICALS
SINGLE-FAMILY SEPTIC SYSTEMS
AGRICULTURAL PESTICIDE/HERBICIDE/FERTILIZER USE
                                                Slide  2.18

-------
          UNSATURATED AND SATURATED ZONES
WATER
TABLE
         GROUND SURFACE
                        SOIL  MOISTURE
                     PORE SPACES  PARTIALLY
                        FILLED WITH WATER
                            CAPILLARY RISE
                          FROM WATER TABLE
                       GROUND  WATER
                              (after Edward E. Johnson, Inc., 1966)
                                              Slide  2.19

-------
CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT  IN
  FLOWING GROUND WATER
                             CONTAMINANT
                             SAND GRAINS
         DIRECTION  OF

         GRetJND-WATER FLOW
           A-T /
      »
                         (Freeze and Cherry, 1979)
                                    Slide  2.20

-------
            ADVECTION
  Advection =  transport by flowing ground water


  Contaminant moves at rate of ground-water flow;
    sharp concentration front; no spreading
o


o

c
o
• •M
+^
5
*-•

0)
o
c
o
O
.5-
      0
                Plug Flow
              Distance
                                            Slide  2.21

-------
             DISPERSION
DISPERSION = spreading of contaminant plume
Dispersion due to mixing and diffusion spreads
 contaminants as they are advected;
 sharp concentration front is smeared
  o
  O

  O
  .o
  *3
  CO
  o
  o
  c
  o
  o
"•5    .5-
       0
              Ground-Water Flow
               Distance
                                  /
                                       Plug Flow
/
                                       Dispersed
                                        Front
                                     *c«  r>
                                    ^
                                     **>)
                                               Slide 2.22

-------
 Hydrodynamic Dispersion    j
Hvdrodvnamic Dispersion
                             Qf -two Processes:
Mechanical Dispersion and Molecular Diffusion
              =  DIJ  * Dd
       D i   - Mechanical Dispersion (mixing)
            D,  = a   v
                 ,   ,,
          a ij - Dispersivity

          V |j - Pore Water Velocity
          - Molecular Diffusion


          Dd =  DoT
          •          '



           Do - Free Water Diffusivity

           T -Tortuosity (IW«- <
         	port at
                                          (  *rJ**
                                       1<,**J
                                               to
                                           Slide 2.23

-------
                 Plume Formation for Continuous

                 and Instantaneous Point Sources
       Uniform flow
     Continuous
     point source

     of Tracer
                                    (a)
       Uniform flow
Instantaneous
point source
                                   (b)
                                               (Freeze and Cherry, 1979)
                                                           Slide  2.24

-------
Scale-Dependence of Hydrodynamic Dispersion
                AVERAGE   FLOW
                            (from Skibitzkie and Robinson, 1963)
             IOO
          CO
          cc
          LU
          Q_


          5
           Q
           Z)
           O
                   SAND,GRAVEL,

                   SANDSTONE

                   LIMESTONE, BASALT,

                   GRANITE a SCHIST
                 I     10    IOO    IOOO

                         DISTANCE (m)
                                                  Slide  2.25
                              (from Lallemand-Barres and Peaudecerf, 1978)

-------
                PETROLEUM PRODUCT REACHING GROUND WATER
                    RECHARGE
             OIL PHASE
             (Oil body)
VAPOR
ZONE
                                        UNSATURATED  ZONE
       WATER TABLE
                                 .CAPILLARY
                                 FRINGE
                                 SATURATED  ZONE
O)
                                                          (after Schwl lie, 1975)

-------
               EFFECTS OF DENSITY  ON MIGRATION OF CONTAMINANTS
ro
ro
                                    SOURCE  OF PRODUCT
                                    ( Greater  density than water
SOURCE OF PRODUCT
( Lesser dentity than water )

                       DIRECTION OF
                     GROUND-WATER FLOW
             FLOW OF DISSOLVED PRODUCT
                                                       CONFINING  BED

-------
 PREDICTING  CONTAMINANT MIGRATION
ACCURATELY PREDICTING TRANSPORT OF DISSOLVED
CONTAMINANTS IS DIFFICULT:
    Discontinuous discharges may produce "slugs" of
    contaminated water, causing wide spatial and
    temporal variations in water quality
    Geochemical reactions between the contaminants and
    geologic materials can also cause wide fluctuations
    in concentration
    Computer modeling of contaminant transport processes
    is not as reliable as ground-water flow modeling due
    to greater complexities and uncertainties involved
THE PROBLEM BECOMES EVEN MORE DIFFICULT FOR
CASES INVOLVING:

     Non-Aqueous Phase Fluids

     Density-Dependent Flow

     Degrading or Highly-Reactive Constituents

     Transport in Fractured-Rock Aquifers
                                              Slide 2.28

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
     FUNDAMENTALS OF WELL HYDRAULICS
                                          Slide  2.29

-------
SOURCE
                                              PUMPING
                                               WELL
              LOW PERMEABILITY FORMATION
             Pumpage reversing gradients under a river
                                                              SURFACE
                                                            Slide  2.30

-------
                                         CONE  OF  DEPRESSION
                  Land  surface
           Cone of
           depression
                           v
             Unconfined
                                               Limits of cone
                                               Of depression
                            Land  surface
  Flow lines

aquifer
                      Confining    bed
                             Pottnt lomttric  turfoc*

                                '"      Q """""""
Drawdown
                  \
Confining  bed
         X/VXXX XX
                     Confined  aquifer
Cone of
depression
                                  I r t i i >>>>>>>)/;
                                  Confining  bed
                                                                                                s//s
cL
CD
ro
CO
                                                                           (Source: Heath,  1983)

-------
                Terminology  for Wellhead Protection
                    Area  Delineation  (Hypothetical
                   Pumping Well in  Porous  Media)
                                                             GROUNDWATER
                                                                 DIVIDE
                               (B) PLAN VIEW
               LEGEND:
                V Water table
                  » Ground-water Flow Direction
                 • Pumping Well
                ZOI Zone of Influence
                zoc Zone of Contribution
                                                                PREPUMPING
                                                                WATER LEVEL
 CONE OF
DEPRESSION
                             A  VERTICAL PROFILE
               -" DRAWDOWN
                CONTOURS
NOT TO SCALE
                                                                Slide  2.32

-------
          DARCY'S LAW IN RADIAL DIMENSIONS
where:
substituting:
Q = K I A

A = 2-rrrb (area of cylinder)

I = dh
    dr
                   Q = 2TtrbK  dh
                               dr
                                                    Slide 2.33

-------
            EQUILIBRIUM  FLOW TO A WELL
                IN A  CONFINED AQUIFER
       Land surface
Original piezometric surface
                     \
  Cone of depression
   Confined aquifer
^mm/MMMMMmm^^^
 where:  h1 = hydraulic head at point nearest the well
            = hydraulic head at point further from well
            = discharge
            = hydraulic conductivity
            = aquifer thickness
            = distance from well to point of h1
            = distance from well to point of h2
 M
h2
Q
K
b
                                                 Slide  2.34

-------
        EQUILIBRIUM  FLOW  EQUATION
        dh=    Q      dr
               2*bK    r

      /*ha             A
      I dh =     Q     /dr
     x          1  i_ Ix   • " "~
     h          2;rbK  y r
                     In   _r2
                         r,
where:  h1 = hydraulic head at point nearest the well
        h2  = hydraulic head at point further from well
           = discharge
        K  = hydraulic conductivity
        b  = aquifer thickness
        r,  = distance from well to point of h1
        r2  = distance from well to point of h2       ^
                          v"
                                               Slide 2.35

-------
                     THIEM  EQUATION
   CONFINED
                      528 Q (log r,/r,)
                           bK
UNCONFINED
                  =   1055 Q (log r,/ri)
                             K
                                                Slide  2.36

-------
DISTANCE  DRAWDOWN  RELATIONSHIP
Drawdown In feet
O o 00 OJ •*" tO O





/



r
s
s




\
/











X





ll
h
Con
. - IV —
r2
X
h
- i
Illl ,
eof


s*^


-'3-
1
dep

X




x



re

/*•



s





slonv
r»j^
^ i
h,

' ^
X




->
x^




x





x





x





s





™
i \

h3

, ,
          10              100
   Distance In feet from discharging well
1000
                            (Source: Heath, 1983)
                                       Slide  2.37

-------
     NON-EQUILIBRIUM  FLOW EQUATION
     i                        — - —

             (THEIS EQUATION)
       s =    114.6Q  W(u)
                T
        u=  1.87 i*S
               Tt            TKt
                             r  ;*


  s =  DRAWDOWN (feet)

  Q=  PUMPING  RATE  (gpm)

  T=  TRANSMISSIVITY  (g

  S =  STORAGE COEFFICIENT
  r =  DISTANCE FROM  PUMPED WELL TO
       OBSERVATION WELL (ft)
    =  TIME (days)

W(u)=  WELL FUNCTION (APPENDIX C)
                                         Slide 2.38

-------
0

£0
c
1 10
^
2
0
20
0
g
c
o 10
1
2
0
20
U- Radius = ->-
(A) | 18,000 ft (5,490m)
~iivi3!:tss^' x ' 	 K ' FTT'-" ••'^iii&i-*—
^^Hwi/Y •+£^^
^ ^^ Transmissivity = 10,000 gpd/ft (124 m'/day)
> (/
.

i
s = 22 ft (6.7m) 	 >-»
k — Radius = 40,000 ft (12,200 m) 	 >•
(B) |
s = 2.5 ft (0.8m) 	 >-V


Transmissivity = 100,000 gpd/ft (1,240 m'/day)


-
*» f°
^,«,»<*
fAJ** /
«**'**'W!
^ -*^
lAc. /
or^
L. ^r*^
jV








                              Effect of different coefficients of transmissivity on the shape, depth, and extent of the cone
                    of depression. Pumping rate and other factors are constant.  (Source:  Driscoll   1986)
CO
CO
(O

-------
  RECHARGE  BOUNDARY - PLAN  VIEW
                             Recharge  boundary
Resultant
cone or
depression
Recharge
 cone
                                (Source:  Heath, 1983)
                                                Slide  2.40

-------
IMPERMEABLE  BOUNDARY - PLAN VIEW
               1      I       /
              Equipotentiol  line
              /\
                                        X


                                         \
                            _ _/_. _L 	I .<_ '	«	
                            •^6'J   '    '
'  . Image ^V ^VSL  /
-I«l«   /^t^7^'   /
                           V	»' \
                                «  >\   /   ^,
               /	il
                    El      1    V'  Nx  7
                    ^	T	"\     /  x
                    e;            v  x
                                 (Source: Heath, 1983)
                                               Slide  2.41

-------
Well Interference
                            well
                             A
well
 B
  Cone of
  depression  with
  well A  pumping
                                                 Static  Potentiometnc  surface
         -~        Cone of
         depression if  well B were
         pumping and well A were idle
                                                           Confined  aquifer
                                                                 Cone  of
                                                         depression  with both
                                                         well  A  and  B  pumping
                                                (Source: Heath, 1983)
                                                              Slide  2.42

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS EXERCISE
                                          Slide  2.43

-------
       FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS EXERCISE
  WATER-SUPPLY WELL SCREENED IN SHALLOW CONFINED
  AQUIFER
  TRANSMISSIVITY = 1 0,000 GALLONS PER DAY PER FOOT
•  STORAGE COEFFICIENT =.0001
  PUMPING RATE = 200 GALLONS PER MINUTE
                                            ••
                                              Slide 2.44

-------
EXERCISES  :
  USING THE THEIS EQUATION, ESTIMATE DRAWDOWN
  OBSERVED AT 100 FEET AND 1000 FEET AFTER 100
  DAYS OF PUMPING

  NOTE:
     CALCULATE u AND DETERMINE W(u) USING THE
     WELL FUNCTION TABLE IN APPENDIX C
 ) PLOT THESE DRAWDOWN POINTS (DRAWDOWN ON
  VERTICAL, ARITHMETIC SCALE) VS. DISTANCE TO
  PUMPING WELL ON SEMILOG GRAPH PAPER
  WHAT IS THE RADIUS OF THE ZONE OF INFLUENCE ?
4) AT WHAT RADIUS IS A 1 FOOT DRAWDOWN OBSERVED ?
                                                Slide  2.45

-------

-------
              2.   REVIEW OF  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS
2.1  GROUND-WATER FLOW

Bernoulli,  in  1738,  developed  the  fundamental  relationship
for describing ground-water energy levels (Slide 2.2).

     h  = Z + P

where:

     h  = hydraulic head
     Z  = elevation head
     P  = pressure head

Ground water moves  from  a  position of high hydraulic head to
a position  of  low hydraulic head.   For  example,  in a water-
table aquifer, ground water will  generally move from an area
of high  water-table elevations to an adjoining area  of low
water-table elevation (Slide 2.3).

The direction  of  ground-water flow  can  be  determined from a
contour map of water levels (equipotential lines).  Flow will
generally be perpendicular  to the equipotential lines in the
direction of decreasing hydraulic heads  (Slide 2.4)..

Ground-water flow occurs in the voids or pore spaces within
earth materials (Slide 2.5).   Porosity is commonly cataloged
into primary and  secondary.  Primary  porosity refers to the
intergranular  spaces  while  secondary  porosity  refers  to
larger  non-capillary voids  such  as  fractures or  solution
channels.

Ground-water  flow  in porous,  granular  media  is  primarily
laminar.   The  term  laminar  means  that molecules  of water
follow  each other  along  the same  flow  paths,  instead  of
crossing  over  to  intersect  and  mix  with  other flow paths
(Slide 2.7).

Laminar  flow can  be described  by  a relationship  known  as
Darcy's law (given below).

          Q = K  I A

Where   Q = discharge (L3/T)
        K = hydraulic conductivity (L/T)
        I = hydraulic gradient,  and
        A = cross-sectional area of flow  (L2)
                             2-1

-------
Darcy's law  can  not  be  applied accurately where flow becomes
turbulent as may be the case in settings dominated by flow in
secondary  porosity  such  as  conduit  karst  and  fractured
bedrock geology.

Hydraulic  conductivity   (K)  is  a  property  specific to  the
earth material K can vary  several  orders of magnitude within
a  single  geologic unit and is  expressed  in  units  such  as
ft/day, cm/sec, or gpd/ft2.

Transmissivity,  a   term   hydrogeologists   commonly  use  to
describe the hydraulic  capacity  of an aquifer  is the product
of K and the aquifer thickness (Slide 2.9).

Ground-water  velocity  through   pore   spaces  (pore  water
velocity), V, is described by the equation:

          V = KI
              n

Where n = porosity of the medium.

Because  all pores  may  not be  interconnected (i.e.,  some
porosity may not contribute to  flow),  velocity calculations
should  be  based on  the  "effective"  porosity.    Effective
porosity  in aquifers  is  often  equated  with   that porosity
drainable under gravity (i.e.,  specific yield).

The  velocity  of ground-water  flow  in  aquifers  generally
ranges  from a  few  inches  to a  few  feet-per-day,  and  is
determined  by  the  hydraulic  conductivity,  porosity,  and
hydraulic gradient.

Natural Ground-Water Flow Systems

A  ground-water  flow  system consists  of  the  entirety of  a
ground-water body extending from  its  recharge area to  its
discharge area.  Boundaries of flow systems are those such as
impermeable  geologic boundaries, flow divides  and flow lines
that separate parallel flow systems (Slide 2.10).

The mass balance for a ground-water flow system estimates the
mass  of water entering the  flow  system  through  recharge,
leaving the  system through discharge, and  being added  to or
depleted from  storage within the  flow  system.   Calculations
should  show that these  terms  are  in balance   (i.e.,  sum to
zero).
                             2-2

-------
Flow  systems  have  geometries  that  reflect  the  scale  of
spatial  variations   in   topography,  hydrology,   and  earth
materials  (Slide  2.11).    Where these variations  are minor,
large  regional  flow  systems  develop.   Where variations  are
large, the  result are many, small  local  flow  systems (Slide
2.12).

Unconfined  flow  systems  have  an upper water surface (water
table) that rises and falls freely.  The water table may drop
tens of feet during periods of extreme drought.

Recharge to a water-table aquifer occurs wherever rainfall or
surface water  infiltrates downward through  the soil  to  the
water table.

Recharge to an unconfined  flow system,  as  a rule,  is  more
rapid  and  of  a  higher  magnitude  compared to  that  of  a
confined aquifer.

Confined aquifers occur beneath lower permeability "confining
units."  The water level in a well screened into the top of a
confined aquifer  will rise  above the  bottom  of  the confining
unit  to  a  level  referred to  as the potentiometric  surface
(Slide 2.13).

Recharge to a  confined aquifer is generally  reduced compared
to  a  non-confined  aquifer.    Water levels in  a  confined
aquifer generally change  less radically  throughout  the  year
than do those of an unconfined aquifer.

Confinement is a  "sliding scale"  between totally unconfined
(water-table)  settings where  aquifers  are in direct hydro-
logic  connection  with activities on the land  surface,  and
well-confined  settings  where  there   is a  little  or  no
hydrologic  interconnection   (under  current   climatic   and
hydrogeologic conditions)  between deeper aquifers  tapped by
public-supply  wells  and   surficial   aquifers   or  surface
sources of pollution.

Ground-water will flow across the confining unit depending
upon the hydraulic head relationships.  If the hydraulic head
in the confined aquifer is greater than the hydraulic head in
the  overlying  aquifer,   flow  will  be  upward  across  the
confining  unit  (Slide 2.14).   This  case  presents a  low
potential for contamination of the lower aquifer in the event
that the upper aquifer becomes contaminated.
                             2-3

-------
Downward leakage across the confining  unit will  occur if the
head relationships described above are reversed (Slide 2.15).
However, the  presence of  the confining  unit and  its  lower
permeability will  act to increase  travel time and may  also
result   in  reduced  contaminant   concentration   levels  if
contaminants should migrate across the confining unit.

The  protection provided  under  confined  conditions  can  be
related  to  depth  from   land surface.    Shallow  confining
conditions within 100 feet of the land surface, are generally
considered less protective than  deeper confining conditions.
They  may  have  approximately   the  same  vulnerability  to
contamination as an unconfined aquifer.

Deep  confining  conditions,   300  feet or more  below  land
surface, generally  exhibit  truer isolation from  the  surface
and, therefore, provide a relatively  large margin of  safety.
Such  aquifers  are  typically  consolidated  except  for  in
coastal  plain  and  alluvial  materials.    Deeper  confining
units will generally have lower permeabilities.

The protective properties of a confining unit can be bypassed
on  account  of  artificial  pathways  such   as  improperly
constructed wells or other man-made apertures.

Pumping  of a  confined  unit  can change  the  hydraulic  head
relationships  across  the confining unit  in  the  vicinity of
the  well  in  such a  way as  to reverse  flow directions  or
increase the rate of flow across the confining unit.

An  assessment  of  the degree  of  confinement may  be a viable
component  of  a WHPA  program.   Part  of  the  assessment may
include  reviews of  the geologic  and hydrologic relationships
among aquifers, and whether or how much of the water supplied
by  confined  wells  in   the   State  is from  recent  surface
recharge in the immediate vicinity of the well, how much from
changes  in aquifer  storage,  how  much  from distant  areas
(representing  water  that recharged the aquifer  hundreds  to
thousands of years in the past),  etc.

2.2  CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT

Contaminant Threats

The delineation of WHPAs will be  designed to protect  wells
from three general categories of threats:

        Direct introduction of contaminants in the immediate
        well area
        Microbial contaminants

                             2-4

-------
        Chemical contaminants

A basic  aspect of the WHP Program is protection  of the area
immediately  contiguous  to  the  well   (e.g.,  pumps,  pipes,
casing) from the direct introduction of contaminants near the
land   surface.    These   contaminants   may  originate  from
accidental spills, road runoff, leakage of chemicals or other
incidents  and are  carried across  the  land  surface  to  the
well.    These  threats   are  avoided   by  "delineating"   or
maintaining some  immediate zone  around  the well where access
and surface runoff is controlled.

A second basic  aspect of WHP  is  protection  from  microbial
contamination,  especially  bacteria  and  viruses  that  may
remain in water delivered to consumers even after treatment.

A third basic aspect is of particular importance:  the broader
range  of  threats posed  by  various chemical  contaminants.
Many of  these chemicals are  very  persistent  in  the subsur-
face,  and  can theoretically  traval  long distances  before
being  adsorbed  by  subsurface  media,   transformed  to  less
harmful  chemicals,  diluted to non-harmful  concentrations  or
other rendered less threatening.

WHPA  programs  are  intended  to identify  sources  of  these
threats.   A  list of  source  operations  is provided  in  the
Grants Guidelines (EPA 1987b), Exhibit 6.

Radiological  contaminants  may constitute  a threat  in areas
with more  waste piles, low-level  radioactive waste-disposal
sites,  and other sources.   Naturally  occuring radiological
threats,  such  as radon,  are generally  not considered  an
anthropogenic source.

Vadose Zone Movement

Contaminants  originating  above the  saturated  zone  generally
move vertically downward through the vadose zone to the water
table (Slide 2.19).

Contaminants moving through the vadose zone may be attenuated
by  sorption  onto  soil  particles,  oxidation/precipitation,
microbial activity, or uptake by plants.

Attenuation  process   in   the  vadose   zone  are  much  more
effective than  in the saturated zone.   Unfortunately,  these
processes  are difficult to  characterize  and  model.    It  is
difficult to account for them in transport calculations.
                             2-5

-------
Saturated Zone Movement

Contaminant  movement  in the  saturated zone is  dependent in
part upon the solubility, density, miscibility, and reactive-
ness of the constituent.

Dissolved chemicals in  the  saturated zone will flow with the
ground water.   The distribution  of a dissolved  chemical in
the ground-water  system in space  and time  (i.e.  the  shape,
extent, and rate of movement of the plume) is governed by the
processes  of advection and  hydrodynamic dispersion  (Slide
2.20).

Advection refers  to  the movement of  a dissolved chemical by
the bulk mass of flowing ground water  (Slide 2.21).

Hydrodynamic dispersion is  a combination  of plume spreading
due to molecular  diffusion  along chemical gradients,  and to
mechanical mixing  of  the plume  with surrounding waters as it
moves through the pore spaces (Slide 2.22).

Dispersion  is  the principal  factor causing dilution  of the
contaminants within the plume.

In  most  aquifers,   the component  of   dispersion  due  to
mechanical  mixing is  several  orders of magnitude  greater
than the molecular diffusion effect.

The  shape  and  size  of the  plume  depends  on  a  number of
factors  including the  local  geologic framework,  local and
regional  ground-water  flow,  the type and  concentration of
contaminants, and  variations  in the rates of introduction of
contaminants from the source (Slide 2.24).

Layering  or intermixed  zones  of  contrasting  particle  size
distributions  (i.e.,  sand  stringers in  a silt  matrix)  can
accentrate dispersion (Slide 2.25).

Where ground-water flow is through fractured rock or solution
cavities, predicting  the migration  of contaminants is orders
of magnitude more complex than in the case of sand aquifers.
In opposition to  advection  and  dispersion, several processes
may inhibit  the migration  of contaminants including reduced
solubility,  adsorption,  and   degradation  (e.g.  microbial
degradation, radioactive decay).

Varying levels  of  plume attenuation may  take place depending
on  the  complex interaction of a  suite  of factors including
the physical and  chemical properties of  the geologic medium,
the  chemical  properties  of  the  contaminants,  background

                             2-6

-------
chemistry  of  the  natural  ground water,  flow  rate,  avail-
ability of oxygen, and microbial activity.

Density and  miscibility of the contaminated  fluids are also
important factors  controlling  the formation and migration of
a plume.

Slightly miscible fluids may flow in separate phases creating
a coherent plume that mixes very little with the surrounding
ground water as it migrates (Slide 2.26).

Less  dense  fluids  may  float  on  the  surface  of  the  water
table/capillary fringe  and may move  in a slightly different
direction from the general ground-water flow direction.

Higher density fluids tend to sink through the saturated zone
eventually reaching the  bottom of the aquifer where they may
move  in  directions  radically  different  from  the  overall
ground-water flow direction (Slide 2.27).

Undissolved phases may  give off vapors which migrate through
the unsaturated zone  in patterns which are unrelated to the
ground-water flow system.

There can be numerous distinct plumes of contamination moving
away from a site.

Lenses of  sand and clay can cause other variations in plume
migration due to stratification of the contaminants.

Pumping  from  wells  can  modify  ground-water flow patterns
and,  consequently,  alter  the  movement  of a  contamination
plume.  Contaminants  within the ZOC  will migrate toward the
well.

Predicting Contaminant Migration

Accurately predicting the transport of dissolved contaminants
is difficult;  computer modeling of contaminant  transport is
not as reliable as ground-water flow  modeling.   The problem
becomes  more  difficult   where   non-aqueous  phase  fluids,
density-dependent  flow,  transport  of  chemically  reactive
constituents,  or  transport  in fractured rock  aquifers  are
involved.

Discontinuous  discharges  may  result  in  "slugs"  of  con-
taminated water, causing wide spatial  and temporal fluctua-
tions in well-water quality.
                             2-7

-------
Detailed  monitoring of  sites  more than  five years  old has
revealed  fluctuations  in  the  concentrations  of some  con-
stituents  while   other  constituents  remained  relatively
constant.   This  phenomenon  is  caused by  the  solution and
dissolution of  certain  chemicals as the  plume  of contamina-
tion interacts with geologic materials in its path.

In  addition to  the parameters  required to  model the  flow
system,  transport  modeling  requires  the  hydraulic  heads
predicted by  the  flow modeling,  estimates of the parameters
that  comprise  hydrodynaraic  dispersion,  effective  porosity
distribution, background water chemistry, transport  proper-
ties  of  constituents   (solubility,  retardation  and  decay
factors) ,   strength  and  temporal  fluctuations  in  waste
source, and estimates of concentration initial  and  boundary
conditions.
2.3  WELL HYDRAULICS AND AQUIFER RESPONSE TO PUMPING

The action of pumping water from a well causes a reduction in
hydraulic  head,  commonly  referred  to as  drawdown,  in  the
aquifer media surrounding  the  well.   Drawdown decreases away
from the well  to a point  of  no influence.   The  distance to
this  point  is  referred  to   as  the  radius  of  influence.
Plotted  in plan  view,   this  radius  is  called  the zone  of
influence (ZOI)  (Slide 2.31).

In three dimensions,  drawdown  occurs as  an inverted cone and
for this  reason is  referred  to  as  the cone  of  depression.
The dimensions of  the cone of depression  are  related  to the
pumping   rate,  duration  of   pumping,   regional  hydraulic
gradient and aquifer hydraulic properties.

The area or volume of an aquifer  that contributes water to a
pumping  well  is  called  the   zone  of  contribution  (ZOC).
Except under idealized  conditions,  the ZOC overlaps the ZOI
but is not totally coincidental.   Ideal  conditions where the
ZOC and  ZOI  are  nearly identical involve  highly productive
water-table aquifers  with nearly flat  water tables  (i.e.,
extremely low hydraulic gradients) under unpumped conditions.

Flow  to a well  can  best  be explained   for  an  idealized
confined aquifer with a single pumping well.  Idealized means
an  infinite,  horizontal aquifer  of  uniform thickness  and
possessing homogenous and isotropic hydraulic properties.
                             2-8

-------
Darcy's  law can  be modified to  account for  radial  flow as
follows:
          Q = K  I A

where:    A = 27rrb  (area of cylinder)

          I = dh
              dr

substituting:

          Q = 2?rrbK dh
                    dr
Differences  in  hydraulic head between two points on the cone
of depression in a confined aquifer at equilibrium conditions
(Slide 2.3)  are explained as  follows:

        dh =   0
               2:rbK
        dh
- hi  -
                     27rbK
                            In
where:  h^ =_hydraulic head at point nearest the well
        h2 = hydraulic head at point further from well
        Q  = discharge
        K  = hydraulic conductivity
        b  = aquifer thickness
        ri = distance from well to point of h^
        r2 = distance from well to point of h2

Referred to  as the Thiem equation,  this equation can be used
when all dynamic conditions have reached equilibrium (i.e., Q
is constant,  ZOI has stabilized,  and water enters  the well
uniformly  from all directions).   All flow is  assumed to be
horizontal,  and the well  is  assumed to  fully  penetrate the
aquifer.
                             2-9

-------
For standard english units in log base 10, the Theim equation
for confined conditions is:

        h2 - hi  =  528 0  flog r2/rH
                           bK

For  unconfined conditions  (standard english units  log base
10) the Thiem equation is:

        (h22 - hx2)  =     1055 0 flog r2/rll
                                     K

The unconfined  equation  looks  different (hydraulic heads are
squared) because of the need to account for dewatering of the
aquifer near  the well as a result  of  drawdown.   The aquifer
thickness, b, varies  with  distance  to  the pumping well.  The
result is a decrease in aquifer transmissivity as the flowing
water  approaches the  well.   Thus  a greater  hydraulic head
loss  is  needed to pump  an unconfined aquifer at  the  same Q
compared to a confined aquifer.

The Thiem equation, shows that hydraulic head varies linearly
with the logarithm of distance to the well (radius).  Plotted
on semilog paper,  drawdown vs.  distance occurs as a straight
line.   The  distance-drawdown  relationship for  equilibrium
conditions can  be useful  for determining  WHPAs as will  be
explained later.

Under  non  equilibrium  (often  referred  to  as  transient)
conditions  in  an  idealized,   confined  aquifer,  the  Theis
equation, provided below, is employed to explain drawdowns in
an  observation  well.    As  the well  is  pumped over  time,
drawdown  in  an  observation  well increases  in  a logarithmic
relation as shown in the Theis curve.
        s = 114.60   W(u)
             T
where  s  = drawdown (h0 - h, ft)
       Q  = pumping rate (gal/min)
       T  = transmissivity (gal/day-ft)
     W(u) = Theis well function

and  u  =  1.87r2S
               Tt
                             2-10

-------
where S = storage coefficient (unitless)
      r = distance from pumping well to observation well (ft)
      t = time (days)
                               234
W(u) = -0.5772 - loge u + u - u	  +u	  - u_
                              2-2!  3-31   4-4!

W(u)  can  be read  from  a table  after  determining u  (see
Appendix C.).

Aquifer  tests  to  determine  hydraulic  parameters  involves
matching a  log  x log plot of drawdown vs.  time to the Theis
type curve.   A  different  type curve  is used in nonideal con-
ditions,  such  as  unconfined   conditions   or  where  leakage
occurs  across confining  layers.   Corrections  are needed  to
account for partial well penetration, aquifer boundaries, and
recharge boundaries.

Leakage across a confining layer will result in a smaller ZOI
and ZOC  than would be calculated based  solely on the pumped
aquifer hydraulic properties (Slides 2.40 and 2.41).

Recharge at a boundary near the  well or the  presence  of  an
impermeable  (i.e., no flow boundary)  will cause an asymmetric
ZOI and ZOC  that would  be  calculated  based  solely on the
pumped  aquifer   hydraulic properties  or will  result  in  an
asymmetric  ZOI   and  ZOC  on  the  pumped  aquifer  hydraulic
properties  (Slides 2.40 and 2.41).
2.4  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS EXERCISE

A water supply well is screened in a shallow confined aquifer
with  a  transmissivity  of  10,000  gpd/ft2  and storage  co-
efficient of  1.0 X 10~4.   If the well  is  pumped at 200 gpm,
how much drawdown would be observed after 100 days of pumping
at distances  of  100 feet and 1000  feet?   This exercise will
require  first  a  calculation of u,  then a  tabular estimation
of W(u) in order to determine drawdown, s.  Values of W(u) can
be  found in  Appendix C.    After making these calculations,
plot  these  two drawdown  points vs  distance to  the pumping
well  on semilog  graph paper  (note  drawdown  should be  on
vertical arithmetic scale and distance to pumping well on the
log scale).   What is the radius of the zone of influence?  At
what distance  (radius) is a 1 foot drawdown achieved?
                             2-11

-------
2.4  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS EXERCISE ANSWER

1) Calculate drawdown

a)  Calculate u:
     u =  1.87 r  s
           Tt
for r = 100 feet:
u = 1.87  flOQl  fO.OOOl)
          10,000  (100)
u = 1.9 X 10~6

W(u) = 12.6   (from table)

b)  Calculate drawdown, s:
S = 114.6 Q    [W(U)]
       T

for r = 100 ft

S = 114.6 (2001  (12.61
         10,000
    for r = 1000 feet:
               2
u = 1.8? fioooi  to.oooii
         10,000 (100)

    u =  1.9 X 10 ~4

    W(u) =8.0   (from table)
    for r = 1000 ft
    28.88 ft
    S = 114.6  (200)
             10,000

    S = 18.33  ft
c)  Distance-drawdown plot  attached
d)  ZOI = 52,000  ft  in  radius
e)  drawdown of  1  ft  is  at  42,000 ft
                             2-12

-------
3. Elements

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
             WELLHEAD TERMINOLOGY
                                         Slide  3.01

-------
WHPA DELINE.  M: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA AND METHODS)
                   BASIC   DEFINITIONS
   —.
   *
   CO
   o
   ro
           CRITERIA
           CRITERIA
           THRESHOLDS

           METHODS
Fundamental factors affecting likelihood
  of contaminants reaching well
                   associated
  with criteria
Technical
                            thresholds to be mapped and WHPAs
                            therefore delineated

-------
                Terminology for  Wellhead Protection
                   Area Delineation (Hypothetical
                  Pumping  Well in  Porous  Media)
                                                             GROUNDWATER
                                                                 DIVIDE
                                                CONE OF
                                              DEPRESSION
 PREPUMPING
WATER LEVEL
                            (A) VERTICAL PROFILE
                               (B) PLAN VIEW
               LEGEND:
                V Water table
                  • Ground-water Flow Direction
                 •  Pumping Well
                ZOI Zone of Influence
                ZOC Zone of Contribution
NOT TO SCALE
Slide  3.03

-------
           Terminology for  Wellhead Protection
              Area  Delineation  (Hypothetical
        Contaminant Transport in Porous  Media)
                              -ZOT (10 YR)-

                                 ZOC
                                                      GROUND-WATER
                                                         DIVIDE
LAND SURFACE
       LEGEND:            (B) PLAN VIEW
         S  Water Table
        I *••'•-' I  10 Year Zone of Transport
        •*——  Direction of Ground-water Flow
                                                         PREPUMPING
                                                        WATER LEVEL
 CONE OF
DEPRESSION
                          VERTICAL PROFII
ZOC Zone of Contribution
ZOI . Zone of Influence
ZOT Zone of Transport
Slide 3.04
NOT TO SCALE

-------
       Terminology  for  Wellhead  Protection  Area Delineation
        (Hypothetical  Ground-water Basin in  Mature Karst)
  VERTICAL PROFILE
                                                rr    \     r
                                                              zoc
          WATER SUPPLY
             SPRING
                                                                         A1
  PLAN VIEW
     NOTE: The "ZOC" shown was delineated with purpose of
           including all principal areas contributing to the cave
           based on inferred surface and subsurface drainage
           areas.
LEGEND:
   O  Sinkhole
   •  Water Supply Spring
 —^-»- Surface Stream
 —— Conduit System
   V.  Water Table
                                                             I    I  Limestone
SOURCE: Modified from Quinlan and Ewers. 1985
            Slide  3.05
            NOT TO SCALE

-------
              Terminology for Wellhead  Protection  Area
               Delineation (Hypothetical  Ground-water
                         Basin  in Fractured Rock)
              Ground-
              water
              Divide
               y  *  .  /
                Fractured Rocks
                      I
X
  VERTICAL PROFILE
                                                            Stream
                                            A'
                                                                    \
 PLAN VIEW
SOURCE: Modified from Otton. 1981
                         LEGEND:
                               Water Table
                               Fractures
                         — — Ground-water Divide

                                         Slide  3.06
                                        NOT TO SCALE

-------
Terminology for Wellhead  Protection Area  Delination

   Hypothetical Confined  Aquifer in  Porous  Media
                                                   ZOI
h-
              Abandoned or Inadequately)

              Cased or Cemented Well  j
                                          -Area of Net Downward Leakage
                                                Water Production  Well
                                                                        Potentiometric
                                                           ;•; Unconfined ;:•;
                                                           K  Aquifer  £

                                                          I-i Confining  -~-
                                                          -I   Unit  .  -
                                                          -__|Aquitardl  -;
                                                        LEGEND

                                                     Direction of Water Flow
                                                     Contaminant Flow


                                                ZOI  Zone of Influence


                                                -3Z  Water Table
    NOTE: ZOI is larger than area of downward leakage
                                                               Slide   3.07

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         WELLHEAD DELINEATION CRITERIA



                  (OVERVIEW)
                                           Slide  3.08

-------
WHPA DELINEATION PROCESS
SELECT APPROPRIATE CRITERION
      AND THRESHOLD £*>«»»T'
 TO PROTECT WELLHEAD AREA
SELECT APPROPRIATE METHOD
   TO IMPLEMENT CRITERION
                                    Slide  3.09

-------
DELINEATION CRITERIA







DISTANCE




DRAWDOWN




TIME OF TRAVEL




FLOW BOUNDARIES




ASSIMILATIVE CAPACITY
                           Slide 3.10

-------
WHPA DELINu  JN: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
              DISTANCE:  COMMENTS
   w
   ex
   0
                   Simplest, quickest and cheapest way to
                     provide protection
                   Often used as "First Step", or for
                     microbial protection
                   Accuracy depends on hydrogeologic setting
                   Protectiveness depends on threshold

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
             DRAWDOWN:   COMMENTS
   OL
   
-------
Aquifer with
\A/nfpr
                                                  ancj High
             Rainfall  Conditions, Where Boundaries of
              ZOI  and ZOC Approximately Coincide
                              (Conceptual)
                                                             LAND SURFACE
                                                              PREPUMPING
                                                             WATER LEVEL
                                                            BEDROCK SURFACE
                                    CONE OF
                                   DEPRESSION
                  (A) VERTICAL PROFILE
DRAWDOWN
CONTOURS
                 NOTE:
                 For the case of small hydraulic
                 gradient, the ZOI— ZOC

               LEGEND:
                  * Direction of Ground-water Flow
                     (B) PLAN VIEW
                 ^g—Water Table
                     WHPA
                                                                Slide 3.13
                                                                NOT TO SCALE

-------
WHPA DEL. .ATION: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
  CO
  ff
             T1ME-OF-TRAVEL:   COMMENTS

              • Considers physical processes and flow velocities
              • Velocities withjp^pniiif^ffi VBfy enormously
              • Accuracy depends on method used
              • Protectiveness depends on threshold

-------
           Terminology for Wellhead  Protection
              Area  Delineation (Hypothetical
        Contaminant Transport  in  Porous  Media)
                              -zoTjio YR)-
                                  zoc
                                                   K1    GROUND-WATER
                                                          DIVIDE
LAND SURFACE
                                                          PREPUMPING
                                                         WATER LEVEL
                                  CONE OF
                                 DEPRESSION
                          VERTICAL PROFII
                                                             A1
LEGEND:             
-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
             FLOW BOUNDARIES: COMMENTS
   QL
   (D
   CO

   o>
                  Key criterion for certain aquifer types
               •  Ideal for fifTlf^ flnu'fRrf?

                  Less suited for large or deep/confined aquifers

                    except near boundaries

-------
                             Flow  Boundaries Criteria
                                      (Conceptual)
                                                        River Discharging to Ground-water
(a)
(b)
                                                        PUMPING WELL	-
                                                                Low-permeability rock
                     NOTE:
                     (a)  The ground-water divide induced by the river is an example
                         of the type of surface feature that may be used as a physical
                         boundary criterion [Figure (a) modified from Driscoll (1986) ]
                     (b)  The boundary between the "single valley system" and "the
                         regional system" is an example of the type of subsurface
                         feature that may be used as a physical boundary criterion
                         [Figure (b) modified from Fetter (1980) ].
                     V  Water Table
                    —— Direction of Ground-water Flow
 Slide   3.17
NOT TO SCALE

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
         ASSIMILATIVE CAPACITY: COMMENTS
                 • Technically sophisticated

                 • Conceptual tie to management strategies

                 • Requires complex and expensive modeling

                 • No current examples for WHPAs with
                     multiple sources
   co                       A/'*. . j»
   ff


-------
                                  Assimilative  Capacity  Criteria (Conceptual)
       (a)

 NOTE:
      Continuous contamination
      from a point-source plume
       (b)
OL
CD
CO
                                                                            BOUNDARY OF WHPA
                     3
Target Concentration
LEGEND:
 5. Water Table

NOTE:
   Ca>C,>C2
Where
Ca * Acceptable concentration at well
C) • Concfiiiration of Soutce 1 at well
Cj » Concentration of Source 2 at well

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDELINES (CRITERIA)
   =
   CL
   
-------
           Relationship  Between WHPA Delineation  Criteria and Physical  Processes
51

-------
Consideration  Factors That  May Affect
             Criteria Selection
                        POLICY ISSUES
ATTENUATION
CONTAMINANT
                       XSITE-SPECIFIC
                         COSIDERATIONS
  OTECTALL
OR PART OF
ZOC
                     (Hydrogeologic Setting,
                     Technical Capabilities,
                     Sources of Contamination,
                     Other Technical
                     Considerations)
                                                  Slide  3.22

-------
    WHPA GOALS
REACTION TIME
ATTENUATION OF CONTAMINANTS
PROTECT ALL OR PART OF ZOC
                          Slide  3.23

-------
TECHNICAL SELECTION FACTORS
EASE OF APPLICATION
EASE OF QUANTIFICATION
VARIABILITY UNDER ACTUAL CONDITIONS
EASE OF FIELD VERIFICATION
ABILITY TO REFLECT STANDARDS
SUITABILITY FOR LOCAL HYDROGEOLOGY
ABILITY TO INCORPORATE PHYSICAL PROCESSES
                               Slide 3.24

-------
  POLICY SELECTION FACTORS
EASE OF UNDERSTANDING
ECONOMY OF CRITERIA DEVELOPMENT
DEFENSIBILITY
PHASING
RELEVANCE TO PROTECTION GOAL
                               Slide  3.25

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         WELLHEAD DELINEATION METHODS
                  (OVERVIEW)
                                          Slide 3.26

-------
WHPA  DELINEATION PROCESS
SELECT APPROPRIATE CRITERION
      AND THRESHOLD
 TO PROTECT WELLHEAD AREA
             I
 SELECT APPROPRIATE METHOD
   TO IMPLEMENT CRITERION
                                    Slide 3.27

-------
     WHPA DELINEATION METHODS
v^
x     1)   ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
A.
      2)   CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
   £
      3)   SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
      4)   ANALYTICAL METHODS
      5)   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
      6)   NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                          Slide 3.28

-------
           Interrelationships of WHPA Methods
                     QUANTITATIVE
                    ANALYTICAL. NUMERICAL
                          MODEL
 ARBITRARY
   FIXED
  RADIUS
         CALCULATED
             FIXED
           RADIUS
                    CALCULATED AREA
                     EXTENDED TO
                       BOUNDARY
                              HYDROGEOLOGIC
                                 MAPPING
ARBITRARY
     FIXED RADIUS
   WITH EXTENSION TO
     BOUNDARIES
(PHYSICAL OR HYDROLOGIC)
PHYSICAL
FEATURES
                                                    Slide  3.29

-------
    METHODS DISCUSSION
EACH RELEVANT IN SOME SETTINGS
FIXED RADIUS QUICK AND MAY BE PROTECTIVE
IMPROVEMENTS AT MODEST COST WITH:





  -  CALCULATED'FIXED RADIUS



  -  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES



  -  ANALYTICAL MODELING METHODS








NUMERICAL MODELS - ACCURATE; COSTLY









COMPARATIVE ANALYSES ENCOURAGED
                                     Slide 3.30

-------
                       METHODS  VtrtSUS  CRITERIA
^S. CRITERIA
METHOD ^X.
ARBITRARY FIXED
RADIUS
CALCULATED FIXED
RADIUS
SIMPLIFIED
VARIABLE SHAPES
ANALYTICAL
MODELS
NUMERICAL FLOW/
TRANSPORT MODELS
HYDROGEOLOGIC
MAPPING
DISTANCE
(L/M/H)
H
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
H
DRAWDOWN
(L/M/H)
N/A
H
N/A
H
H
N/A
TOT
(L/M/H)
N/A
H
M
H
H
N/A
PHYSICAL
BOUNDARIES
(L/M/H)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
'N/A
H
ASSIMILA-
TIVE
CAPACITY
(L/M/H)
N/A
N/A
N/A
M
M
N/A
CO
L-LOW
M-MEDIUM
H-HIGH
N/A-NOT APPLICABLE
CO
CO

-------
to

a
a>
CO

CO
ro
                    TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS


                  INFLUENCING METHOD SELECTION
                 EASE OF APPLICATION
                 EXTENT OF USE
                 SIMPLICITY OF DATA REQUIREMENTS
                 SUITABILITY FOR HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING
                 ACCURACY

-------
CO

5!
CD
CO

CO
CO
                     POLICY CONSIDERATIONS

                  INFLUENCING METHOD SELECTION
                 EASE OF UNDERSTANDING
                 ECONOMY OF METHOD APPLICATION
                 DEFENSIBILITY
                 RELEVANCE TO PROTECTION GOAL

-------
5
CD
w
DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR WHPA METHODS |
Data requirements
Application
Method KTQnl H S a R
Arbitrary Fixed Radius
Calculated Fixed Radius XX X
Simplified Variable Shapes X X
Analytical Methods X X X X X X
Hydrogeologlc Mapping
Numerical Models XXXX X X X X
PARAMETERS SYMBOL
Hydraulic Conductivity K
Transmlsslvlty T
Pumping Rate Q
Porosity n
Hydraulic Gradient 1
Saturated Thickness H
Storage Coefficient (Specific Yield) S
Dlsperslvlty <*
Recharge R
Hydrologlc Aquifer
Boundaries Geometries





X X
DIMENSIONS
Lrr
2
L rr
L3/T
dimenslonless
dimenslonless
L
dimenslonless
L
Lrr

-------
Costs of Delineation Associated with Various WHPA Methods

ift
11
p
u
;



Method
Arbitrary Fixed Radius
Calculated Fixed Radius
Simplified Variable Shapes
Analytical Methods
Hydrogeologlc Mapping
Numerical Modeling
Manhours
Required per Well
1-5
1-10
1-10
2-20
4-40
10-200+
Level of
Expertise*
1
2
2
3
3
4
Cost
per Well
$10-50
$13-125
$13-125
$30 - 300
$60 - 600
$175-3500+
Potential
Overhead Costs
L
L
L-M
M
M-H
H
* Hourly wages per level of expertise assumed to be:
(based on NWWA, 1985)

CO
OL
CD
W
CO
Ol
1. Non-Technical



2. Junior Hydrogeologlst/Geologlst
3. Mid-Level Hydrogeologlst/Modeler
4. Senior Hydrogeol
oglst/Modeler
$10.00

$12.50
$15.00
$17.50











-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
            ADEQUACY OF DELINEATION
                                          Slide  3.36

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
          ADEQUACY OF WELLHEAD

       PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION
=?
5."
CD
CO

CO

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
         CONTENTS OF STATE SUBMITTAL
                  •  Institutional process

                  •  Delineation criteria and criteria
                      thresholds
                  •  Delineation methods
                  •  Phasing
 CO
 u
 £

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: GUIDANCE (INTRODUCTION)
              ADDITIONAL BACKGROUND
                  Threats for WHPA delineation
                  - Direct introduction of contaminants
                  - Microbial contaminants
                  - Chemical contaminants^
                  Confined aquifers
                  •  Require WHPA
                  •  Assess threats to confinement
 a."
 CD
 CO
 to

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
                INSTITUTIONAL PROCESS
 to

 CD

 CO

 O
                Essential for "Adequacy"

                Description - Develop and implement
                   technical elements

                Roles - Operations and research groups

                Approach - Legal incorporation

                Coordination - Other hydrogeological efforts

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
                           CRITERIA
  CO
  CO
                      Precedes method selection
                      Appropriateness depends on goal,
                         hydrogeology, policy
                      Key for chemical threats
                      Many adequate criteria
                      May combine criteria

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
                    CRITERIA THRESHOLDS
 •. TOT < 5 to 1 0 yrs -- problem?
•'           4»*«x

               **
•|>«4tt'it  Jp-   fat04»*«x  en** *»«,**)   +e


dot)  «i *«^«.  *
                     «i  *«^«. *i*tt  **  V Ai?^'*'  i-**/.*^ C»»^.e7*9fOo.±<9p  /V ^»£C»'~


                   • Drawdown, boundaries are case-specific



                   • Relevant to confined aquifers
 N>

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
CO

CO
                           METHODS
                •  Each relevant in some settings

                •  Fixed radius quick and may be protective
                •
         V1*    •  Improvements at modest cost with calculated
                     fixed, variable shapes, analytical

                •  Numerical models - accurate; costly

                •  May combine methods

                •  Comparative analyses encouraged

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
                           PHASING
 0.
 CD


 CO
                 • Delineate ^5 "lany WHPAs as possible


                 • Constraints to 1989 deadline (****  a*


                                     possible
                   -  Criteria and methods  /^**   «>*

                   -  Test cases fak*eu  n  *****
                   Phase by well yield, vulnerability, contaminant
 e/>                    sources

-------
WHPA DELINEATION: ADEQUACY
                        WORK PLANS
to
OL

-------
               3.   ELEMENTS OF WHPA DELINEATION



3.1  WELLHEAD TERMINOLOGY
The  following  WHPA  terminology  is  defined  in  the  WHPA
Delineation Guidelines  (EPA, 1987a).

WHPA Criteria are  conceptual  standards that  form  the basis
for WHPA delineation and include distances, drawdown, time of
travel, assimilative capacity and flow boundaries.

WHPA Criteria thresholds are the numeric  value  selected for
each WHPA  criteria used in a delineation  (e.g.,  a distance
threshold of  1,000  feet).

Delineation  Method  is   a  technique  used  to  translate  the
select  critria and  criteria  thresholds to  actual,  mappable
delineation boundaries.

Zone of Influence  (ZOI)  is the  area surrounding  a pumping
well within which the  water table or potentiometric surfaces
have been changed due to ground-water withdrawal  (Slide 3.3).

Zone of Contribution (ZOC)  is  the area surrounding a pumping
well  that  encompasses   all  areas  or  features   that  supply
ground-water  recharge to the well (Slide 3.3).

Zone of Transport  (ZOT)  is the  area surrounding  a pumping
wells,   bounded   by an  isochrone  and/or  isoconcentration
contour through which  a contaminant  may travel and reach the
well (Slide 3.4).

Mature  karst ground-water  basins  are  characerterized  by
sinkholes, cave  streams,  and underground drainage.   Flow is
generally confined  to  a complex network  of solution channel
and cavernous conduits  that  is extemely difficult  to infer
from the surface.

An approach to delineate WHPAs in mature karst settings might
be  based   on  the boundaries  of  the  ZOC  as  inferred  from
divides and drainage boundaries.

Fractured bedrock aquifers  limit  flow to  wells  according to
the distribution  and degree  of interconnection  that  exists
between fractures and  with variations  in rainfall  recharge.
Accurately  determining  the  recharge  area to  a well in  a
fracture setting  is difficult (Slide 3.5).
                             3-1

-------
An  assumption  that  the  topographic  divides  or  drainage
boundaries of  a fractured bedrock aquifer  represent  the ZOC
may be the basis for WHPA delineations (Slide 3.6).

A  confining  layer  may  provide  some  protection for  a water
source.  Where  the dominant flow through the confining layer
is toward the water-supply aquifer this should be examined as
an area of concern for WHPA delineation (Slide 3.7).

Another  approach  to  confining conditions  might  focus  in  a
portion  of  the   contributing  area   based  upon  some  TOT
threshold within the aquifer.
3.2  WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION CRITERIA

Delineation criteria can be catalogued into five types:

        distance
        drawdown
        time of travel
        flow boundaries
        assimilative capacity


The choice of  a  criterion will  involve consideration of both
technical  and  nontechnical  factors.    Considerations  for
criteria selection are  presented  in the Wellhead Delineation
Guidelines.  A list  of  examples for the delineation criteria
are also  found  in the Wellhead Delineation Guidelines (EPA,
1987a).

Distance Criterion

The distance  criterion concept  involves delineating  a WHPA
using a radius  or  horizontal  dimension  measured  from  the
water supply  well.    The  distance  criterion  may or  may  not
have  a  technical basis.    For  example,  individual  domestic
supply wells are often  required to  have a 100 ft to 200 ft
setback to on-site septic systems based on empirical evidence
concerning ground-water pollution control.

A distance-based WHPA could provide insufficient or ineffec-
tive protection  in  some cases.   This criterion,  however, is
easy to implement since a uniform  distance would be required
from any well.

Examples  include Edgartown, Massachusetts  and the  State of
Nebraska,  where  fixed circles of  2,500 feet  and  1,000 feet
are used respectively.

                             3-2

-------
Drawdown Criterion

A  drawdown  criterion  concerns   the  extent  to  which  well
pumping lowers  the  water table of an unconfined  aquifer,  or
the  potentioroetric  surface of  a confined  aquifer.   Such  a
criterion  is  related to  the  cone of depression  or  zone  of
influence  (ZOI).

The drawdown approach is  used  to delineate  the boundaries  of
the  ZOI  or a major  portion  of a  ZOI.   This  approach  works
well in highly  productive water-table aquifers with horizon-
tal water tables (Slide 3.13).

Examples of drawdown criteria thresholds include Dade County,
Florida where  a 0.25  feet drawdown criterion  threshold was
used and  in Palm Beach County,   Florida,  where 1.0  feet  of
drawdown was used.

The steep  hydraulic  gradients  that result  in  the  vicinity  of
a pumping  well  can  act to accelerate  contaminant  migration
toward  the  well.     For  this   reason,  the  development  of
drawdown criterion  should consider the  relationship  between
pumping rates and contaminant migration.

Time of Travel Criterion

The time of travel  (TOT)  delineation  criterion establishes a
maximum time for a  ground-water  contaminant to reach a  well.
This approach incorporates a more comprehensive evaluation of
the  physical  processes  of  contaminant transport  than  the
previously discussed criteria (Slide 3.15).

Most time  of travel  methods have been developed based on the
physical   process  of  advective  transport   and   have  not
considered the movement of specific  contaminants.   Generally
speaking,  contaminants  move at  velocities  slower than the
effective transport  of water molecules.

At lower velocities,  physical  processes such  as hydrodynamic
dispersion should be considered because  of their potential  to
cause  a  contaminant  to reach a  well  sooner  than would  be
predicted   using   advective,    Darcian  TOT   calculations.
Detailed discussions concerning  dispersion and  contaminant
transport are found  in Anderson (1984),  Bear (1979)  and Fried
(1975).

Ground-water  flow  velocities  under  natural  settings  vary
considerably and are related to  the  types of  aquifer  media
(i.e.,  porosity and  hydraulic conductivity).   The  highest
flow rates can be  found  in  karst and fractured rock flow

                             3-3

-------
settings.   In such settings the time  of  travel approach may
not be appropriate.

A maximum velocity or maximum travel time for contaminants to
reach  a  well is  considered  a  conservative approach  in that
the  numerous factors  operating along  the contaminant flow
path to  reduce,  disperse or dilute the maximum concentration
provide  for an additional level of safety.

Dade County  Florida,  as  an  example,  employs two TOT criteria
thresholds.   A  100 day TOT  Zone is delineated for control of
entering viruses and a 210 day TOT is delineated to represent
the longest drought on record.

Flow Boundaries

Physical  or hydraulic boundaries  of  an  aquifer  or  ground-
water  flow  system can be used effectively to  delineate the
bounds of  the maximum potential zone  of  contribution  (ZOC).
The  physical limits  of  an aquifer,  and  a  fixed  regional
ground-water  divide  are examples  of flow  boundaries  (Slide
3.17).

Flow  boundary  criteria  may  be very   appropriate for flow
settings  such  as   conduit   karst  and   fractured  bedrock
aquifers.

Flow  divides,  particularly those  associated  with  gaining
streams  may  not  always be  shown  to be  appropriate flow
boundaries  for  purposes of  WHPA  delineation.    For this
reason, a thorough technical evaluation may be necessary.

A flow boundary  criterion can  be especially useful for small
aquifers where  travel times from the  boundaries  may  be very
brief, or where  the  zone of  influence  is  rapidly affected by
proximity to the physical limits of the aquifer.

Physical  boundaries  to aquifers  have   been   employed  as
criterion  to delimit WHPAs  in Vermont,  Massachusetts  and
Florida.

Assimilative Capacity

The assimilative capacity criterion  for WHPA delineation may
apply  a  range   of   processes  that  attenuate  contaminant
concentrations within  a  ground-water flow  system.   However,
no  known examples  of this  approach  to  delineate WHPA has
been uncovered.
                             3-4

-------
The concept is to allow such processes to work providing that
contaminant levels reach acceptable  levels  before  they  reach
a well.   Contaminant  concentrations  that exceed  standards  at
some  distance away  from  the  well,  may attenuate  as  they
migrate to acceptable levels at the well screen (Slide 3.19).

The  existence and  magnitude  of  attenuation processes are
directly  linked  to  the contaminants  and  aguifer properties.
They  are  not easily  modelled  or  quantitatively  determined.
Site specific data for  specific  contaminants  would be needed
in order to use this approach.

Specific standards for the various contaminants may also have
to be developed if such standards do not exist.
Criteria Selection Considerations

Three  major considerations  for  selecting  WHPA  delineation
criteria  involve  the  overall  protection  goal,   technical
considerations,  and  policy   considerations.     Detailed
discussion  of  these  considerations  is  provided  in  WHPA
Delineation Guidelines.

Three  general  goals  for  ground-water  protection  in  the
vicinity of wellheads involve the following:

        reaction time — to provide a remedial action zone to
        protect wells from unexpected contaminant releases,

        attenuation  of  contaminants   —   attenuate   the
        concentrations  of specific  contaminants to  desired
        levels at the time they reach the wellhead,  and

     .  protect all  or part of  ZOC  — provide  a well field
        management  zone in  all  or  a major  portion  of  the
        existing or potential recharge area of the well.


Generally  the  criteria  can be  matched  up  to  the  specific
criteria goals as follows:

        the remedial  action zone  goal  is consistent  with  a
        TOT criterion,

        the zone for attenuation goal implies an assimilative
        capacity criterion or possibly a TOT criterion, and

        the  wellfield  management area  goal  is  consistent
        with a distance-drawdown or flow boundaries criteria.

                             3-5

-------
Six technical factors have been identified for evaluating the
appropriateness  of  each wellhead  delineation criterion.   A
table  with  matrix  cells  designed for  assisting in  such  an
evaluation is provided in the WHPA Delineation Guidelines.

The technical merits  of a criterion depend on  the  degree  to
which  the  criterion  incorporates  those  processes  affecting
ground-water  flow  and contaminant  transport,  and  the  suit-
ability   of  the   criterion   for   the   local  hydrogeologic
condition.   A  criterion  such as  drawdown,  which  considers
only  the  physical  processes  may have  less technical  merit
than  a time  of travel  criterion which  encompasses a  more
complete range of processes explaining contaminant transport.

Technical factors are as follows:

        ease of application.   How easily can a technical user
        apply the criteria.   The more  technically  demanding
        criteria require  more advanced and specialized  user
        abilities.    Does the  implementing agency  have  such
        abilities on staff?

        ease  of  quantification.     The   suitability  of   a
        criterion for use in guidelines of regulations may  be
        directly influenced by the  ease to which a  numerical
        value can  be placed  or derived.   The  distance and
        time  of travel  criterion  are  easily   expressed  in
        numerical form.   Others are not.

        variability under actual conditions.   Which hydraulic
        conditions  are  expected to  change (e.g.,  increased
        pumping  rates)?   The  criterion selected would  most
        likely  need  to  allow  for   such variations.    For
        example, the time of travel criterion  allows the user
        to  modify  the  size  of  the  WHPA  to  reflect  an
        anticipated increase in pumping rates.

        ease  of field  verification.    The most appropriate
        criterion would  be one  that  could be  calculated  in
        the office and accurately verified in  the field.   For
        example, in a porous  media aquifer,  it  is  much more
        difficult to  verify  calculated travel times  than  it
        is drawdowns.

        ability  to  reflect  ground-water  quality  standards.
        Where a  protective goal to attenuate  concentrations
        of  constituents   is   established, the  delineation
        criterion would be  expected to   be  related to  the
        ability  of  the  ground-water  flow system to  achieve
        the  water-quality   standard  given   the   expected

                             3-6

-------
        contaminant  levels.   If  little is  known  concerning
        the  behavior/attenuation of  specific  contaminants,
        then a  less  quantitative  delineation criterion would
        be more appropriate.

        suitability  for  a given  hydroqeoloaic setting.   As
        discussed  previously,   selected criterion  are  more
        appropriate  in   some   hydrogeologic  settings  than
        others.

        ability to incorporate physical processes.   Selection
        of  a   criterion   should  include   consideration  of
        whether  the   physical   processes   controlling  con-
        taminant transport are incorporated with the selected
        criterion.

Policy Considerations

Five policy considerations for choosing a WHPA Criterion have
been identified.  A  table with  a decision  matrix is provided
in the WHPA Delineations  Guidelines as  an  aid for  making the
policy evaluation.   Policy considerations are as follows:

        ease  of understanding.    The  ease  with  which  the
        general public can  understand  the  criterion may be a
        significant measure of its utility.

        economy  of  criteria   development.     The  cost  of
        developing the various criteria can vary substantial-
        ly.   Generally criteria  that  are more  complex will
        require a  more highly trained  staff for implementa-
        tion.

        defensibility.    WHPA delineation  criteria that  are
        clearly  defined  and  defensible  against   potential
        challenges in  litigation will be  most acceptable to
        enforcement  and   permitting  authorities.   The  more
        technically defensible criteria will be favored.

        usefulness for  implementing  phasing.  Where  a state
        prefers to initiate their WHPA program in phases, the
        first  or  interim  stage might  favor a  less  costly,
        more  easily  implemented  criterion.    More  sophisti-
        cated criteria  would be  applied in  later  phases as
        appropriate.

        relevance to protection goal.   The degree  to which a
        criterion allows for the attainment of the  protective
        goal  or goals will  be  a decisive  factor   in  the
        selection process.

                             3-7

-------
3.3  WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION METHODS

Once an appropriate Wellhead  Protection  Area (WHPA)  delinea-
tion  criterion and  threshold  have  been  decided upon  (see
previous section),  a method must be selected to implement the
criterion.   In some cases, multiple protection  zones  may be
defined  around  a  water-supply   well   or  wellfield   using
different  thresholds  for  the  same  criterion.   This  would
require the use of a single method for repeated calculations.
In cases where multiple  zones are delineated using different
criteria,  several methods may be applied to the same site.

Six  methods have  been  identified in  the WHPA  Delineation
guidance  document  (EPA   1987a)   as  having  been  used  to
delineate protection  areas.   These methods,  listed  in order
of increasing cost and sophistication,  are:

     Arbitrary Fixed  Radius  Method - involves determination
     of simple circular protection areas; size often based on
     expert judgment.

     Calculated Fixed Radius Method  -  similar  to  arbitrary
     fixed   radius  method,  but  some   properties  of  the
     hydrogeologic system  and well pumping rate incorporated
     in determination of size of circle.

     Simplified Variable  Shapes  Method  - incorporate  more
     hydrogeologic  information  in the  initial  development
     stages  but, once developed,  it  is  as easy  to  apply as
     the fixed radius method.

     Analytical Modeling Methods  -  involve the  solution of
     simplified  ground-water  flow and  transport  equations
     using  calculators   or computers,  and  are  based on  a
     simplified representation of the aquifer system.

     Hydrogeologic  Mapping  Methods  -   use  geologic  and
     geophysical   techniques  to  determine   flow  system
     properties and to identify flow boundaries.

     Numerical  Modeling  Methods  -  similar  to  analytical
     modeling  methods but more powerful  and  flexible; often
     incorporate data  collected using hydrogeologic mapping
     methods.

The  methods are discussed in  Chapter  4 of  the Delineation
Guidelines  (EPA, 1987a).  Also the remainder of this training
manual is devoted to descriptions of the methods, discussions
of  their  advantages and disadvantages,   case  studies  il-
lustrating   their  use   in  WHPA  delineation  studies,  and

                             3-8

-------
exercises  designed  to   familiarize   the  reader  with  the
practical aspects of applying the various models.
Method Selection Considerations

Selection  of  a  WHPA  delineation  method  is  somewhat  con-
strained  once the  desired  delineation  criterion has  been
selected  in  that  the method  must  be suitable  to map  the
criterion.   Choice  of method is tied  less  to  the protection
goal  than to  accuracy of  the delineation desired and  the
financial  resources  available  for  delineation.    Several
technical and policy considerations that may influence method
selection are discussed  fully in  the  Delineation Guidelines
(EPA, 1987a) and summarized below.
Technical Considerations;

Extent of Use.  How commonly is the method used?

Simplicity of Data.  What  data  are required for the applica-
tion of method.  Is the  data  site-specific or regional?  Are
the financial resources to fund the necessary data collection
available?   Is  the data  available through previous  work or
reports and, if so, does the data need to be updated?

Suitability for a  Given  Hydrogeologic Setting.   An important
consideration  is   whether  or  not the  analytical method is
suitable  for  the  hydrogeologic  setting  of interest.   It is
necessary to  evaluate  the ability of  an analytical  model to
incorporate, or be adopted to incorporate, the hydrogeologic
characteristics of a  site such as  variable  aquifer  para-
meters,  boundary   conditions,   and the  effects  of hydraulic
sources and sinks.

Accuracy.  Perhaps the most important consideration.   To what
degree  do the  results  accurately compare  to  actual  field
conditions?

Policy Considerations:

Ease of  Understanding.   Can the principles underlying  the
method be understood by nontechnical personnel?

Economy  of  Application.    Higher relative costs  can inhibit
the use  of one  method  over  another.   Costs that  may con-
tribute  to implementation expense  include  those  for data
acquisition, professional labor, computer time, graphics,  and
reporting.

                             3-9

-------
Defensibilitv.   Enforcement and  permitting regulations  and
procedures  require  that  the  boundaries  of a  WHPA be  well
defined   and  defended   against  potential  challenges   and
litigation by parties affected by the  delineation.   Does the
method used to delineate  a  WHPA have the  scientific basis to
withstand such challenges?

Relevance to  Protection Goal.   In general,  WHPA delineation
will  reflect  the overall policy/protection goal of a  State
program.   Selecting a method relevant to this goal is the key
factor in program success.
                             3-10

-------
4. Fixed Radii & Simp.
  Variable Shapes

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         ARBITRARY FIXED  RADIUS METHOD
                                           Slide  4.01

-------
WHPA DELINEATION  METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)   CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)   SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)   ANALYTICAL METHODS
5)   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)   NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                     Slide  4.02

-------
            ARBITRARY  FIXED RADIUS METHOD



DESCRIPTION

    Circle of specified radius is drawn around a well or we I If i eld



ADVANTAGES

    simple, fast, inexpensive way to apply the distance criterion

    easily mapped and verified in the field

    suitable for physical or microbial threats, or as a
    CY^OOCI if& in oorlv/ OT^^it\o_nT \A/LJh^rt ^lAlinootiOft
DISADVANTAGES

    does not take site-specific hydrogeological data into
    account, and may therefore overprotect or
    underprotect depending on hydrogeology

•    low defensihilitv
                                                              Slide  4.03

-------
METHODS:  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
                            WHPA BOUNDARY
                                   Slide 4.04
                                     NOT TO SCALE

-------
  ARBITRARY  FIXED  RADIUS METHOD CASE STUDY
STATE OF FLORIDA
PROPOSED LAW REQUIRES A ZONE WITH 200-FOOT RADIUS TO
BE DELINEATED FOR PUBLIC WATER-SUPPLY WELLS WITH
WITHDRAWALS IN EXCESS OF 100,000 GALLONS PER DAY
PROTECTION ZONE IS TO RESTRICT ANY ACTIVITIES THAT COULD
CONTAMINATE THE GROUND WATER
                                               Slide  4.05

-------
  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS METHOD CASE STUDY
STATE OF MASSACHUSETTS
AQUIFER LAND ACQUISITION PROGRAM REQUIRES
DELINEATION OF A WHPA WITH 400-FOOT RADIUS FOR
PUBLIC WATER- SUPPLY WELLS
AREA TO SERVE AS THE FIRST OF THREE ZONES DESIGNED
TO CONTROL LAND USE AROUND WATER-SUPPLY WELLS
                                              Slide  4.06

-------
ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS METHOD USED TO
DELINEATE WHPA (ZONE 1) AT FRANKLIN, MA

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
        CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS METHOD
                                           Slide 4.08

-------
WHPA DELINEATION METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)  ANALYTICAL METHODS
5)  HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)  NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                     Slide 4.09

-------
           CALCULATED FIXED  RADIUS METHOD
DESCRIPTION

    Circle with raHiuc cpprifiori fry |jrpo-pi^to^Al-^dtflflfi5is drawn
    around well or wellfield
ADVANTAGES

    simple to apply, easily mapped and verified

    requires limited amount of data, but provides more
    accurate coverage

    good tie to TOT criterion


DISADVANTAGES

    less accurate in many situations because it does
    not account for hydrogeological factors that influence
    contaminant transport
                                                           Slide  4.10

-------
METHODS:    CALCULATED  FIXED   RADIUS
                                                  6r-
                            c,y
        PUMPING
         WELL
          Q t = n TT H r2

     VOLUME   VOLUME OF
      PUMPED    CYLINDER
                                            •n- n H
                                                  = 1138 ft
                             WHERE
                             Q = Pumping Rate of Well = 694.4 gpm = 48.793.668 ft3/yr
                             n = Aquifer Porosity = 0.2
                             H = Open Interval or Length of Well Screen = 300 ft
                             t = Travel Time to Well (5 Years)

                                   (Any consistent system of
                                   units may be used.)
                                                           Slide  4.11

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
      CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS EXERCISE
                                           Slide 4.12

-------
       CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS EXERCISE
KENNEDALE, TEXAS
FOUR PUBLIC WATER-SUPPLY WELLS LOCATED IN
CONFINED AQUIFER
VOLUMETRIC FLOW EQUATION AND FIVE YEAR TOT
CRITERION THRESHOLD USED TO DELINEATE WHPAS
                                               Slide  4.13

-------
                                                  N
                                        Trinity  -2
                                          water wellp
                                             • ^
CITY OF KENNEDALE WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREAS
                                              Slide 4.14

-------
       CITY OF KENNEDALE PUMPING AND WATER-WELL DATA
    WELL
 * Paluxy #1



  Paluxy #2



 trinity #1



^Trinity #2
SCREEN LENGTH
PUMPING RATE
    80 ft   &9G    4,520,788.8  ft3/yr




    80 ft           2,966.123    ft3/yr




   175 ft  "7^7   13,756,858.3  ft3/yr




   175 ft          28,953,048.1  ft3/yr
  Aquifer Porosity =  .25
             Time of Travel = 5 years
                                                      Slide 4.15

-------
Solutions:
Paluxy  #1    r =
  (4.520.789 ft /vrl  f5 vrl
         7T (.25) (80 ft)
                                                   =  600 ft
Paluxy  #2    r =
(2.966.123   ft /vr)  (5
         7T (.25) (80 ft)
   486 ft
Trinity  #1   r =
  ri3.756.858 ft /vrl  (5 vrl
         7T (.25) (175 ft)
=  707 ft
Trinity #2   r
    (7.581.805 ft /vrl  (5 vr)
         TT (.25) (175 ft)
 = 525  ft
                                                         Slide  4.16

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
      SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES METHOD
                                            Slide 4.17

-------
WHPA DELINEATION  METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)  ANALYTICAL METHODS
5)   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)   NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                     Slide  4.18

-------
             SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES  METHOD
DESCRIPTION

     Delineation using "stfmrif|frii7.ediQcms" generated with
     analytical methods, with flow boundaries and TOT used as
     criteria
ADVANTAGES

     if the "standardized forms" have previously been developed
     for the region, delineation ifi-fejftjcftfliijrfifi !irtliffif1,gitp -
    offers more refined analysis than the fixed-radii methods,
    with only a
DISADVANTAGES

    this method results in inaccurate delineation if site
    conditions depart from local hydrogeological trends
     if "standardized forms" have not already been developed
     in the region in which the site is located, the cost of
     generating the form^14 considerable as it requires
     significant site-specific data collection
                                                                 Slide  4.19

-------
              WHPA Delineation Using Simplified
                    Variable Shapes Method
    STEP 1- DELINEATE STANDARDIZED FORMS FOR CERTAIN AQUIFER TYPE

                  \
   02*03
Pumping Rate -
                     -Various standardized forms are generated
                      using analytical equations using sets of
                      representative hydrogeologic parameters.
                     •Upgradient extent of WHPA is calculated
                      with TOT equation; downgradient with
                      uniform flow equation.

    STEP 2: APPLY STANDARDIZED FORM TO WELLHEAD IN AQUIFER TYPE
                       -Standardized form is then applied to
                       well with similar pumping rate and
                       hydrogeologic parameters.
LEGEND:
  • Pumping Well

   I  Direction of Ground-water Flow
Slide   4.20


    NOT TO SCALE

-------
    4. FIXED RADII AND SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES METHODS
4.1  INTRODUCTION

The  fixed  radius  methods  are  the  simplest class  of  WHPA
delineation  techniques.     The  methods  involve  defining  a
circular  area,  centered  on  the  well  or  wellfield,  within
which the ground-water supply is to be protected.

The method  used to  establish  the  radius  of  the  circular area
distinguishes the  two techniques.   The arbitrary radius  is
based  on very  generalized hydrogeologic  considerations  or
expert judgement.   The resulting circle is  then  circumscribed
about  a  well  or  wellfield  without  explicitly  considering
site-specific  aquifer  properties  or  pumping   rate.   The
calculated  fixed  radius  method considers  pumping rate  and
incorporates some information about the  aquifer in determin-
ing the size of the delineated circle.

Simplified variable shapes are developed using more sophisti-
cated  analytical  techniques,  but  once  the  standard set  of
shapes has  been  computed they  are  applied as  simply  as  are
the circles  used  in the fixed radii methods.   The following
sections describe each method,  advantages  and disadvantages,
and  field  cases  in  which the methods have  been  used  to
delineate WHPAs.

4.2  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS METHOD

Description

The arbitrary fixed radius method is the simplest method used
to  delineate  WHPAs.    It  involves  drawing  a  circle  of
specified radius around  a well being protected (Slide 4.4).
The radius  selected to delineate a  WHPA may be  arbitrarily
selected.   It may  be based  on  state  or local regulations,
very   generalized   hydrogeologic   considerations,   and/or
professional  judgement.    For example,  the  radius  selected
could be based on distances previously chosen using different
delineation methods in similar hydrogeologic settings.

Advantages

The  arbitrary  fixed-radius  method  is  an  inexpensive  and
simple  way  to  apply  the  distance  criterion.     It  can  be
completed  quickly,   is  easily  verified in  the  field,  and
requires  little  technical  expertise.    This method can  be
adopted  as  a  temporary measure  in the early  stages of  a
particular WHP program until a time when a  more  sophisticated

                             4-1

-------
approach  can be  adopted  and/or more  detailed  hydrogeologic
data are  availabl-e.   The approach  can be adequately protec-
tive if  large distance thresholds  are  chosen,  thus,  compen-
sating somewhat for its lack of hydrogeologic precision.

Disadvantages

Due to the lack of scientific basis  for  choosing a specific
radius, there  is  much uncertainty  in  the application of the
arbitrary  fixed  radius method.   This is  especially  true in
areas  where  the  hydrogeology  is  anisotropic  and  hetero-
geneous,  and  in areas where  flow boundaries are located.  As
a result, this method may tend to over- or under-protect well
recharge  areas.    This  can  lead  to  increased  costs  of
purchasing land to be included in a WHPA,  and to insufficient
protection  of  the  zone  of  contribution  of  a  well.    In
addition,  the  lack   of   technical  justification  for  the
distance criterion  gives  application of  the  arbitrary fixed
radius method low defensibility.

Example

In  the  State of  Florida,  as  part  of  a  proposed  law to
protect  public water supplies  that  have  an average daily
ground-water withdrawal of at  least 100,000 gallons,  an area
with a 200-foot  radius is to be delineated (Slide 4.5). The
area is  established  to  restrict any activities  that could
contaminate the ground water.

As  part  of  the  Aquifer Land  Acquisition  Program  in Massa-
chusetts, the State uses the arbitrary-fixed radius method to
delineate the  first  of three zones designed  to control land
use in areas  surrounding  public water-supply wells (see Case
Study B.5).   The area consists  of  a circle  with a 400-foot
radius that  is off-limits to activities  that could possibly
contaminate the ground water (Slides 4.6 and 4.7).

4.3  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS METHOD

Description

Delineating a  WHPA using  the calculated  fixed  radius method
involves drawing  (mapping)  a circle with  a radius specified
by, for  example,  a TOT criterion threshold.  The radius is
calculated using  an  analytical equation based on the volume
of  ground  water that will be  drawn to a  production  well in
the specified time (Slide 4.11).  The time period is one that
will allow for cleanup of contaminants threatening the well,
or  allows for adequate  dilution  or  dispersion  of  contam-
inants .

                             4-2

-------
The  analytical  equation used to calculate  the radius of the
WHPA  depends on  the data  available.    For example,  if the
effective  porosity   of  the  aquifer  is  known,  a  simple
volumetric  equation  is  used.     If  pumping-test data  are
available  for  an  unconsolidated,   unconfined aquifer,  the
radius is determined using the Theis equation.

Advantages

This  method  is  relatively quick and inexpensive  compared to
the  more  complicated  delineation  methods.    It  requires
little technical  expertise  and  allows for the delineation of
a number of  WHPAs in a  short period of time.  The calculated
fixed  radius method  requires  more  funds than the arbitrary
fixed  radius method  because it requires more hydrogeologic
data, but  it provides greater accuracy and  is just as simple
to map.

Disadvantages

The calculated  fixed radius method may be inaccurate in many
situations  because  it  does not  account  for hydrogeologic
factors that  influence  contaminant transport such as aquifer
anisotropy and heterogeneity, and the presence of  flow bound-
aries.

Example

The Florida  Department  of Environmental Regulations requires
that  Zone  II of  a WHPA be  defined as a circle  of a radius
calculated using  the volumetric equation with a 5 year time-
of-travel  criterion  (see  Case  Study  B.4).    The volumetric
equation:
                    Qt = nTrHr2
                       or
                           Qt
                           nn-H
where,
     Q = well pumping rate (ft3/yr)
     n = aquifer porosity
     H = open interval (ft)
     t = travel time to well (yrs)
     r = WHPA radius (ft)
                             4-3

-------
4.4  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS EXERCISE

Background

The  Texas Water  Commission  (TWC)  delineated WHPAs  for four
public  water-supply wells  in  the  City of  Kennedale,  Texas
(Slide  4.14).   The TWC  selected a 5  year time-of-travel as
the  threshold  criterion,  and  the calculated  fixed  radii
method  was chosen  to  delineate the  WHPAs.  The  volumetric
flow equation  was used to calculate the  radius  of each WHPA
and  an  additional buffer zone  was added  to  each  calculated
radius, bringing the WHPA to a quarter mile radius.

Hvdroqeoloaic Setting

The  City of  Kennedale derives  its water from the Trinity
Aquifer, which is comprised of two water-producing units, the
Paluxy  and Twin  Mountains  Formations.    The two  zones are
separated by a confining  unit,  the Glen Rose Formation.  The
entire  aquifer is  under  confined conditions,  lying under 600
feet of marl, clay, and limestone.

The  regional  ground-water  velocity  within   the  Trinity
Aquifer  is  estimated to  be 2  to  3 feet  per year.   In the
vicinity  of Kenndale,  where  extensive  pumping has lowered
the  piezometric   surface  and   induced  larger   hydraulic
gradients,  ground  water  may be moving  200 to  300  feet per
year towards the pumping  centers.

Problem

The  hydrogeologic  and  pumping  data used  in  calculating the
radii are provided  in Slide 4.15.   Using the volumetric flow
equation,
r =
                            Ot
                          n n H
where,
     r = protection area radius (ft)
     Q = pumping rate of well (ft3/yr)
     t = time of travel (years)
     n = porosity of aquifer
     H = length of well screen (ft)
Calculate the radius for each well.
                             4-4

-------
4.5  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES METHOD

Description

The  simplified variable shapes  method for WHPA  delineation
provides  an  alternative to  the more  simplistic  fixed radii
methods and the more complex analytical methods.  It provides
a middle  ground between these  two  types of methods  in that
its  development incorporates  analytical methods while  its
implementation is similar to that of the fixed radii methods.

In  the  simplified  variable  shapes  method,   "standardized
forms"  (Slide  4.20)  are generated using  analytical methods,
such  as the uniform  flow equation  (see Section  5.4),  with
both  flow  boundaries  and TOT used as  criteria.   This method
attempts  to  simplify  implementation  by  selecting  a  few
representative  shapes  from  the large  array  of  potential
possibilities.     The   appropriate   "standardized  form"  is
selected for hydrogeologic conditions  similar  to  those found
at  the wellhead.   The  standardized  form  is  then oriented
around the well according to ground-water flow patterns.  The
variable  shapes  are   calculated  by   first  computing  the
distance to downgradient and lateral  extents  of  the ground-
water flow boundaries around a pumping well, and then using a
TOT criterion  to calculate the upgradient  extent.   Standar-
dized forms for various criteria are calculated for different
sets  of  hydrogeologic  conditions.     Input  data  for  the
creation  of  the standardized shapes include basic hydrogeo-
logic parameters and well pumping rates.

Advantages

Advantages of  the simplified variable  shapes method are that
it can  be  easily implemented once the  shapes of the standar-
dized forms are calculated, and that it requires a relatively
small amount of field data.    In addition,  relatively little
technical  expertise  is  required to do  the actual delinea-
tions.  Generally, the only information required to apply the
shapes  to  a particular  well  or well  field,  once the standar-
dized   forms  are  delineated,  are  the  well-pumping  rate,
material type,  and the  direction of  ground-water  flow.  This
method  offers  a more  refined analysis than the fixed radius
method, with only a modest increase in cost; significant data
collection is  required   (compared to calculated fixed radii)
in  order  to obtain the set of  representative hydrogeologic
parameters needed to calculate the shapes of the standardized
forms  and  to  determine   the overall  ground-water  flow
velocities.
                             4-5

-------
Disadvantages

The simplified variable  shapes method may not  be  accurate  in
areas   with  many   geologic  heterogeneities  and   complex
hydrologic boundaries.  If flow directions  near a  well differ
from those inferred from regional or subregional assessments,
erroneous coverage and insufficient protection  result.

Example

An example in which the simplified variable  shapes method was
used  to  delineate  the   highly  prolific  chalk  aquifer  in
Southern England can  be  found  in "Guidelines for  Delineation
of Wellhead Protection Areas" (U.S. EPA,  1987a).
                             4-6

-------
5. Analytical

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         ANALYTICAL DRAWDOWN METHODS
                                          Slide  5.01

-------
WHPA DELINEATION  METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)  ANALYTICAL METHODS -
      DRAWDOWN
5)  HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)  NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                    Slide  5.02

-------
              ANALYTICAL DRAWDOWN METHODS
DESCRIPTION

    Delineation of a WHPA based on specified value of drawdown
    criterion
ADVANTAGES

    delineation based on site-specific hydrologeological data

    these methods provide accurate coverage in cases when
    the ZOI of a well is similar to the ZOC (i.e., flat water-
    table conditions)


DISADVANTAGES

    these methods may be inaccurate in sloping water-table
    and anisotropic conditions, where the ZOI of a well does
    not closely resemble the ZOC

    may overprotect downgradient, and underprotect upgradient
                                                             Slide  5.03

-------
  4000m
                                       Drawdown
                                        Contour
                                          1m
      0 _
                                            .5m
                                         .25m
- 4000m
        -4000m
                                 0
4OOOn
                         LOW  PUMPING RATE

                    Pumping rate = 1500  ro3/day
                    Transmissivity =  250 m^/day
                    Storage coefficient  = .1
                    Maximum drawdown  = 8.8m
                    Duration of pumping  = 180 days
                                                           Slide  5.04

-------
 4000m
                                            Drawdown
                                            Contour
     0_
- 4000m .
       - 4000 m
I
0
4000m
                         HIGH  PUMPING RATE

                    Pumping  rate = 4500 m3/day
                    Transmissivity = 250 mvday
                    Storage  coefficient = .1
                    Maximum  drawdown = 26.4m
                    Duration of  pumping =180 days
                      tte,
                                                           Slide  5.05

-------
4000m
                                           Drawdown
                                           Contour
   O -
4000m
      -4000m
                                                     4000m
                      LOW TRANSMISSIVTTY
                 Pumping  rate = 1500 m3/day
                 Transmissivity =200 nr/day
                 Storage  coefficient = .1
                 Maximum  drawdown = 10.87m
                 Duration of pumping =180 days
                 Drawdown contours: .Olm, .025m,  .05m,
                                     1m, .2 5m,  •5m
.075m,
                                                       Slide  5.06

-------
 4000m
   0 T
-4000m
      -40OOm
                                                      4000m
                     jjTJGft TR^tSMTR.^jyTyV

                  Pumping rate = 1500 m3/day *?
                  Transmissivity = 2000 m2/day
                  Storage coefficient =  .1
                  Maximum drawdown = 1.22m
                  Duration of pumping = 180 days
                                                         Slide  5.07

-------
              DRAWDOWN METHOD EXAMPLE
                   OAKLEY, KANSAS    rrf            5
AQUIFER DESCRIPTION
   •  Unconfined Aquifer
   •  Calcareous Sandstone with some clay, silt, gravel,
      cobbles and boulders
   • Transmissivity (T) = 20,000 gpd/ft
   •  Storativity(S) = .12
   •  Gradient (I) = 10  ft/mile to the east

MODEL DESCRIPTION
   •  Two Dimensional Finite Difference Model
   •  50x50 Grid
   • Node Spacing = 660 feet   «f»«^>  «£  Htr  f«-V
   •  Program locates point at which 0.05 feet of drawdown is achieved
   • Variable Pumping Rate of wells is averaged out over one year
RESULTS
     Program calculated 0.05 feet of drawdown at a radius of 10,500 ft
                                                    Slide  5.08

-------
              THEIS EQUATION  -t,^c
 S =
 U =
 114.6 Q
   T

1.87r2S
   Tt
INPUT DATA:
W(u)
      Q = 676 gpm
      T = 20,000 gpd/ft
s= drawdown (feet)
Q= pumping rate (gpm)
T= Transmissivity (gpd/ft)
S= Storage Coefficient
r= distance from pumped
  well to observation well (ft)
t= time (days)  - $60 d.
W(u)= Well Function (Appendix C)
Use the Theis Equation, and iterate to find the 0.05 ft drawdown
  point.
      1. Guess a value of r
      2. Calculate u for that radius
      3. Read W(u) from Appendix C
      4. Calculate drawdown from Theis Equation
      5. Estimate a new raduis that will yield a drawdown closer to .05 ft
      6. Go to step 2.
      7. Repeat until you reach a radius that yields a drawdown of 0.05  ft.
RESULTS

  Theis equation calculated 0.05 feet of drawdown at 9,880 feet from
   center of we I If ie Id
                                                         Slide  5.09

-------
                                      Thomas Co.

                                       Logan Co.
   0.05-ft Drawdown
         Contour
          (Model)
                        0.05-ft
                        Drawdown
                        Contour
                        (Theis)
     City of
     Oakley
1    Water
     Supply
     Well
                                            1 MILE
DRAWDOWN COMPARISON FOR  OAKLEY,  KANSAS
                                                Slide  5.10

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
      ANALYTICAL TIME-OF-TRAVEL METHODS
                                4
                              •A-'
                                      Slide 5.11

-------
WHPA DELINEATION METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)  ANALYTICAL METHODS  -
      TIME-OF-TRAVEL
                               tu an
                               a»«f«ttr* ;   T '/
                                      An*   9
5)  HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
                              £& v» Ct*C rH*'   »*~
6)  NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                     Slide 5.12

-------
         ANALYTICAL TIME - OF - TRAVEL METHODS
DESCRIPTION

    WHPA  delineation based on the maximum time fora
    contaminant to reach a well based on regional ground-
    water advection patterns and velocities
ADVANTAGES

    these methods incorporate varying amounts site -
    specific hydrogeological data

    considers physical processes and flow velocities
DISADVANTAGES

    increased data requirements result in increased
    costs
                                                            Slide  5.13

-------
         TIME OF TRAVEL METHOD CASE STUDY
             Brookings County, South Dakota
Brookings County, South Dakota
    •  Water supply wells draw water from Big Sioux Aquifer
    .  ZOCs determined for wells; no WHPAs delineated
    •  TOT equation used to define upgradient extent of ZOC
    *  Five year and ten year TOT distances computed
    •  Darcy's Law used to compute TOT distance based on regional
      flow 1 gradient (effect of pumping well was neglected)
EQUATION
Darcy's Law
 Velocity Definition
                 K= Hydraulic Conductivity
                 n= porosity
                 i= hydraulic gradient
                                  x= distance
                                  t= time (time of travel in this case) »'/» da.
Final Equation
                   = vt=4!i
x = vt
                          n
                                                       Slide  5.14

-------
         TIME OF TRAVEL METHOD CASE STUDY
              Brookings County, South Dakota   (Com.)
Bruce Well # 1: Aquifer Data
    •  Aquifer Material: Unconsolidated glacial outwash (sand, gravel)
    •  Aquifer Thickness: 11 feet
    •   Aquifer Porosity: 0.20
    •   Hydraulic Conductivity: 670 ft/day
    •   Hydraulic Gradient: 0.0017  -   Ai»   afreet   >>«<>  e/*
                                           \       ft i   ^. \
                                                              '*
                                   i*c 4r    Lj/m   *+* tftA «•» I   a *>«
                                 J
5 Year TOT Distance:
            x_ ja     (670ft/day) (0.0017) (1825days)
                n                 0.20
                    = 10,393 feet  •* «.  m'
10 Year TOT Distance:
           y_  Kit
               n
                 (670 ft/day) (0.0017) j3650 days)
                            0.10
                   = 20,786 feet   ^  4
                                                         Slide  5.15

-------
          TIME OF TRAVEL METHOD CASE STUDY

                        Oakley, Kansas
Oakley, Kansas


  •   Water-supply wells draw water from Ogallala Formation

  •   2 Types of WHPAs delineated -
    Overall wellfield protection area:
         0.05 ft drawdown contour
                                                less
                                              \ Ctrinf1ont
                                              /
    Individual well protection area:
         1 80-day time-of-travel distance
                                              \
                                              /
                                                restrictions
                                                restrictions

180-day time-of-travel distance computed
using Darcy's Law for pore velocity based on
gradient across short sections of aquifer
moving rgyiially outwarH frnm wpll
(effect of pumping well considered)
       ku~ f .
                                                 •»••*
                                                  }••*}
                                                       **   *+
Aquifer Data:  C

  T = 20,000 gpd/ft

  S =  0.12


  Q =  300,000 gprii
                              '/>**

                                K =  235 gpd/ft

                                n =  0.15

                                t = 365 days
        i = 0.002
                                                      Slide  5.16

-------
                DARCY'S LAW APPROACH TO TOT CALCULATION

                 INCORPORATING  EFFECTS OF PUMPING WELL
QL

-------
    U =
    U =
OL
CD
Ul


00
r •>
TIME OF TRAVEL METHOD CASE STUDY
Oakley, Kansas (Cont.)
X
1.87 S 2
Tt
(1.87) (0.1 2) r2 —
(20,000 gpd/ft ) (365 days)
= (3.07 x10"8) r2
r (ft) s (ft) A s
10 14.46
30 11.83 2.63
50 10.62 1.21
100 8.96 1.66
150 8.00 0.96
200 7.33 0.67
300 6.35 0.98
400 5.67 0.68
500 5.13 0.54

s= 114'6Q W(ll)
T
-i*^ (11 4.6) (208.3 gpm)
' ~ 20,000 gpd/ft 2
s = 1.194W(u)
(ft) Ax (ft) I A

20 0.13
20 0.061
50 0.033
50 0.019
50 0.013
100 0.0098
100 0.0068
100 0.0054


- W(u)

t (days)

0.74
1.6
7.2
12.5
18.4
48.7
70.1
88.3
                                                                                            V  =
                                                                                           At  =
        Ax

        At


         Ax
K8
 n

 A x  n
                                                                                                   v       Ki

                                                                                                     (0.15)      Ax

                                                                                                  (31.4 ft/day)   i
At =  (4.77 x 10 "3)   AX

                                                                                                 £  t  (days)
             0.74


             2.34


             9.54


            22.0


            40.4


            89.1


          159


          248

-------
      o- -
5!

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
    ANALYTICAL ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION METHODS
                                          Slide 5.20

-------
WHPA DELINEATION METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)   SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)   ANALYTICAL METHODS -
      ZONE-OF-CONTRIBUTION
5)   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)   NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                     Slide 5.21

-------
      ANALYTICAL  ZONE  OF CONTRIBUTION  METHODS
DESCRIPTION

    Involves delineating  rPghfm.flffi?^°d,*^ujfa£g^^
    which water tfi^t is fiyfijfl||^|ly_ftLiiqped from the well flows
ADVANTAGES

    incorporate a number of site-specific hydrogeological
    parameters

    provide excellent protection of water supply


•   the most accurale_oiihe analytical methods



DISADVANTAGES

    implementation of these  methods can be gps^Jy due
    to the significant amount of hydrogeological data
    required


    mapping of topographic divides, recharge areas, and
    flow boundaries required
                                                              Slide  5.22

-------
                                                   .
                   WHPA Delineation  Using  the
                  Uniform Flow Analytical  Model
             ORIGINAL
           PIEZOMETRIC
             SURFACE
                               GROUND
                               SURFACE
         DRAWDOWN CURVE
                                    CONFINED
                                    AQUIFER
                                   IMPERMEABLE
                                EQUIPOTENTIAL LINES
                                   GROUNDWATER
                                      DIVIDE
                                (b)
           .X
                                                          2Kb!
            UNIFORM-FLOW
               EQUATION
  DISTANCE TO
DOWN-GRADIENT
  NULL POINT
BOUNDARY
  LIMIT
    LEGEND:

       •  Pumping Well
SOURCE: Todd. 1980
       Where:
       Q = Well Pumping Rate
       K = Hydraulic Conductivity
       b = Saturated Thickness
       i = Hydraulic Gradient
       rr = 3.1416
                                                                          •£00
                                                            Slide  5.23

                                                               NOT TO SCALE |

-------
                                 Distance
6000
-6000

   -6000
                                                Streamline
                                                     5 yearZOTs
                                                                      
-------
                                Distance
 6000
-6000
                                                                   Ol

                                                                   o
                                                                   re
   -sooo
6000
                                                     Units = Meters
     EXAMPLE 2   HJ01dLBUMeiM£_BATE, HORIZONTAL WATER TABLE
              PUMPING RATE = 150 CUBIC METERS PER HOUR


              REGIONAL HYDRAULIC GRADIENT = 0
                                                           Slide  5.25

-------
                                Distance
 6000
-6000
                                           xRegional flow line
   -6000

    	 ZOC boundary
           6000
Units = Meters
    EXAMPLE 3     IflW  PMMPIMQ RATF, MODERATELY SLOPING
                   WATER TABLE
        DATA
           PUMPING RATE = 15 CUBIC METERS PER HOUR

           REGIONAL HYDRAULIC GRADIENT = .05

           REGIONAL FLOW IS FROM BOTTOM TO TOP OF FIELD
                                                         Slide  5.26

-------
                                                     I
                               Distance
                                                  Regional Flow Line
6000
-6000
   -6000
     EXAMPLE 4
wiriH
                    WATER TABLE
PATF, MODERATELY SLOPING
         DATA
             PUMPING RATE = 150 CUBIC METERS PER HOUR
             HF.GIONAL HYDRAULIC GRADIENT = .05
                           IS FROM BOTTOM TO TOP OF
             FIELD
                                                         Slide  5.27

-------
                               Distance
                                          Regional Flow Line
6000
-6000
   -6000
                                           ONGLY SLOPING
                                                                  CO
                                                                  rt-
                                                                  fl]
                                                                  O
                                                                  n>
                                                         6000
EXAMPLES
         DATA
             PUMPING RATE = 15 CUBIC METERS PER HOUR

             REGIONAL HYDRAULIC GRADIENT = .1

             REGIONAL FLOW IS FROM BOTTOM TO TOP OF
             FIELD
                                                    Slide  5.28

-------
                               Distance
6000
                                                                  o
                                                                  »-»•
                                                                  05
                                                                  «-f
                                                                  o>

                                                                  o
                                                                  re
-6000  '                               "streamline

   -6000                           0

      -- ZOC boundary uifcfl

      EXAMPLE 6       g©W PUMPING RATE ,  STRONGLY SLOPING

                      WATER TABLE
                                                             6000
                                                  Units = Meters
         DATA
             PUMPING RATE = 150 CUBIC METERS PER HOUR


             REGIONAL HYDRAULIC GRADIENT = .1


             REGIONAL FLOW IS FROM BOTTOM TO TOP OF

             FIELD
                                                          Slide  5.29

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         ANALYTICAL METHODS EXERCISE
                                           Slide  5.30

-------
                              ANALYTICAL METHODS EXERCISE
     •500
-250


 -250
            -500
            -750
           -1000
$«
03
                                                    Regional Flow
                                 Discharging Well
250   500   750    1000   1250  1500  1750  2000   2250   2500  2750  3000

-------
                     SOLUTION TO  ANALYTICAL  METHODS EXERCISE
CO
a

-------
                    5. ANALYTICAL METHODS
5.1  INTRODUCTION

Analytical  methods are  the  most common  delineation methods
used when,  in  more  complex hydrogeologic  settings,  greater
accuracy  is necessary  than can be obtained from the previous
methods.     These  methods   can  define  ground-water  flow
boundaries and contaminant transport dynamics through the use
of  equations  representing  flow  in  simple  aquifer systems.
These methods are often completed with the aid of computers.

Analytical methods require the input of various hydrogeologic
parameters  such  as  aquifer  transmissivity  and  porosity,
hydraulic  gradient,   hydraulic  conductivity,  and  saturated
thickness of the  aquifer.   Costs of using analytical methods
to  delineate  WHPAs  are relatively  low,  but  implementation
costs can be high if site-specific hydrogeologic data must be
developed for  each WHPA.   If sufficient  information  is not
available through  pertinent local or  hydrogeologic reports,
data collection may involve site studies, including test-well
drilling and pump tests.

The  analytical  methods explained  in  this section of  the
course include calculating drawdown in a well using the Theis
equation  (hand  calculation)  determining  an  appropriate area
using a volumetric flow equation with a  TOT criterion and a
zone of contribution determination with a TOT criterion.  The
first and last  of these  can  be simplified by  the  use  of
appropriate computer  models which  is also  discussed.   For
applicable ground-water  computer models  for the criteria and
analytical and  numerical methods,  consult the  OGWP document,
model assessment for delineating WHPAs (EPA, 1988).

Advantages

Most hydrogeologists  and civil  engineers  can understand the
methods  and  apply  them  correctly.    Also,  because  these
methods   take  into   account   site-specific   hydrogeologic
parameters,  they provide more accurate representations of the
actual  hydrogeologic settings than previous methods.

Disadvantages

The  methods use   models that  generally  do not take  into
account hydrologic  boundaries,  aquifer  heterogeneities,  and
non-uniform rainfall or evapotranspiration.
                             5-1

-------
5.2  ANALYTICAL DRAWDOWN METHODS

Description

These analytical methods  involve  delineation of a WHPA based
on  a specified  threshold value  of the  drawdown criterion.
These values vary from hundredths of a foot in small aquifers
where the  zone of  influence  (ZOI)  is not  areally extensive
and the maximum drawdown is small to several feet in regional
aquifers.   Analytical methods that  calculate  drawdown,  when
applied  properly,  can provide  accurate descriptions  of the
ZOI of a well.  Accordingly, these methods should be employed
when delineation  of  a  WHPA based  on  the ZOI  of a  well  is
appropriate (i.e., horizontal water-table conditions).

Example

The  equation  most  commonly  used to  calculate  drawdown  in
homogeneous,  isotropic  confined   aquifers   is  the  Theis
equation.   The form  of the  Theis  equation used to compute
drawdown is (Driscoll, 1986):
                   s . 114.6 0 Wful
where,
     s =  drawdown, in ft, at  any  point in the vicinity of a
          well discharging at a constant rate
     Q =  pumping rate, in gpm
     T =  coefficient  of  transmissivity  of the  aquifer,  in
          gpd/ft
  W(u) =  is  read  "well  function  of u"  and  represents  an
          exponential integral

In the W(u) function, u is equal to:
               u
where,
       = 1.87r S
            Tt
     S =
     T =
     t -
distance, in  ft,  from the center  of  a pumped well
to a point where the drawdown is measured
coefficient of storage (dimensionless)
coefficient of transmissivity, in gpd/ft
time since pumping started, in days
Values of W(u)  for computed values  of u can be obtained from
the Well Function table in Appendix C.
                             5-2

-------
Many computer programs  have  been  designed to solve the Theis
equation and  calculate  drawdown.   One  such  program,  THWELLS
(van der Heijde,  1987),  will be used here to demonstrate the
effects of aquifer  transmissivity and well-pumping rate, all
other  factors the same, on the size  of  a WHPA delineated on
the basis  of the ZOI of a  well.   THWELLS was  developed to
calculate  head  drawdown or  buildup at  any  location  in  a
confined aquifer  due to the  summation of discharge (pumping)
or recharge (injection)  of up to 100 wells.

Data  input  includes  the  number  of wells,  aquifer  trans-
missivity and storage coefficient, the x and y coordinates of
pumping or  injection  wells,  discharge or  recharge rate, and
duration of  pumping.    Effects of  no-flow or  constant  head
line  boundaries  can  be simulated  using  image-well  theory.
The program  outputs the drawdown or  buildup  at any location
(x,y)   in the  aquifer as a  result  of each individual well and
the  sum  of  all   effects.     The program has  options  for
determination of  head  response  at  a particular  time,  both
presented in tabular and graphic format.

Slides 5.4 through 5.7 are examples of THWELLS graphic output
to a  dot matrix  printer.    The  figures show,  in  plan view,
contours of  drawdown  around  a  single pumping well.   Slides
5.4 and  5.5  show the effect of low  and  high pumping rates,
respectively, on  the  size of the ZOI.   Other factors equal,
the size  of  a  WHPA  will increase  with  increasing  pumping
rate.

Slides 5.6  and 5.7 show the effect  of low  and  high trans-
missity,   respectively,   on  the  size  of the  ZOI  and  the
configuration of  the  water table.   Other factors equal, the
size of a WHPA  may  either increase or decrease with increas-
ing transmissivity depending on the drawdown threshold chosen
to delineate  the  WHPA.   For example, in  Slides 5.6 and 5.7,
the 0.25m drawdown  contour moves closer  to  the well  for the
case of higher transmissivity which would result in a smaller
WHPA  (if 0.25m  were the criterion  threshold).   However, the
0.01m  drawdown  contour  moves farther  from  the  well,  which
would result in a larger WHPA.  The data used in each THWELLS
run and  the  important  points of comparison among the  four
cases are summarized below:
                             5-3

-------
                      SLIDES  5.4  and  5.5

DATA
        transmissivity = 250 square meters per day
        storage coefficient = .1
        contours are  .25 meters,  .5 meters, 1 meter
     .   pumping rate  in Figure 5.1.1 is 1500 cubic meters per
        day
     .   pumping rate  in Figure 5.1.2 is 4500 cubic meters per
        day
     .   maximum drawdown in Figure 5.1.1 is 8.8 meters
     .   maximum drawdown in Figure 5.1.2 is 26.4 meters
NOTE:
        similar contours are  found  at greater distances from
        well in Figure 5.1.2
        ratio  of  maximum  drawdowns  is  equal  to  ratio  of
        pumping rates.  Pumping rate is directly proportional
        to drawdown in Theis equation
        a well  pumping  at  a greater  rate,  all other factors
        the same,  has a  larger  ZOI  and will require a larger
        WHPA to protect  the well  if a threshold value of the
        drawdown criterion is the basis of delineation
                             5-4

-------
                     SLIDES 5.6 and 5.7

DATA

     .   pumping rate =  1500 cubic  meters per day
     .   storage coefficient =  .1
        8000 meter x 8000 meter field
     .   drawdown contours  are .01 meters,  .025 meters,  .05
        meters, .075 meters,  .1 meters,  .25  meters,  .5 meters
        maximum drawdown in Figure 5.1.3 is  10.87  meters
        maximum drawdown in Figure 5.1.4 is  1.22 meters
     .   aquifer transmissivity in Figure 5.1.3  is 200 square
        meters per day
     .   aquifer transmissivity in  Figure 5.1.4  is  2000 square
        meters per day
        all other  factors  the same,  wells  in  aquifers  of
        higher transmissivity  will  create  a  lower maximum
        drawdown.   Transmissivity and drawdown are  inversely
        proportional  in the Theis  equation
        all other  factors  the same,  wells  in aquifers  with
        higher transmissivities will  have a larger ZOI  (but
        delineated  WHPAs may  be  larger or  smaller  depending
        on selected threshold  value of drawdown criterion)
        wells  in  aquifers   with  high   transmissivities
        generally  have  a  long and  flat  cone of  depression,
        while  wells in low transmissivity aquifers  generally
        have a short  and steep cone of depression
                             5-5

-------
A second  example  is provided showing a  comparison between a
WHPA  delineated  for a  wellfield in  Oakley,  Kansas using a
numerical model and the  same WHPA delineated  using the Theis
analytical  equation  (Slide 5.9).   A  drawdown threshold  of
0.05  ft was used to delineate the WHPA.   The  numerical model
results placed the WHPA boundary at  a radius of approximately
11,500  ft  from  the  center of the  wellfield.   The  Theis
solution agreed well with  the numerical  model,  computing the
0.05  ft contour  at a radial distance of approximately 9,900
ft from the center of the wellfield  (Slide 5.10).

5.3  ANALYTICAL TIME-OF-TRAVEL METHODS

Description

Analytical methods that  can be  used to delineate  WHPAs based
on the  Time of Travel  (TOT)  criterion  calculate  the  travel
time  required for  a  contaminant to reach  a  pumping  well.
This  is  usually  done   through the  reverse-tracking  of  a
particle  using  predicted  regional  ground-water  advection
patterns and  velocities.   The mapped distance  from the well
to the outer  edge  of  the WHPA is the product  of  the average
ground-water  velocity  times  the  TOT  criterion  threshold
specified  by  the  pertinent  regulations.    TOT  analytical
methods   incorporate   varying  degrees  of   site-specific
hydrogeologic information  and vary  greatly  in terms of their
complexity.  Some of the types  of data that are likely to be
required  to implement  these  methods  are aquifer porosity,
hydraulic   conductivity,   regional   flow gradient,   aquifer
transmissivity and storativity,  and pumping  and injecting
rates.

An example  of a  simple  analytical  method  that can be used
with the TOT criterion is the volumetric  flow equation.  This
equation determines the  aquifer volume required to yield the
volume of water removed from the aquifer  in  a period equal to
the TOT  criterion threshold.   This method requires aquifer
porosity and pumping-rate  data,  as  well  as  the open interval
of the well.

Examples

The first example  (Slides  5.14  and  5.15) illustrates the use
of Darcy's  Law to compute pore water flow velocity and TOT
distance.    The  method  has  been used  in a  number of WHPA
delineations  including  a project in Brookings  County,  South
Dakota (Case Study B.I).   The method, as employed here, uses
the regional  gradient  (i)  to compute flow velocity and does
not  take   into account  the  effects of the   pumping  well.
Distances were computed for 5-yr and 10-yr TOT thresholds.

                             5-6

-------
The  second  example  (Slides  5.16  to  5.19)  is  based  on  a
method  used  to  delineate  small  180-day  TOT   zones  ground
individual  wells  in an Oakley, Kansas  wellfield (Case Study
B.3).   More limiting use restrictions were to apply to these
smaller  protection  zones within  the  larger  WHPA for  the
entire  wellfield.   The Theis  equation is used to compute the
drawdown curve with  radial distance from a well.  This radial
distance is then  subdivided into short segments  (Slide 5.17),
and  Darcy's law is  applied to  each  segment to  compute pore-
water velocity and TOT.  .Travel times for individual segments
are  summed,  moving  radially outward  from the well,  until the
cumulative TOT equal 180 days (Slides 5.18 and 5.19).

Another analytical method that incorporates the TOT criterion
is the  analytical transport model  RESSQ.   An introduction to
the model and some example runs are included in the following
section of  zone-of-contribution methods.

5.4  ANALYTICAL ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION METHODS

Description

A desirable way to  ensure protection  of  a water-supply well
is to  protect  the  land  surface  and the  subsurface regions
that contribute  water to the  water  supply.  This  region of
the  flow  system is called the  zone  of  contribution,  or ZOC.
The  ZOC includes all  recharge areas and  subsurface regions
through which water  flows to  the  pumping well.   To determine
the entire ZOC of a well or wellfield requires an understand-
ing of the well hydraulics of the system as well as hydrogeo-
logic mapping of topographic divides, recharge areas, and no-
flow boundaries.

One  method  of  defining  the  ZOC  involves  the  use of  the
uniform  flow  equation  to  determine the  stagnation  point
downgradient from a well and the width of the upgradient zone
that contributes  flow  to  the  well.   This method is discussed
in greater  detail in the Delineation Guidelines (EPA,  1987a,
p. 4-14).

The  stagnation  point  or  downgradient null  point  marks  the
distance beyond which  flow  in the aquifer will  not be drawn
into the well  under the influence of pumping.   The boundary
limits of  the  ZOC in the direction upgradient  from the well
define the  width  of aquifer  (given  its  depth,  conductivity,
and prevailing regional (gradient)  required to supply flow to
the discharging well.  These concepts are summarized in Slide
5.23.    The  equations  employed  in  this  method  will  be
explained  further in the hands-on exercise in  Section 5.5,
"Analytical Methods Exercise."

                             5-7

-------
The  sizes of ZOCs  can vary greatly.   In the case  of small
production  wells  operating in  prolific, horizontal  water-
table aquifers, the ZOC can be an area with a radius of tens-
of-feet.   In the  case of a larger  well field,  the  ZOC can
extend  miles from  the well  field  and,  in  the  case  of the
confined  aquifers not  necessarily be contiguous with the well
field.  Because  in some cases  it is  unrealistic  to set aside
such large areas to serve as WHPAs,  the entire ZOC of a well
is not  normally  chosen as the  WHPA.   Instead,  in such cases,
the  ZOC is combined with a TOT criterion threshold  and the
portion of  the  ZOC that  contributes  flow to  the well within
that  time  period  serves  as   the   WHPA.    These  zones  of
transport  (ZOT)  are identified  by  contours of  equal travel
time (isochrones).


RESSO - WHPA Delineation Using Flow Boundary and TOT Criteria

Many analytical methods can be used to delineate WHPAs on the
basis of  ZOTs.   One such method is  the computer model RESSQ
(Javandel, et al,  1984).   RESSQ,  a  semi-analytical model,  is
designed  to  calculate  two-dimensional  contaminant transport
by the  processes  of advection  and adsorption in homogeneous,
isotropic, confined,  and steady-state  flow-field  aquifers.

To run  RESSQ, the  following input data are  required:  aquifer
thickness, porosity,  pumping/injection  rates, regional pore
water   velocity,   direction   of  regional   flow,   injection
contaminant concentration, and the adsorption capacity of the
rock matrix.

The model  produces tabular and graphic  output.   The tabular
output  lists the  final  destinations and  arrival times  of
streamlines  as  well as a contaminant  concentration  profile
over time  for production wells receiving contamination.  The
graphic output displays the location of production/injection
wells,   with  streamlines  plotted  to  depict  the flow field.
Time-of-travel fronts may also be displayed.

The  user  specifies the number  of  streamlines  leaving each
well, the  time  periods for which the contaminant  fronts are
plotted,  and  the total  time of simulation.    The  ability  to
calculate  and display chosen  time  fronts  makes  RESSQ  an
excellent tool for TOT delineation applications.

The  following  hypothetical  situations were developed using
RESSQ in  order  to  demonstrate  the  effects  of pumping rates
and regional hydraulic gradients on  the ZOTs  of  a  well.  The
examples  were developed assuming an  isotropic,  homogeneous,
confined aquifer with no assimilative capacity, and saturated

                             5-8

-------
thickness of  10m.   Hydraulic  conductivity (K)  is  100 m/yr,
and effective porosity  (n)  is  0.1.   Six cases were developed
to illustrate the  relationship between regional gradient and
pumping  rate  in  determining  the size  at the  ZOT.    Three
regional  gradients were  selected from horizontal  to fairly
steep  (0, 0.05,  0.1)  and,  for  each  gradient,  the flow field
was computed  for low and high pumping rates  (15 m3/hr,  150
m3/hr).   Changes  in  the  regional  hydraulic gradient  were
effected  by  changing   the  regional  pore-water  velocity.
Hydraulic gradient and pore-water velocity are related by the
equations:

           V =    3   =  Ki
                  n      n
where,

     v = pore-water velocity (m/yr)
     q = average (regional) ground-water velocity (m/yr)
     n = porosity of aquifer = .1
     K = hydraulic conductivity = 100 m/yr
     i = hydraulic gradient (dimensionless)


By  keeping  the values  of  K and  n  constant,   the  desired
hydraulic gradient was obtained by entering the corresponding
pore-water velocity value into the model.

The time  fronts in each  example  are plotted  for 5,  10,  15,
20, and 25 years.   Note  the  acceleration as flow approaches
the  pumping  well  (i.e.,  greater  distances  traversed  in
successive 5-yr intervals as flow moves toward well).

The data  used in each RESSQ run and  the important points of
comparison among the six runs are summarized below:
                             5-9

-------
                       RESSO EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE 1: LOW PUMPING RATE,  HORIZONTAL WATER TABLE
(Slide 5.24)
     DATA
        pumping rate =15 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient  =  0
     SHOWS
        ground-water  velocity   increases  as   the  water
        approaches pumping center due to increased  hydraulic
        gradient
        straight pathlines,  approach  well radially
        all ZOCs circular with  this method  of calculations
     NOTE
        ideal conditions for  use  of calculated fixed  radius
        method
        method can be applied  with high  accuracy
                            5-10

-------
EXAMPLE 2;  HIGH PUMPING RATE,  HORIZONTAL WATER TABLE
(Slide 5.25)
     DATA
        pumping rate = 150 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient = 0
     SHOWS
        increased radius of WHPA for a given TOT
        ground-water  velocity  increases  slightly  as  water
        approaches pumping  center  due to increase  hydraulic
        gradient
        straight pathlines, approach well  radially
        all ZOCs circular
     NOTE:
        ideal conditions for calculated fixed radius method
        method can be applied with high accuracy
                            5-11

-------
EXAMPLE 3; LOW PUMPING RATE, MODERATE WATER-TABLE GRADIENT
(Slide 5.26)
     DATA
        pumping rate = 15 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient = .05
        regional hydraulic gradient  flows  from bottom to top
        of page
     SHOWS
NOTE:
        ZOCs highly skewed in upgradient direction
        stagnation point clearly marked
        ground-water velocities  greatly  accelerated  within 5
        year TOT boundary
        application  of  calculated  fixed  radius  for  WHPA
        leads  to  erroneous  coverage   -  under  coverage  if
        downgradient  radius  is  chosen,   over  coverage  if
        upgradient radius is chosen
        under these conditions,  CFR  method  is inappropriate,
        analytical  methods  should  be  used  to  increase
        accuracy of delineation
        ZOC is increasingly skewed with increased TOTs.
                             5-12

-------
EXAMPLE 4: HIGH PUMPING RATE, MODERATE WATER-TABLE GRADIENT
(Slide 5.27)
     DATA
        pumping rate = 150 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient = .05
        regional hydraulic gradient  flows  from bottom to top
        of page
     SHOWS
        pathlines curve slightly  (within  25  year TOT limits)
        as approach well
        ZOC skewed slightly  in  upgradient direction - degree
        of skew increases with increasing TOT
     NOTE
        in the case of a well with  a  high pumping rate in an
        aquifer with a moderate  hydraulic gradient,  ZOCs are
        nearly circular for TOTs of 5 to 10 years
        under these conditions,  the calculated  fixed  radius
        methods is appropriate if applied with  5 and 10 year
        TOTs.  Application to TOTs beyond 10 years results in
        increased erroneous coverage
                            5-13

-------
EXAMPLE 5;  LOW PUMPING RATE, HIGH WATER-TABLE GRADIENT
(Slide 5.28)
     DATA

        pumping rate = 15 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient = .1
        regional hydraulic gradient  flows  from bottom to top
        of field

     SHOWS

        ZOC is almost entirely upgradient of pumping center
     NOTE

        under these  conditions,  the calculated  fixed radius
        method results in unacceptable coverage and error
                             5-14

-------
EXAMPLE 6; HIGH PUMPING RATE,  HIGH WATER-TABLE GRADIENT
(Slide 5.29)
     DATA
        high pumping rate:  150 m3/hr
        regional hydraulic gradient = .1
        regional hydraulic gradient  flows  from bottom to top
        of field
     SHOWS
        a high  pumping rate  reduces the  effect of  a  large
        gradient within the  5 yr TOT,  but the  ZOCs  for the
        remaining  time  fronts  are  skewed  such  that  the
        calculated  fixed  radius  method  would  provide  an
        unsatisfactory WHPA delineation for TOTs greater than
        5 years
     NOTE
        calculated fixed  radius is unacceptable delineation
        method  if  applied  under  such  conditions with  TOTs
        greater than 5 years
                            5-15

-------
5.5  ANALYTICAL METHODS EXERCISE

The  purpose of  this exercise  is  to  employ  two  analytical
methods to  define the boundary of a WHPA.   The uniform flow
equation  is  used to define the boundary  of  the aquifer zone
contributing flow to a  pumping well.    Darcy's law  is then
used to computer a time-of-travel distance  that  defines the
upgradient extent of the WHPA for a specified TOT criterion.

Two approaches to applying  these  methods  are presented.  The
first  approach  is  based on  a method  applied in  Brookings
County, South  Dakota  (see  Case  Study B.l).   The  approach
requires only three calculations to define the WHPA.

The second  approach involves generating  a better approxima-
tion to the zone-of-contribution  (ZOC)  by using  the  uniform
flow equation  repeatedly to  compute many  points along the
flow boundary.   At the  completion  of  the exercise,  compare
the WHPAs delineated using these two approaches.
                            5-16

-------
                                                     ©-
Approach 1

   1)   For  this  exercise,  use  equations  from the  Uniform
        Flow Analytical Model and the following data:

        Q = 46, 170 ft3/day,
        i = .001
        to compute
          a) Distance to the downgradient null point,  XL
          b) Maximum width of influx zone,  2YL

   2)   Use  the  relationship,  V=Ki/n,   to   calculate  the
        distance to the 5-year time-of-travel  line.   Porosity
        = .20.  v^uaacfiir.  ,,,4.
                      110
   3)   Plot  (using  graph  paper  provided, Slide  5.31)  the
        shape of  the  ZOC;  assume YL  is  the  cross-gradient
        distance to  the  ground-water divide.   Then draw  the
        5-year time-of-travel line as the upgradient  boundary
        of ZOC to create a 5-year zone-of-transport  (ZOT).
                              J  .  v/CO * (/.»«X*>*f - *****
Approach 2                      y

   1)   Again using the uniform flow equations, compute  the  X
        and  Y  coordinates of  points along the  ground-water
        divide for Y = 800, 762, 734, 674,  587, 514,  440,  and
        293.
        Hint:  the  uniform  flow equation  along the  ground-
        water divide reduces to:                X^Tjf

                           ,—J                  *
                    x = -Y Jcotf (Y/-XL)

        where cotangent is in radians            *ftf- «•

   2)   Use the points  generated  in #2 above,  the value  for     "**
        XL computer in Approach 1,  #1 and the 5-year time-of-     ,.
        travel line computed  in Approach 1, #2 to delineate  **-
        the  WHPA  produced using the uniform flow equations
        and a 5-year time-of-travel criterion threshold.
Part 3
     1) How do the WHPAs  delineated  using the  two approaches
        compare?
                            5-17

-------
SOLUTIONS:
Approach 1
la)   XL =
              - Q
             27rKbi
                   XL  =
Ib)
      *L =   ±   Q
                2Kbi
        46,170 ft3/day
        2»r(228 ft/day) (110  ft)  (.001)
        -293 ft

        ±  46,170 ft3/day
 2)
      V  =  Ki
           2(228 ft/day)(110  ft)(.001)
J  =     ±920 ft

(228 ft/day)(.001)   =  1.139  ft/day
            n                .20
Distance to 5-year TOT line =  (velocity)(1825 days)  =  2,079  ft
 3)  See Graph  (Slide 5.32)
Approach 2
 1)  Using X =  -Y cot (Y/-XL)
        for Y = 762:
                      X =  (-762 ft) cot  (762  ft/293  ft)
                        =  1268 ft
                       X  (ft)
                                   Y  (ft)
1834
1268
982
606
269
93
-31
-188
800
762
734
674
587
514
440
293
  2)   See Graph  (Slide 5.32)
Part 3
The simpler  approach used in Brookings County,  SD is also more
conservative  (i.e.,  it protects a  large area).   For the aquifer
conditions presented here, the two approaches agree well.
                             5-18

-------
6. Mapping

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
       HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING METHODS
                                         Slide  6.01

-------
WHPA DELINEATION  METHODS
1)  ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)  CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)  SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)  ANALYTICAL METHODS
5)  HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)  NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                    Slide 6.02

-------
          HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING  METHODS
DESCRIPTION

    Delineation of WHPAs by mapping TOT and flow boundary
    criteria using geological observations, geophysical data, and
    dye-tracing methods
ADVANTAGES
    well suited to hydrogeologic settings
               es, as are found in many glacial and alluvial
    aquifers with high flow velocities, and to highly anisotropic
    aquifers
DISADVANTAGES

    reonire specialized expense in geologic and geomorphic
    mapping

                            on what constitute likely flow
    boundaries

    less suited to delineatind WHPAs in large or deep aquifers
                                                          Slide  6.03

-------
 HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
Flow System Boundaries:

     Recharge
     Impermeable
     Flow Divides
Conduit Flow Paths
                                   Slide  6.04

-------
          MAPPING TECHNIQUES
  GENERAL GEOLOGIC MAPPING
  - TOPOGRAPHY
  - WATER  LEVELS
  - WATER  QUALITY
  - GEOLOGIC  CONTACTS
  - LINEAMENT ANALYSIS
  - AQUIFER TESTS
.  GEOPHYSICS

.  DYE TRACING

.  AGE ASSESSMENT (TRITIUM)
                                     Slide  6.05

-------
   WHPA  Delineation Using Hydrogeologic Mapping
              (Use of Ground-water Divides)
 STREAM
 VALLEY
          /
    STREAM
                                             LAND SURFACE
               WHPA
WHPA
DRAWDOWN   GROUND-WATER
CONTOURS  /   DIVIDE
LEGEND:
      Water Table

      Pumping Well

      Ground-water Divide

      Direction of Ground-water Flow

      WHPA
                                                       Slide  6.06

-------
GROUND-WATER  DIVIDE
            +23
                 +24
                     +25
                         Ground-
                        water divide
                             +25
                             +24
    +21   +22
                  +23
                                Slide 6.07

-------
                  WATER  QUALITY  MAPPING:
            MOHAWK RIVER  BASIN,  NEW  YORK
                                  WELL FIELD A
                    MOHAWK
                     RIVER
                                                    WELL FIELD B
..;«..SAND AND GRAVEL .'  ' • '. • >•
•• /.'•-•-•••" *"•'»• •  ••"..• •/.. ':-'•'-:••„:'
••'..•.• . V'. ; o- • .•-..-•-.• - -« " '-
-------
 WHPA Delineation  Using Hydrogeologic Mapping
                  (Use  of  Geologic Contacts)
                                                       STREAM
         PUMPING WELL
BEDROCK (NON-AQUIFER
     MATERIAL)
                                ALLUVIAL AQUIFER
           Primary WHPA Boundary Drawn as Contact
           Between Aquifer and Non-Aquifer Material
NOTE: A secondary protection zone could be delineated based on
      the larger area of recharge derived from surface runoff, and
      inferred from topography and basin boundaries.
                                                                Slide   6.09
                                                                NOT TO SCALE

-------
                GEOLOGIC  CONTACT MAP:
                EDWARDS AQUIFER, TEXAS
                     \RECHARGE
                        ZONE
     UNCONFINED
     EDWARDS FORMATION
A.
       RECHARGE  POND -t
                                CONFINED
                                EDWARDS FORMATION


                                   .STREAM
                            RECHARGE DAM
                                                     -A'
                                           o WATER SUPPLY
                                             WELL
                      PLAN
EDWARDS ' i1 | '| ' |
FORMATION']  •  •
                      RECHARGE
                        ZONE
                                                     A'
                                           ^WATER SUPPLY
                                           ( WELL
       \GLEN  ROSE
         LIMESTONE
                                   GLEN ROSE
                                    LIMESTONE
                                                   SOIL COVER
                                                CONFINING
                                                CLAY UNIT
                                                 EDWARDS
                                                 FORMATION
              CROSS-SECTION
                                                  Slide  6.10

-------
               Terminology for Wellhead  Protection Area
                Delineation (Hypothetical  Ground-water
                         Basin in Fractured Rock)
               y  '  .  /
                Fractured Rocks
                                   A1
                          X
Fractured •!
Zone  /
                                                                   \
  VERTICAL PROFILE
                                                           Stream
                                                                   A1
 PLAN VIEW
SOURCE: Modified from Ouon. 1981
                 LEGEND:
                   V.  Water Table
                   w
                   *>£ Fractures
                 	  	Ground-water Divide

                               Slide   6.11
                               NOT TO SCALE

-------
            AQUIFER  TEST  DETERMINATION

             OF  AQUIFER  BOUNDARIES
            ._  Lend  surface   t^
 Unconfined • aquifer.* •/	.'' . ^ •.  \ +-J-  ' »
-_Confining -^ bedi^-_ -3. ^."^
                                                                t  =  O
 Discharge (0) =  Recharge(R)
                                                               t  =  1 hr.
Withdrawal (0)-  Reduction in  storage (As)
                                                               t  =  6 hrs.
Withdrawal (0) = Reduction  in storage (As) + Reduction  in discharge (Ao)
                                                               t  =  24 hrs.
Withdrawal (0): Reduction  in discharge (Ao) + Increase in  recharge (An)
                                                 (Source: Heath,  1983)
                                                                 Slide  6.12

-------
  GEOPHYSICAL METHODS
Elastic-seismic




Electrical




Density-Gravimetric




Magnetic
                                     Slide  6.13

-------
          WHPA  Delineation  Using  Hydrogeologic  Mapping:
                  Dye  Tracing  (Example  From  Kentucky)
               '600-^ Potentiometric surface
               „  »  Traced flow route
                 •   Sinking spring
               	—O Spring-fed stream
               1.	Intermittent stream
^--—  Sinking stream
 ^ , , • Inferred ZOC of spring A based on
      mapping of potentiometric surface
 A   Municipal water supply spring
- — -»»- Inferred direction of ground-water flow
                      Sinking stream B was found to not be in ZOC of spring A,
                      although this would be inferred from potentiometric surface.
Modified from Quinlan and Ewers. 1985
                                 Slide  6.14
                                 NOT TO SCALE

-------
          AGE ASSESSMENT
EVALUATION   OF   LEAKINESS   OF  CONFINING
STRATA
TRACERS

- TRITIUM
- TRICHLOROFLUOROMETHANE  (CCI3 F)
                                   Slide  6.15

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
      MAPPING CASE STUDY AND EXERCISE
                                          Slide 6.16

-------
       MAPPING  EXERCISE SETTING
BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY

PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY DERIVED FROM UNCONFINED
KARST AQUIFER

WHPA DELINEATION STUDY CURRENTLY IN PROGRESS

DYE-TRACER STUDIES COMPLETED TO DEFINE FLOW
ROUTES

FLOW  VELOCITY STUDIES COMPLETED FOR SOME
MAJOR FLOW ROUTES
                                    Slide 6.17

-------
SYSTEM
QUATER-
NARY
tr >•
• o a
>• z
tt C
< UJ
- i
iu x
(- O




















-------
                LOST  RIVER  BASIN HYDROLOGY
       SINKHOLES
                             SINKHOLE COLLAPSE
                             INTO CAVE STREAM
                                          ; Regolith (Soil)
                                         *»"|j|
                                        T^il Limestone
BASE  FLOW
                                                                 SURFACE
                                                                 STREAM
  CLOGGED
   DRAIN
WATER PONDED
 BEHIND CAVE
CONSTRICTION
                                       CLOGGED
                                        DRAIN
                                      WATER PONDED
                                      FROM SURFACE
                                      STREAM
FLOOD STAGE
                                      (after  Crawford, et  al,  1987)
                                                         Slide  6.19

-------
              LOST  RIVER
           BASIN  FEATURES
           Contour interval  10 feet

(after  Crawford, et  al,  1987)
                                        UNKEN SPRIN
                                      WINDOW
                                                        Slide   6.20
        Surface Stream
 S^2 Intermittent Karst  Lake
	Intermittent Stream
        Hypothesized Route Subsurface
~*— -"">v   Stream
   O    Spring
   •    Karst Window
	City Limits
        Water Table Elevation
        Oye Trace of Subsurface Stream
        Subsurface Stream  Flowing
          through Mapped Cave

-------
  100-
   50-
co

O

tl!
  10-
I   I
5
              I  I
               10
 I     I   I  I   I I  I I  I
20   30 40 50      100
200
                DISCHARGE  (cfs)
       TIME OF ARRIVAL OF TRACER vs. DISCHARGE
                              (after Crawford, et al, 1987)
                                             Slide  6.21

-------
       HYDROGEOLOICAL  MAPPING EXERCISE


   WHPA CRITERIA: FLOW BOUNDARIES

      THRESHOLD: BOUNDARIES OF BASIN

        METHOD: MAPPING WATER LEVELS AND
                 GROUND-WATER DIVIDES
USING DYE TRACER  INFORMATION AND WATER-LEVEL
MAP  DETERMINE BOUNDARIES OF  THE GROUND-WATER
FLOW BASIN TO LOST RIVER  RISE SPRINGS
                                        Slide 6.22

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
               GROUP EXERCISE



       (MAPPING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS)
                                         Slide  6.23

-------
          GROUP EXERCISE



LARAMIE BASIN WYOMING

                             r -

3 SCENARIO'S

- UNCONFINED, POROUS MEDIA
                                c - .01$
- CONFINED. POROUS  MEDIA

- FRACTURED ROCK,  UNCONFINED



EXERCISE FORMAT

- GROUPS OF 4 TO 5

- PRESENTATION OF  HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

- ASSISTANCE DURING EXERCISE

- SUMMARY FOR EACH SCENARIO
                                  Slide 6.24

-------
  WYOMING
           LAP AMI £
            BASIN
         LARAMIE
CHEYENNE
          i   IOO
         MILES
Location of the Laramie Basin and Laramie
                                  Slide  6.25

-------
     a>
     ro
                   Geologic  cross   sections,  Laramie  area, Albany  County,  Wyoming.
                                                                                               P4  A'
B
    C72
                                 r..n-r CITY SPRINGS
                                 FAULT  FAULT
                                C2I
CI9
                                                                              HORSE CREEK FAULT
                                                                                 CP I Spring
                                     P8
                                    Spring

-------
                                         R73WIR72W
                                     Pope •
                                    Springs
                                Soldier   /
                                Springs  ./
                                                                                       Cosper-Sotonko  Conlocl
                                                                                       Cosper  Outcrops  To Right
                                                                                       Foult.  D-Downthrown  Side
                                                                                             U- Upthrown  Side
                                                                                         -t	i-
                                                                                       Monocline.  Arrows Show
                                                                                       Direction Of  Dip
                                                                                        -I	1-
                                                                                       Anticline
                                                                                       Ground Woter Flow Directions
                                                                                       In Unfroctured Zones
                                                                                       Ground  Woter Flow Directions
                                                                                       Along Tectonic Structures
                                                                                       Areos With Excellent Ground
                                                                                       Woter Development Potentiol,
                                                                                       See Toble 2
                                                                                       Spring
                                                                                       Well,  Numbers Correspond  To
                                                                                       Toble  I
                                                                                                        2 Miles
                                         R73WIR72W
      Locations of tectonic structures, selected wells and springs, and ground-water flow directions in the vicinity of
i.aramie, Wyoming.
                                                                                                  Slide   6.27
                                                                    /f

-------
EXERCISE I: UNCONFINED  POROUS MEDIA (SCENARIO I)


 WHPA CRITERIA: TOT

    THRESHOLD: 5 YEAR

      METHODS: A. CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
               (VOLUMETRIC FLOW EQUATION)

             B. UNIFORM FLOW ANALYTICAL MODEL
               WITH PORE WATER VELOCITY EQUATION


            INPUT PARAMETERS:

            WELL = C40

              K = 0.70 FT/D

              b = 200 FT

              S = 0.001

              Q = IxlO5 FTVDAY

              n = 0.01

              H = 50"
                                          Slide 6.28

-------
 EXERCISE  I  &  II  WORKSHEET
               "CTWttH CONFINED AND Ut.CONr.NEO
               Of THC CASPER
                                               LINE OF EQUAL ELtVATION IN FEET ABOVE
                                               MEAN SEA LEVEL OF THC POTENTlOMETRIC   '
                                               SUflFACE ASSOCIATED WITH THE
                                               CASPER AOUIFER
         CASPtR / PRECAMBRIAN CONTAC1
CITY
SPRINGS  />
     LARAMEE

-------
EXERCISE II: CONFINED POROI
           TSCENARIO 2)
                    WELL C36

 WHPA CRITERIA: TOT

    THRESHOLD: 5 YEAR
     METHODS: A. CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
               (VOLUMETRIC FLOW EQUATION)

             B. UNIFORM FLOW ANALYTICAL MODEL
               WITH PORE WATER VELOCITY EQUATION

      USE  WHPAs FROM EXERCISE I  AS  SIMPLIFED
      SHAPES  FOR WELL C36

      EVALUATE   VALIDITY    OF   WHPAs   FROM
      EXERCISE I  IF DRAWN AROUND WELL C38
      (I.e., DO  CONFINING CONDITIONS  PRESENT  AT
      C38 ALLOW FOR REINTERPRETATION  OF WHPA
      BOUNDARIES?)
      NOTE: DEPTH TO  AQUIFER IS 300 FT
                                         Slide  6.30

-------
EXERCISE III: FRACTURED  ROCK AQUIFER
            (SCENARIO 3)
                 CITY SPRINGS


 WHPA CRITERIA: FLOW BOUNDARIES

    THRESHOLD: ZOC

      METHODS: HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING


           INPUT PARAMETERS:

              K = 0.7 FT/D

              b = 200FT

              S = 0.01

              Q = IxlO6 GAL/DAY

              n = 0.20

        RECHARGE =1.4 IN/YEAR
Prv
    HINT: PERFORM  MASS BALANCE
        Q = RECHARGE  RATE X RECHARGE AREA
                                         slide  6.31

-------
 EXERCISE  III  WORKSHEET
 LINE OF EQUAL ELEVATION IN FEET ABOVE
 MEAN SEA LEVEL OF THE POTENTIOMETRIC
 SURFACE ASSOCIATED WITH THE CASPER
 AQUIFER
CASPER /  PRECAMBRIAN CONTACT
CONTACT BETWEEN CONFINED AND UNCON-  0
FINED PORTIONS OF THE CASPER AOUIFER
AREA IN WHICH THE CASPER FORMATION
IS UNSATURATEO
    LARAMIE
CITY
SPRINGS^*
                              C	QUARRY  FAULT
                              a

-------
     EXERCISE  IA:  CALCULATED  FIXED RADIUS, VOLUMETRIC FLOW SOLUTION
                                                  LINE Of COUAL CLCVATION IN FCII iBOVC
                                                  MIAN SCA LCVEl OF TMt POTCNTIOMCTRIC
                                                  SUtFACC AS90CMTCO WITH TMt
                                                  CASPER AOUIFCft
          CASPCR / PRCCAMBRIAN CONTACT


                           4
CITY          -^ '
SPRINGS  />
     LARAMEE

-------
EXERCISE  IB:  UNIFORM FLOW ANALYTICAL  FLOW MODEL  SOLUTION
                                               LINE OF tOUAL ELEVATION IN Hit ABOVE
                                               MEAN SfA LEVEL Of TMt POTENTOMtTOIC
                                               SURFACE ASSOCIATED WITH THE
                                               CASPtR AQUIFER

                                               fAULT
  LARAMIE
0      2OOO    4OOO


    SCALE (fill)

-------
EXERCISE IB: UNIFORM FLOW ANALYTICAL FLOW MODEL'SOLUTION

-------
   EXERCISE  HA: SIMPLIFIED  VARIABLE  SHAPES  SOLUTION
                                                      LINE OF EQUAL ELEVATION IN FEtT
                                                      MEAN SCA IEVIL OF TMt POTCNTX9MCTIIIC
                                                      SURFACE ASSOCIATCO WITH THE
                                                      CASPER AOUIFCR
                                                      FAULT
	CASPER / PRECAMBRIAN  CONTACT
  CITY
S SPRINGS

-------
    EXERCISE  III:  RECHARGE  AREA AND DARCY'S LAW SOLUTION
 LINE OF EQUAL ELEVATION IN FEET ABOVE
 MEAN SEA LEVEL Of THE POTENTIOMETRIC
 SURFACE  ASSOCIATED WITH THE CASPER
 AQUIFER
CASPER / PRECAMBRIAN  CONTACT
CONTACT BETWEEN  CONFINED AND UNCON
FINED PORTIONS OF  THE CASPER AQUIFER
AREA  IN WHICH THE CASPER FORMATION
IS UNSATURATED
    LARAMIE
                                                                            I  I   1    1       I   I
                                                                               K    O    O    I    I
                                                                                    •    oof/
                                                                                    HAM         /
CITY
SPRINGSyO -i

-------
              6.  HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING METHODS
6.1  INTRODUCTION

In  the  hierarchy of WHPA  delineation methods,  hydrogeologic
mapping methods  are  categorized above analytical methods and
below numerical  flow and transport modeling methods in terms
of sophistication and cost.

Hydrogeologic techniques used in field investigations provide
site-specific  data  and  a  detailed  characterization  of  the
aquifer.   In  this  sense,  the methods provide a more accurate
representation of  flow boundaries and  aquifer  features than
do simple analytical techniques which often require simplify-
ing assumptions  (e.g., infinite boundaries).

Field mapping and data  collection methods,  however,  cannot
integrate  the aquifer data into a  comprehensive  picture of
the  flow  characteristics  and  expected time-response  of  the
aquifer as can numerical flow and transport models.

Advantages

Hydrogeologic   mapping   is well   suited  to  hydrogeologic
settings  dominated by near-surface  flow boundaries,  as  are
found in  many glacial and alluvial  aquifers with  high flow
velocities,  and  to  highly  fractured anisotropic  aquifers,
such as fractured bedrock and conduit-flow karst.

Disadvantages

The  method requires  specialized  expertise  in  geologic  and
geomorphic  mapping,  plus significant   judgment  on  what
constitutes likely flow boundaries.  This method is also less
suited to delineating WHPAs in large or deep aquifers.

6.2  OVERVIEW OF HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING METHODS

Hydrogeologic  mapping  techniques  can  be employed  to  locate
physical  features  for  WHPA boundaries.    Features such  as
ground-water   flow   system  boundaries   and  principle  flow
conduits can in many circumstances be mapped.

Flow  system  boundaries,  which  can be  mapped  by  various
methods, are of three types:

        Impermeable boundaries,
        Ground-water flow divides, and
        Recharge boundaries

                             6-1

-------
   thologic  changes  can  present a  barrier to  flow where an
 -quifer  is  in contact with  less  permeable material, such as
 bedrock  or  fine-grained deposits.  Ground  water divides often
 coincide with topographic divides  and act  as an  upgradient
 limit  of a  ground-water basin.  Recharge  boundaries, such as
 streams  or other  surface water  bodies,   can  act  as  a  flow
 boundary in  shallow aquifers  which  are  in  good  hydraulic
 connection  with the  surface waters.

 In  many hydrogeologic  settings,  flow   boundary,  and  TOT
 criteria can  be  mapped  using geological,  geophysical,  and
 dye-tracing methods.

 General  Geological Mapping Methods

 General  geological  methods include mapping  of features  such
 as topography, water levels, water-quality geologic  contacts,
 and  lineaments.    Aquifer  water-quality tests  will   also
 provide  information on  boundaries  and the  degree of   con-
 finement.

 In  simple  cases,  where  topographic  divides  may  safely be
 assumed  to  reflect  ground-water divides,  ground-water basins
 can  often be  quickly  delineated using  existing  topographic
 -=»ps (Slide 6.6).

 .. more accurate  definition of  the  ground-water basin  can be
 developed from water level data from across the basin.   Water
 levels can be plotted and contoured to determine the location
 of ground-water  divides,  as  well  as  flow directions  within
 the basin (Slide 6.7).

 Water-quality  data   can  be  used  to  delineate  the zone of
 contribution in some circumstances.   For example,  infiltering
 river  water with a  higher temperature  can be traced to  a
 well field  (Slide 6.8).

 Mapping of geologic contacts which act as  flow boundaries can
 be accomplished  using various  geological data  sources.    A
 survey of published data may  reveal geologic  maps of  the
 study  area, which show  geologic contacts  at the  surface  and
 often  include  cross-sections illustrating   the  geologic
 relationships at depth (Slide 6.9).

 Drilling logs  are also  a good  source  of  subsurface informa-
tion.   Geomorphic features, such as escarpments and valleys,
 are  often  controlled  by  and  therefore   indicative of  the
underlying geology.
                             6-2

-------
AH geophysical techniques have certain limitations and their
own particular advantages.  The choice of a method depends on
the hydrogeologic  setting,  the depth to be investigated, the
desired  quality of  resolution and  resources  available for
funding.

Dve-Tracinq Methods

Principle  flow  conduits  can be mapped in karst and fractured
bedrock  aquifers through the use of  dye  tracing techniques.
After  ground-water drainage basin divides  have been deline-
ated   from topographic   and  water-table  information,  dye
tracing  can be  used  to define ground-water flow patterns, as
well as  to quantify flow rates.

Tracing  studies involve  the  injection of  a dye or some other
tracer  into the  ground water through a sinkhole  or  other
viaduct  and  monitoring  suspected  downgradient  springs  or
discharge areas.  Where the tracer is detected, the injection
point  is proven to be within  the Zone of Contribution  (ZOC)
to the monitoring point  (Slide 6.14).

The length of time for the tracer to appear is related to the
flow rate.  Flow rates may be related to the spring discharge
rate.   For a  given path, TOT  usually decreases as discharge
rate increases.

Age Assessment (Tritium)

An assessment  of  tritium levels in confined  aquifers can be
used  to determine  age.    Higher levels  may  indicate  short
residence time and leakiness of the confining strata.

Another  anthropogenic  compound,  trichlorofluoromethane   (CC13
F)  has  been  used  as tracer  for  determining leakage  into
confined aquifers.   CC13 F  is  subject to sorption phenomena
that  affect  its concentration  in  ground water  (Russell and
Thompson, 1983).


6.3  MAPPING EXERCISE

The mapping exercise involves a public water-supply spring in
an unconfined karst  aquifer  in Kentucky.   The Bowling Green,
Kentucky area  presented  has been studied  in  great detail as
part  of an  ongoing  karst   hydrology  research  program.   A
wellhead  delineation  study  is  in  progress.    Additional
information is provided in a case study found in Appendix B.
                             6-4

-------
HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The study area surrounding Bowling Green is underlain'by
carbonate rocks  of  Mississippian  Age,  predominately the Ste.
Genevieve Limestone, with the St.  Louis and Girkin Limestones
occurring in  minor  portions of the  study  area  (Slide 6.18).
The entire area  is a mature karst terrane,  exhibiting typical
land form features  associated  with karst,  such  as sinkholes,
sinking streams, and springs (Slide 6.19).

Solution enhancement of  fractures and  joints in the rock has
created  large  subterranean conduits  through  which  ground
water can flow  at high velocities.   Such conduit flow can be
several orders  of magnitude higher than diffuse  flow which
occurs through intergranular pore space.

Flow patterns  of ground water  in karst aquifers  can differ
greatly from  those  in granular aquifers due to flow through
channels.      Furthermore,   flow  patterns   within  a  single
aquifer may change significantly between normal  and high-flow
conditions,   because   storm   water  can   fill  underground
conduits,  causing  overflow to  run  off  into channels which
normally contain no water.  These  factors make the prediction
of ground water  flow direction difficult.

Flow rates  between the  major  karst features  (i.e.,  lakes,
sinks,   spring,   and windows)  were established  as part  of  a
study.   Table  6.1 provides  travel time data between selected
points.  Note that  TOT is dependent upon the stage or water
levels in the cave  streams.  Even at low stage, however, TOT
across the basin is in the order of days.

METHOD AND CRITERIA SELECTION

Because conduit  flow  in  mature karst aquifers generally does
not follow ground-water  flow patterns  associated with porous
media aquifers, using methods of wellhead protection based on
simple  shapes or analytical  flow  equations is  unlikely  to
result in delineation of an effective WHPA.

For  example,   calculating  a   fixed  radius based  on  the
volumetric flow  equation,  or  trying to determine the radial
distance at which  a certain drawdown  occurs may be meaning-
less if  a well  receives some  of its  water  from  a solution
cavity which  has its  origin  a mile  or  more outside  of the
calculated zone of contribution.    Also,  large  supplies  of
water are collected at springs, which must  also  be protected,
but  which cannot  be  evaluated  using analytical  equations
derived for discharging wells.
                             6-5

-------
For this  reason, hydrogeologic  mapping lends itself  as  the
most  useful  tool  in  delineating  both  WHPAs and  protection
areas for springs in mature karst aquifers.

The  first  step  in  defining  areas  to   protect  wells  and
springs used for  public water  supply is to determine  the
boundaries of the  ground water basin in which the spring or
well  is located.   The ground water basin  in  a karst aquifer
is defined as the entire area which drains to a spring or set
of springs.

Delineation  of  the ground  water  basin can  be  accomplished
through mapping of the  potentiometric surface  to determine
general  flow  directions,   coupled with   dye-flow or  other
tracing techniques to better define flow routes.

Ideally, both the  potentiometric surface  map and the tracing
should  be  done  for  normal  and  high-flow   (storm  event)
conditions.   Having defined  the  ground water basin  and  the
general  flow  patterns  within  the  basin,  the  next  step
involves  determination  of  the  contributing  area  for  an
individual well  or  spring by examining the flow  patterns and
potentiometric surface upgradient of the water supply.

Depending on the proximity of the well to the boundary of the
ground-water  basin  and  on  flow rates  as  determined through
dye-tracing, an  appropriate  delineation criteria may be time
of travel  (TOT)  or  flow  boundaries.   The  ground  water divide
would be appropriate  for a  well  located near the edge of the
basin.
EXERCISE

Using the attached  worksheet map delineate the boundaries if
the ground-water basin  (ZOC)  supplying the springs  at Lost
River  Rise.     (Hint:  determine  location  of  ground-water
divide).     Shown   on  the  worksheet  mao  are  water-level
contours,  dye-trace   study   results  and  the  location  of
important hydrologic features.
                             6-6

-------
                             TABLE 6.1
           TRAVEL TIMES IN HOURS IN THE LOST RIVER BASIN
                  (From Crawford, et. al., 1987)
BLUE HOLE TO RISE
Date of Trace
11/7/82
9/22/83
3/30/84
6/18/84
7/18/84
Initial
stage
(feet)
	
6.35
7.49
6.65
6.01
Qi
cfs
12.4
9.2
145
70
29
Centroid
stage
(feet)
	
6.67
7.55
6.66
5.97
BIG SINKING CREEK
Date of Trace
11/7/82
3/30/84
4/18/84
6/18/84
7/18/84
Initial
stage
(feet)

7.39
6.85
6.8
5.89
Qi
cfs
12.4
130
47
70
25
Centroid
stage
(feet)

7.4
6.87
6.66
5.88
BIG SINKING CREEK TO
Date of Trace
3/30/84
4/18/84
*6/l/84
7/18/84
* Trace started
Initial
stage
(feet)
6.11
5.25
5.86
2.9
Qi
cfs
127
63
105
25
Centroid
stage
(feet)
6.05
5.23
5.86
2.57
Qc
cfs
12.4
10.8
160
70
27
TO RISE
Qc
cfs
12.4
138
50
70
25
BLUE HOLE
Qc
cfs
120
63
105
17
Time of
first
arrival
1*1*3,
68.0
80.5
10.0
16.5
32.5

Time of
first
arrival
185
29.5
48.5
39.25
83

Time of
first
arrival
19.5
27.5
18.5
43
Time of
centroid
87.64
98.56
10.33
19.57
42.5

Time of
centroid
224
32.7
54.7
47.6
102

Time of
centroid
20.8
32.2
22.01
54
wnen Big Sinking Creek ponded.
Results  of quantitative  dye traces.

                                6-7

-------
       MAPPING  EXERCISE
           WORK  SHEET
(after Crawford,  et  al,  1987)
<3r
-------
6.4  GROUP EXERCISE

The Laramie basin in Wyoming is used as the setting for these
exercises  (Slide  6.25,  6.26,   and  6.27).    A  case  study
describing  regional  and  local  geology  and  hydrology  is
provided in Appendix B.

Three  scenarios  have been  constructed each with  a  separate
set of problems.   Some  of the parameter values presented are
ficticious.
                          SCENARIOS

Scenario 1.  Wells  located in  an  unconfined,  porous  media
             aquifer.

     In  the Laramie  area,  the parts  of the Casper  aquifer
between  major  tectonic  structures  can be  treated  as  an
unconfined/porous  media  aquifer  at  the scale  of a  water-
supply  well or  well  field.   The  wellhead protection  area
criteria  distance,   drawdown,  time   of  travel,   and  flow
boundaries,  are  applicable to delineating  a protection  area
for a well located in an unconfined porous- media aquifer.

     Delineation methods  that use a  fixed  radii,  simplified
shapes, analytical flow equations, or numerical  models can be
used to define a protection area around a well  or a spring in
this type of setting.

     Delineation methods  that take into  consideration site-
specific  hydrogeologic conditions  (i.e. analytical  methods
and  numerical  methods) will  define  an  area for  protection
that is somewhat more realistic than the simpler methods that
generate a standard area.

Senario 2.   Wells  located   in   a  confined,   porous  media
             aquifer with a nearby recharge area.

     Another portion of  the  Casper  Aquifer  in the  Laramie
area is confined.    The degree of  confinement  is  such  that
most recharge  occurs in  a  nearby unconfined portion  of the
aquifer.  A confining unit separating a  porous  media aquifer
from the ground surface provides some protection to the water
source.   Therefore,  for those cases  where  the  recharge  area
is in  close proximity to the well, it may  be appropriate to
map  the recharge  area  as the WHPA,  rather than  mapping an
area immediately surrounding  the  well.   This decision would
depend on two factors.
                             6-9

-------
        1.   The  distance  of  the  recharge  area  from  the
             well,  and  the time it  would  take a contaminant
             released in  the recharge area  to arrive  at the
             well.

        2.   The  degree  to  which  the  overlying  confining
             unit  protects  the  aquifer.     The  protective
             capacity  of  the  confining  unit  depends,  in
             part,  on  the presence  of  fractures,  improperly
             abandoned  wells,   and  the  vertical  gradient
             across  the  confining  bed.    If  a  number  of
             fracture zones  or  other conduits are present it
             may  be appropriate to  map the  area  around the
             well as a  WHPA as  well as all or relevant parts
             of the recharge area.

Scenario 3.  Wells  and  Springs  located in close proximity to
             a fracture zone.

        Fractured-rock  aquifers  share  many  characteristics
with conduit karst aquifers.  Fracturing has created conduits
through  which  ground  water can  flow  at  high velocities.
Velocities  in  fractured  rocks  however do not usually match
the  velocity   found   in   karst  aquifers  because  fracture
openings  have  not  been   enlarged  to  the   same  extent  by
dissolution.

     Fractured-rock aquifers generally have  relatively little
storage capacity  in the pore space  of the aquifer,  compared
to  that  in  porous,  granular  aquifers.    A  fracture  zone
capable of  significant  water supply is usually the result of
storage from the matrix rock being discharged  to the fracture
system in  significant quantities.   This  is the case with the
Casper aquifer near Laramie.

     Because  of  the   rapid,   preferred  flow  through  the
fracture zone, the most appropriate WHPA delineation criteria
are probably hydrogeologic  mapping of the area supplying the
fracture zone or  zone  of  contribution (ZOC), combined with a
time-of-travel  (TOT)  calculation  to determine  a  reasonable
WHPA.
                             6-10

-------
Exercise I.
             EXERCISES

Wells  located  in an  unconfined  porous
aquifer. (Scenario 1 - Slide 6.29)
media
        Using  the  following  aquifer  parameters  and a  TOT
        criteria  threshold  of  5  years,  delineate  a  WHPA
        around the pumping well  No.  C40 using the techniques
        of  a)   Calculated  Fixed   Radii   (Volumetric  Flow
        Equation), b) Uniform  Flow  Analytical Model.   Use a
        TOT calculation to delineate the upgradient extent of
        the WHPA.   Be careful  to take into consideration any
        hydrogeologic boundaries that may exist.

          K =  .70 ft/d
          b =  200 ft
          S =  .01
          Q =  1 x 105 ft3/day
          n =  .01
          H =  50'

Exercise II. Wells located in a confined porous media aquifer
             with a nearby recharge area (Scenario 2).

          a. Use  the  WHPAs  generated  in   Exercise  I  as
             simplified variable  shapes appropriate  for the
             Casper aquifer  in  the Laramie Basin.   Position
             both shapes as WHPAs for Well C36.
          b.
Exercise III.
Evaluate  the  validity  of  WHPAs delineated  in
Exercise  I  if they  were drawn  around  Well  No.
C36.  Do the confining conditions present at C36
allow for a reinterpretation of WHPA boundaries?

  Wells & Springs located  in close proximity to
  a fracture zone (Scenario 3).
     Using  the  aquifer parameters  given below  and  the  map
given in  Exercise  I delineate the most  appropriate WHPA for
City Springs by:
          a. Mapping  the area  that  supplies  water
             fault zones associated with the spring.

          K =  .7 ft/day
          b =  200 ft
          S =  .01
          Q =  1 x 106 gal/day
          n =  .2
          recharge rate =1.4 in/yr

                             6-11
                                         to  the

-------
Hint:   Perform a mass balance  on  the water discharging
        at  the  spring  with  water  collected  in  the
        recharge area of the spring.
                       6-12

-------
 EXERCISE  I  &  II  WORKSHEET
               •"*«'• CONriNfO AND UNCONflNCO
         pennons or IHE CASPCH AOUI«B
'•••— IINC OF COIMl CLCVATON IN fCCI »80VC

     MCAN It* nvtl Of FMt fOTCNTOMtrHIC
     JUBfACt USOCIATIO WITH THC
     CASPCH
 	CASPCR / PRCCAMBRIAN CONTACT
CITY

SPRINGS  />
     LARAMIE

-------
EXERCISE  I   &   II  WORKSHEET
                         AND
              or THE CASPIR AOUIFCR
LIHC Of COU»l. ELEVATION IN rCET MOVE
MEAN SEA LEVEL or THE roi
SURrACE ASSOCIATED WITH IMC
CASPER AOUirER

rAULT
	C»SPCR / PRCCAUBRIAN CONTACT
    LARAMIE

-------
 EXERCISE  I  &  II  WORKSHEET
                                          LIHC or COUAI CICVATION IN rccr tam
                                          MtAM ICA ItVtl. Of IMt POTCNTlOMCrillC
                                          SURFACE ASSOCIAKO WITH THC
                                          CASPCB AOUirCR
        CASPfR / PRCCAU8RIAN CONTACT
CITY
SPRINGS  />
    LARAMIE

-------
  EXERCISE  III   WORKSHEET
         LEGEND
    	— 7*00


 LINE OF EQUAL ELEVATION IN FEET ABOVE

 MEAN SEA LEVEL OF THE POTENTIOMETRIC

 SURFACE  ASSOCIATED WITH THE CASPER
          FAULT
CASPER / PRECAMBRIAN CONTACT
CONTACT BETWEEN CONFINED AND UNCON-  0
FINED PORTIONS OF THE CASPER AQUIFER
AREA IN WHICH  THE CASPER FORMATION
IS UNSATURATEO
    LARAMIE
CITY
SPRINGS jO
                                                                                                                                         \
                                                                                                                            0      2000     4000
                                                                                                                                   =t=
                                                                                                                                SCALE.-fltfl)

-------
6.4  GROUP EXERCISE ANSWER

Exercise I.  Wells  located  in  an  unconfined porous  media
             aquifer

     Aquifer parameters given are:

          K =   .70 ft/day
          b =   200 feet
          t =   5 years = 1825 days
          S =   0.01
          Q =   IxlO5 ft3/day
          n =   .01
          H =   50 feet

     Aquifer parameters that need to be calculated:

          i = 0.06 (estimated from the potentiometric map)

                v =  Ki  =   (.70 ft/davl(.06)  =4.2 ft/day
                     n             .01
Method A: Calculated Fixed Radius using the Volumetric  Flow
          Equation
                                                  "10779  ft

Qt = *
jrnH >
5 3
rixlO ft /d) (1825d)
JT(.Ol) (50 ft)
                                                   2.04  miles
Slide 6.33 shows the fixed radius WHPA.

Method B: Uni'form Flow Analytical Model

Distance to down-gradient null point
          2jrkbi
               5  3
           1x10 ft /d
    2JT (.70 ft/d)(200 ft) (.06)
                                                  = -1894 ft
Boundary Limit
      - ±
           2kbi
=  +
    5  3
1x10 ft d
     2 (.70 ft/d)<200 ft) (.06)
= +5952 ft
                             6-17

-------
Uniform-Flow Equation
    - Y = Tan
      X
27rkbi
  Q
,  this equation  reduces
  to:   x = -y cot (y/-XL)

                    X
                 -1131
                  -640
                   -39.5
                   995.6
                  2403
                  4681
                  9116
                  ±2000
                  ±2500
                  ±3000
                  ±3500
                  ±4000
                  ±4500
                  +5000
Distance to 5-year TOT line = (velocity)(3650 days)

            = (4.2 ft/d)(3650 days)  = 7665 ft = 1.45 mi

Slides 6.34 and 6.35 show WHPAs for the uniform flow equation
solution.

Exercise II.

     a. Slide 6.36 shows the positioned WHPA shapes

     b. In this exercise a  portion  of  the WHPA,  close  to the
        well, is confined while  another  more distant portion
        is unconfined.  In  some  cases,  it may be argued that
        the  confined  portion   of   the   aquifer should  be
        eliminated from the WHPA.  The confining unit must be
        able  to   provide   sufficient   protection to  the
        underlying aquifer  so that a  contaminant release at
        the surface could not make its way to the aquifer.  A
        confined aquifer  that is  deeper  than  300   feet  and
        does not have  fractures  or  other conduits present «in
        the  confining  unit  is mentioned in  the Delineation
        Guidelines  as  being  relatiely  isolated.     The
        confining  unit  in  the  vicinity of Well  C-36  is
        approximately  300-feet  thick   and  there  is  no
        indication  of the  presence  of  fractures  or  other
        conduits.

Exercise III.  Map recharge area for a City Springs

        Two different methods can be used to map the recharge
        area
                            6-18

-------
Method A. Use the recharge  rate  of 1.4 in/year and calculate
          the area  needed  to supply a discharge  rate  of 1 x
          106 gal/day.

Recharge rate  =  1.4 in/year = .117 ft/yr

Discharge rate =

     1 x 106 gal/day  x  1.337 X 10"1 ft3  x 365 days
                               gal             year

        =  4.9 x 107 ft3/year  =

Area   =  Discharge rate  =   4.9 x 10  ft
          Recharge rate     	year  = 4 . 2 x 10**  ft2
                               .117 ft
                                    year

AREA  =  15.0 miles2

The  recharge  area  is  interpreted  to   lie  between  faults
leading to spring and upgradient aquifer boundary as shown in
Slide 6.37.
Method B

     Using Darcy's law

        Q = KIA

  where A = bxL, then if T=Kxb
            by substitution and rearrangement

        Q = TiL

        L = _Q
            Ti

K = .7 ft/day

i =  .06

b =  200 ft

Q =  1 X 106 gal/day   x  1.337 x 10"1  ft3   =   1.3  X 105 ft3
                             gal                           day
                             6-19

-------
T = Kb =   .7 ft   x   (200 ft)  =  140  ft2/day
            day


L =  1.3 x 105 ft3/dav   =  1.5 x 104 ft   =  3.0 mi
     (140 ftz/day) (-06)
L = 3.0 miles
The zone  contributing to fracture  flow using Darcy's law  is
shown in Slide 6.37.
                             6-20

-------
7. Numerical

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
         NUMERICAL MODELING METHODS
                                          Slide  7.01

-------
WHPA DELINEATION  METHODS
1)   ARBITRARY FIXED RADIUS
2)   CALCULATED FIXED RADIUS
3)   SIMPLIFIED VARIABLE SHAPES
4)   ANALYTICAL METHODS
,W «,*"' '<
'•*' Mt to.
5)   HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING
6)   NUMERICAL FLOW / TRANSPORT MODELS
                                    Slide 7.02

-------
            NUMERICAL MODELING  METHODS
DESCRIPTION

    Delineation of WHPAs using rnmpntp^models that approximate
    ground-water flow and/or transport equations numerically
ADVANTAGES

•   have the potentiallfl^evfiEy. accurate
       **-   *e   f «.iT }V   fki* ~
        pp applied |Q rifif^yapHtyppgnf hydrogeologic settidgs
                           ts of ther hydrogeologic system
    that affect WHPA size and shape
DISADVANTAGES
         of implementation are relatively high compared to other
    methods

    ceoeidefabJe-eMpacysfi in hydrogeology and modeling is required
    to use numerical methods
          o
                                   mnkf> numfiriral,
                       ^
                                                          Slide  7.03

-------
NUMERICAL GROUND-WATER FLOW AND

 CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT MODELING
SIMPLY ANOTHER HYDROGEOLOGIC TOOL
FORCES INTEGRATION OF AVAILABLE
DATA INTO A CONSISTENT ANALYSIS
PROVIDES QUANTITATIVE FRAMEWORK
FOR SYSTEM ANALYSIS UNDER
CHANGED CONDITIONS
ALLOWS BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF
COMPLEX FLOW SYSTEMS
                                     Slide  7.04

-------
TYPES OF GROUND-WATER MODELS
CONCEPTUAL
    DESCRIPTION OF KEY AQUIFER FEATURES;
    BASIS FOR OTHER TYPES OF MODELS
PHYSICAL (SAND TANK)
    NON-SCALED
    HYDRAULICALLY-SCALED

ANALOG  (fa«l o*> fil'*-'
    PHYSICAL ANALOG   •~IT">  *  '"
        VISCOUS FLOW (HELE-SHAW)
        ELASTIC MEMBRANE
    ELECTRIC ANALOG
        CONDUCTIVE PLATE
        RESISTOR-CAPACITOR CIRCUIT
MATHEMATICAL
    ANALYTICAL             '
        CLOSED-FORM
        SEMI-ANALYTICAL
        ANALYTICAL ELEMENT
    NUMERICAL
        FINITE DIFFERENCE ^.
        FINITE ELEMENT ^
        BOUNDARY INTEGRAL
                                        Slide 7.05

-------
                     ANALOGIES TO GROUND-WATER FLOW
VARIABLE
Potential
Quantity
transported
Physical
property
of medium
Relation between
potential and
flow field
Storage
quantity
GROUND WATER
Head, h
Volume
discharge
rate
Hydraulic
conductivity
Darcy's law
q = -K grad h
where q is
specific discharge
Specific storage,
Ss
ELECTRICITY
Voltage, V
Electrical
charge
Electrical
conductivity
Ohm's law
i = - a grad V
where i is
electrical current
Capacitance, C
HEAT
Temperature, T
Thermal
conductivity
Thermal
conductivity
Fourier's law
q = -K grad T
where q is
heat flow
Heat capacity, Cy
—.
a!


-------
Finite-Difference and Finite-Element Discretization Schemes
            Fig. 4a. Map view of aquifer showing well field and
            boundaries.
           Fig. 4b. FJoilfcdjfference grid for aquifer study, where Ax is
           the spacing in the x-direction. Ay is the spacing in the y-
           directton and b is the aquifer thickness.
                                                              7
                                                              (Mercer and Faust, 1981)
          FJQ. 4c. Finttf>-fl*m*nt rnnfinnrafI^r-. f^n.  , -r
           .s     _i.nnn-firmrnT n9niinnntion for aquifer study where
          b is the aquifer thickness.
                                                                       Slide  7.07

-------
Models Developed by Finite-Difference and Finite-Element Methods
                          Concepts of (he
                          physical system
                                I
            Translate to
                      Partial differential equa-
                      tion, boundary and initial
                      conditions
  Subdivide region
  into a grid and
  apply finite-
  difference approx-
  imations to space
  and time derivatives.
Finite-difference
approach
Finite-element
 approach


    Transform to
                    Integral equation
                               Subdivide region
                               into elements
                               and integrate
                                        First-order differential
                                        equations
                                           Apply finite-difference
                                           approximation to
                                           time derivative
                        System of algebraic
                        equations
                                   Solve by direct or
                                ±  iterative methods
                             Solution
                                                         (Mercer and Faust, 1981)
                                                               Slide  7.08

-------
   STEPS IN DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION

     OF A HYDROLOGIC COMPUTER MODEL
   Definition:   MODEL =  CODE + DATA
  Computer Code

   Formulation



   Development


       V
   Verification


       1
Hydrologic Process

      Code
                    System

                    Model
       Data
    Formulation


 Sampling /Testing


        I
Parameter Estimation

        i
     Input Data
                  Calibration ^

                      \
                  Validation^  /,


                      1
                  Prediction
                                            Slide 7.09

-------
ITERATIVE MODEL-BUILDING PROCEDURE
               DATABASE
             DEVELOPMENT
              CONCEPTUAL
                 MODEL
              DEVELOPMENT
insufficient
                MODEL

              CALIBRATION
insufficient
              DIAGNOSTIC
               CHECKING
                 AND
              SENSITIVITY
               ANALYSIS
                    adequate
                    calibration
              PREDICTIVE

              SIMULATION
insufficient
                                    inadequate
                                    calibration
                                             Slide  7.10

-------
   DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR PREDICTIVE MODELING OF
      GROUND-WATER FLOW AND SOLUTE TRANSPORT
1.  PHYSICAL FRAMEWORK
  A.  GROUND-WATER  FLOW
   • HYDROGEOLOGIC MAP SHOWING BOUNDARIES
      AND BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
   • TOPOGRAPHIC MAP SHOWING SURFACE-WATER BODIES
   • WATER-TABLE MAP
   • BEDROCK CONFIGURATION MAP
   • SATURATED THICKNESS MAP
   • TRANSMISSIVITY MAP SHOWING AQUIFER AND BOUNDARIES
   • SPECIFIC STORAGE MAP OF AQUIFER
   • TRANSMISSIVITY AND SPECIFIC STORAGE MAP OF CONFINING BED
   • RELATION OF SATURATED THICKNESS TO TRANSMISSIVITY
   • HYDRAULIC CONNECTION OF STREAM AND AQUIFER

  B.  SOLUTE TRANSPORT    (IN ADDITION TO ABOVE)
   • PARAMETERS THAT COMPRISE HYDRODYNAMIC DISPERSION
   • EFFECTIVE POROSITY DISTRIBUTION
   • NATURAL CONCENTRATION OF SOLUTE IN GROUND WATER
   • FLUID DENSITY VARIATIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO CONCENTRATION
   • HYDRAULIC HEAD DISTRIBUTION (TO COMPUTE VELOCITIES)
   • BOUNDARY CONDITIONS FOR CONCENTRATION
                                                  Slide  7.11

-------
    DATA REQUIREMENTS  FOR PREDICTIVE MODELING
                     (CONTINUED)
2.  STRESSES ON SYSTEM
 A.  GROUND-WATER FLOW
   • TYPE AND EXTENT OF RECHARGE AREAS

   • SURFACE-WATER DIVERSIONS
   • GROUND-WATER PUMPAGE (IN TIME AND SPACE)
   • STREAMFLOW (IN TIME AND SPACE)
   • PRECIPITATION AND INFILTRATION

 B.  SOLUTE TRANSPORT    (IN ADDITION TO ABOVE)
   • SOURCES AND STRENGTHS OF CONTAMINANT SOURCES
   • STREAM-FLOW QUALITY
   • WATER-QUALITY OF PRECIPITATION

3.  OTHER FACTORS
 A.  GROUND-WATER FLOW AND TRANSPORT
   • ECONOMIC WATER-SUPPLY INFORMATION
   • LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE RULES
   • ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
   • PLANNED CHANGES IN WATER AND LAND USE
                           (ADAPTED FROM MOORE, 1979)
                                                 Slide 7.12

-------
TYPICAL NUMERICAL MODELING ANALYSES
  APPLICABLE TO WHPA DELINEATION
  FLOW SYSTEM CHARACTERIZATION
    -  HYDRAULIC HEADS
    -  DRAWDOWN DUE TO PUMPING
    -  FLOW BOUNDARIES
    -  RECHARGE / DISCHARGE
    -  SOURCES / SINKS

  VELOCITY FIELD ASSESSMENT
    -  FLOW PATTERNS
    -  PARTICLE VELOCITIES
    -  TIME OF TRAVEL
  CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT ANALYSIS
    -  FATE AND TRANSPORT
    -  ARRIVAL TIME
                                     Slide 7.13

-------
          R
        FOR WHPA ntri
REVIEW CONDUCTED FOR OGWP BY IGWMC

64 COMPUTER MODELS REVIEWED

OF THE 64 MODELS:
  - 27 ARE GROUND-WATER FLOW MODELS
  - 37 ARE SOLUTE TRANSPORT MODELS
AND
  - 51 ARE NUMERICAL MODELS
  • 13 ARE ANALYTICAL MODELS

REPORT PRESENTS:
  - DESCRIPTION
  - AVAILABILITY
  - USABILITY
  - RELIABILITY
    Source: Model Assessment for Delineating Wellhead Protection Areas,
    Office of Ground-Water Protection, EPA, 1988.
                                         Slide  7.14

-------
   MODEL SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS
MAJOR CRITERIA IN SELECTING A MODEL FOR A
SITE-SPECIFIC WHPA DELINEATION ARE:
    THAT THE MODEL BE SUITABLE FOR
    THE INTENDED USE
    THAT THE MODEL BE RELIABLE  4 e»f «*n-r
    THAT THE MODEL CAN BE APPLIED
    EFFICIENTLY
    Source: Model Assessment for Delineating Wellhead Protection Areas,
    Office of Ground-Water Protection, EPA, 1988.
                                          Slide  7.15

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
          CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING
        A GROUND-WATER MODELING STUDY
                                          Slide  7.16

-------
           CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING

        A GROUND-WATER MODELING  STUDY
   HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

        Aids in evaluation of:
             soundness of conceptual model,
             reasonableness of parameter ranges,
             appropriateness of selected computer code
   QUANTITY AND QUALITY OF DATA

        Provides basis for reviewing technical approach


   CONCEPTUAL MODEL  /7*if   t**«to  wr  /*>
INITIAL READING OF MODELING REPORT

   PURPOSE                                   t+* ***
                                         f
        Sets tone for review
                                 A
        Aids in evaluation of:
        Preliminary check for technical soundness
   COMPUTER CODE

        Preliminary judgement regarding appropriate selection


   RESULTS

        Preliminary judgement regarding success of application;
        note problem areas so that possible sources of error can
        be identified during detailed review
                                                     Slide 7.17

-------
               CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING
           A GROUND-WATER MODELING STUDY (Cont.)
DETAILED REVIEW OF MODELING REPORT

   PURPOSE
        Is purpose clearly stated?
        Consistent with regulatory requirements of model application?
   HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTIN
        Regional amd local settings described in sufficient detail?
        Strong regional or local controls?
        Aquifer boundaries well-defined?
        Recharge and discharge areas identified?
        Distinctive aquifer features (layering, confining beds, fractures)?
        Unusual features requiring simplifying assumptions?
   INPUT DATA    r*/*   /f   *-
        Data collection procedures followed correctly?
        Field and lab test results interpreted correctly?
        Significant data gaps requiring simplifying assumptions?
        Will data gaps require "expert judgement" data estimates?
        Will assumptions or data estimates be verifiable?
                                                          Slide 7.18

-------
            CHECKPOINTS FOR  REVIEWING
         A GROUND-WATER MODELING STUDY (Cont.)
CONCEPTUALIZATION
      Is conceptual model complete and technically sound?
      Conflicts between conceptual model and field data?
CALIBRATION                  .        ,
      Is computer code used for model calibration identified?
      Is code in public domain (widely used, tested, and accepted)?
         fy#  *f  a>« «4f*4, &**><&  iff  ye*  «**• *• «b'
      Were" and code modifications thoroughly tested?          *  +***'r*-p
      Is selected code appropriate for aquifer system?
      Is model  area clearly identified on a map?
      Are starting parameter estimates presented?
      Are code operation parameters presented and discussed?
      Are simplifying assumptions clearly identified?
      Is
      Is match wifh cajihrat^p t^rnpts acceptable?
      Are final paramelr-vqlMRS
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
     Were sensitivity analyses performed?
     Are sensitivity analyses described clearly and completely?
     Does model respond too greatly to changes in parameters?
     Does model respond too little to changes in parameters?
                            V
                                                         Slide 7.19

-------
            CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING
         A GROUND-WATER MODELING  STUDY
DIAGNOSTIC CHECKING
     Reasonableness of model checked against factors
        other than calibration targets?
     Are discrfiDancs exlainable and
PREDICTION
     Are predictive simulations described in sufficient detail?
     Number and range of runs sufficient to meet objectives?
     Does range dangerously exceed calibration range?
     Is data pre- and post-processing clearly described?

INTERPRETATION
     Are results presented and interpreted clearly?
     Is interpretation consistent with conceptual model?
     Are results presented with appropriate qualifying statements
        regarding data limitations, simplifying assumptions,
        and limited scope and intent of modeling study?

DOCUMENTATION
     Is entire modeling study documented so as to be understandable?
     Is study documented sufficiently to support intended purpose?
     Are complete records available if more detailed review required?
     Is version of source code used in study available?
     Are computer copies of final calibration runs available?
     Are computer copies of predictive simulations available?
                                                         Slide  7.20

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
             NUMERICAL MODELING
           HYPOTHETICAL CASE STUDY
                                          Slide 7.21

-------
HYPOTHETICAL NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY
SINGLE PUMPING WELL IN TYPICAL VALLEY-FILL AQUIFER
DELINEATE WHPA WITH 1000-DAY BUFFER WITHIN ZOC
AQUIFER DATA:
AQUIFER MATERIAL

AQUIFER THICKNESS
VALLEY WIDTH

AQUIFER POROSITY

HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY
(AQUIFER ASSUMED ISOTROPIC)
HYDRAULIC GRADIENT

PUMPING RATE
                                 Glacial outwash (sand, gravel)
                                 200ft
                                 7,500 ft

                                 0.25
                                 100 ft/day

                                 0.005
                                 133,700 cf«l (1 mgd)
                                                 Slide 7.22

-------
                                        SITE 1     SITE  2

                                         O        O
                         ALLUVIAL

                          AQUIFER
=?
QL
(D
SITE MAP FOR HYPOTHETICAL VALLEY-FILL AQUIFER.
                                                                                                EXPLANATION
                                                                                 o
PROPOSED CHEMCIAL PLANT
                                                                                                  RIVER
                                                                                             ®    DISCHARGE WELL
                                                                                                  PARTICLE TRACKING ZONE

                                                                                                  USED TO DELINEATE WHPA
                                                                                                   SCALE
                                                                                                   1000
                                                                                                  2000 FT
to
CO

-------
   HYPOTHETICAL  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY
                     (CONTINUED)
APPROACH 1
•  TREAT AQUIFER AS HOMOGENEOUS
•  IGNORE RIVER AND RECHARGE
   A)   USE ANALYTICAL SOLUTION FOR ZOC AND TOT (RESSQ)
       RESSQ INPUT DATA:
           AQUIFER THICKNESS           61 m
   B)
           AQUIFER POROSITY
           PORE WATER VELOCITY
           TIME OF TRAVEL
           PUMPING RATE
                               0.25
                               223 m/yr (2 ft/day)
                               2.74 yr (1000 days)
                               158 m /hr (1 mgd)
CHECK RESULTS WITH FINITE-DIFFERENCE MODEL (MODFLOW)
AND PARTICLE-TRACKING CODE (GWPATH)
MODFLOW INPUT DATA:
     AQUIFER THICKNESS            200 ft
     HEAD ON NORTH BOUNDARY     2,000 ft
     HEAD ON SOUTH BOUNDARY     1,960 ft
     CELL WIDTH IN X-DIRECTION      200 ft
     CELL WIDTH IN Y-DIRECTION      200 ft
     HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY       100 ft/day
     PUMPING RATE                133,700 cfd
GWPATH INPUT DATA:
     AQUIFER POROSITY            0.25
                                                   Slide  7.24

-------
                                                   Distance (feet)
            1830
            915
\
o
1^-
(A
«-»•
at
3
O
CD
                                                                                               CD
                                                                                               
-------
               FINITE-DIFFERENCE  GRID FOR  HYPOTHETICAL VALLEY-FILL
               AQUIFER  FOR CASE OF HOMOGENEOUS AQUIFER.
                                                                                              EXPLANATION


                                                                                               FINITE DIFFERENCE GRID


                                                                                               INACTIVE CELLS


                                                                                               NO FLOW BOUNDARY


                                                                                               PARTICLE TRACKING ZONE


                                                                                               DISCHARGE WELL
                                                                                                 SCALE
                                                                                                 1000    2000 FT
>l

O)

-------
       0.
    o
W    O
     CD






























































































































































































































c-
o.



























































































1
JL



»]
s
-3L
f •*
fie

&?:•'
1
i
si1
1



















^
L7K
/'•?•
i"'il
.'•:
/'.','
/''.'
I"
iii
!i i
v1!
?i
^J
















•/
'n
*

ijy

ii
* • •
;.'
II
t * *

In

.**•»
•^
y
••














/<
• •
i
::;
//
//
II
Hi
11.
••'/J
//

'» ^
^
V;|j
'7*














/

• i
H

"1
///
V/'
1 ' '

/fi
•-.i
1
i
/
f














'•*




."j


//
%
'.* •
I
I
i
i—-
















^





i

?
i




«—
















^













^->















/



51


X
\






M"














^




TE

/

^

























/
/2




























/
'
>


























^
/













•~«,

j












y















*)
/
MMV.












/

















^^





























_— ^
^— -^ ^
- |
 Att^'G&f*'/









units - reet

               ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION TO PUMPING WELL COMPUTED
               llillh'rrn"fpATl1 FOR CASE OF HOMOGENEOUS AQUIFER.

-------
   HYPOTHETICAL  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY
                    (CONTINUED)
APPROACH 2
   TREAT AQUIFER AS HOMOGENEOUS
USE FINITE-DIFFERENCE MODEL (MODFLOW)
AND PARTICLE-TRACKING CODE (GWPATH)
    MODFLOW INPUT DATA:    (gAME-ASuAEEBQACHJ )
         AQUIFER THICKNESS

         HEAD ON NORTH BOUNDARY

         HEAD ON SOUTH BOUNDARY

         CELL WIDTH IN X-DIRECTION

         CELL WIDTH IN Y-DIRECTION

         HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY

         PUMPING RATE
                                       200 ft

                                       2,000 ft

                                       1 ,960 ft

                                       200 ft

                                       200 ft

                                       100 ft/day

                                       133,700 CfJ
     PLUS
                                  ;,
            53 RIVER CELLS
         AREAL RECHARGE
                                       1.5ft/yr
       GWPATH INPUT DATA:     (SAME AS APPROACH 1 )

            AQUIFER POROSITY            0.25
                                                             fi ft)
                                                  Slide  7.28

-------
                                                                                   EXPLANATION


                                                                                     FINITE DIFFERENCE GRID


                                                                                     INACTIVE CELLS


                                                                                     RIVER CELLS


                                                                                     NO FLOW BOUNDARY


                                                                                     RIVER


                                                                                     PARTICLE TRACKING ZONE


                                                                                     DISCHARGE WELL
                                                                                      SCALE
                                                                                        I
                                                                                      1000    2000 FT
FINITE-DIFFERENCE GRID  FOR HYPOTHETICAL VALLEY-FILL  AQUIFER
FOR  CASE OF HOMOGENEOUS AQUIFER WITH RIVER  AND RECHARGE.

-------
                                          5000.
8
                                                             LEGEND
                                                             Hydraulic  Source
                                                             Forward Tracked Path
                                                             Hydraulic  Sink
                                                             Reverse Tracked Path
                                                       /*•
                                                              Units  = Feet
        ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION TO PUMPING WELL COMPUTED USING GWPATH
         FOR CASE OF HOMOGENEOUS AQUIFER WITH RIVER AND RECHARGE.

-------
   HYPOTHETICAL NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY

                    (CONTINUED)
APPROACH 3
.  INCLUDE EFFECTS OF
                                  (CLAY PLUGS)
   IGNORE EFFECTS OF RIVER AND RECHARGE

   USE FINITE-DIFFERENCE MODEL (MODFLOW)
   AND PARTICLE-TRACKING CODE (GWPATH)

       MODFLOW INPUT DATA:    (SAME AS APPROACH 1 )

            AQUIFER THICKNESS           200 ft

            HEAD ON NORTH BOUNDARY     2,000 ft

            HEAD ON SOUTH BOUNDARY     1,960 ft

            CELL WIDTH IN X-DIRECTION      200 ft

            CELL WIDTH IN Y-DIRECTION      200 ft

            HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY       100 ft/day

            PUMPING RATE                133,700 CfS
            HYDRAULIC CONDUCTIVITY
              OF CLAY PLUG ZON ES         10 ft/day
       GWPATH INPUT DATA:     (SAME AS APPROACH 1)

            AQUIFER POROSITY            0.25
            POROSITY OF CLAY PLUGS
                                       0.40
                                                  Slide 7.31

-------
////.''////// /D
'//////•• •••'/

//////////,
 . .'  / f S i  s .' ./ >'
' x '////'•'/. V
'////////M
 • -•'/. y/
      A
m
   i

/
 X
      SITE
        >^^
                                     ®
                       d/CITY
ITE 2
 /~k
                                                H
                                                       /
FINITE-DIFFERENCE GRID FOR HYPOTHETICAL VALLEEY-FILL
AQUIFER FOR CASE OF  NONHOMOGENEOUS AQUIFER  (CLAY ZONES)
                                                                               EXPLANATION




                                                                                FINITE DIFFERENCE GRID



                                                                                INACTIVE CELLS



                                                                                CLAY ZONE CELLS



                                                                                NO FLOW BOUNDARY



                                                                                PARTICLE TRACKING ZONE



                                                                                DISCHARGE WELL
                                                                         fc^Tl*0,  .<
                                                                                  SCALE
                                                                                  1000    2000 FT

-------
                                   5000
                                                      LEGEND
                                                      Hydraulic Source
                                                      Forward  Tracked Path
                                                      Hydraulic Sink
                                                      Reverse  Tracked Path
                                                       Units = Feet
ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION TO PUMPING WELL COMPUTED USING GWPATH
FOR CASE OF NONHQMQPFNFr^0 *^**CP (CLAY ZONES).

-------
                                            5000
CO
                                                                LEGEND
                                                             A Hydraulic Source
                                                            — Forward Tracked Path
                                                             • Hydraulic Sink
                                                            — Reverse Tracked Path
                                                                 Units = Feet
         ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION TO PUMPING WELL COMPUTED USING GWPATH
         FOR CASE OF AQUIFER noNPUfvriviTY REDUCED RY FACIQfirQE 1Q-

-------
                                           5000
s
          ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION TO PUMPING WELL COMPUTED USING GWPATH
                                                               LEGEND
                                                            A, Hydraulic Source
                                                            — Forward Tracked Path
                                                            • Hydraulic Sink
                                                            — Reverse Tracked Path
                                                                Units = Feet
          FOR CASE nFPiiMPiMf
                                             _CAPTHD
OF 10.

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
        NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY
           FRANKLIN, MASSACHUSETTS
                                          Slide 7.36

-------
        NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY

            FRANKLIN,  MASSACHUSETTS
CITY OF FRANKLIN PROPOSED NEW WATER SUPPLY WELL

DEQE REQUIRES DELINEATION OF THREE ZONES AROUND WELL

     ZONE I     Immediate area within 400 ft of well

     ZONE II     Area which supplies water to well under
               severe conditions (180 days pumping at
               design rate with no recharge)

     ZONE III    Area beyond Zone II from which surface
               water and ground water drains into Zone II


NUMERICAL MODEL DEVELOPED TO DELINEATE ZONE II


AQUIFER DATA:

     AQUIFER MATERIAL            Glacial outwash (sand, silt, clay)

     AQUIFER THICKNESS           43ft at valley center

     VALLEY BOUNDARIES           bounded by bedrock on all sides
                                 except for narrow neck to East

     AQUIFER TRANSMISSIVITY       150,000 gpd/ft near well
     (ASSUMED ISOTROPIC)            50,000 gpd/ft near boundaries

     HYDRAULIC GRADIENT          0.001 to the East

     STORATIVITY                  0.02

     RECHARGE FROM PRECIPITATION

     STREAM ACTS AS CENTRAL DISCHARGE POINT

     STREAM MAY ALSO PROVIDE RECHARGE DURING PUMPING
                                                  Slide 7.37

-------
                                               Aquifer
                                               Boundary
Equipotential
Line (contour
interval = .5 ft)
        FRANKLIN SITE MAP
FRANKLIN-
  r\

-------
           NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY
              FRANKLIN, MASSACHUSETTS (CONT.)
•   THREE-DIMENSIONAL FINITE-DIFFERENCE MODEL DEVELOPED

•   MODFLOW CODE SELECTED BECAUSE OF ITS ABILITY TO
   SIMULATE IMPORTANT AQUIFER FEATURES:
        MULTI-LAYERED AQUIFER
        IRREGULAR BOUNDARIES
        HETEROGENEITY WITHIN LAYERS
        INTERACTION WITH SURFACE WATER
        AREAL RECHARGE
        PARTIALLY PENETRATING WELL

•   MODEL SETUP:
        3-D Model (2 layers, 21 columns, 27 rows)
        Graded grid (50 ft near well, 400 ft near boundaries)
        No-flow boundaries around entire aquifer, except for
        narrow discharge zone to east
        Constant heads at eastern boundary to establish
        gradient that produced eastward flow
                                                     Slide  7.39

-------
   VjNACTIVE CELLS
  <10K CONSTANT HEAD CELLS
      RIVER CELLS
    \"         I
   LAYER 1
MODEL  GRID
          Slide  7.40

-------
                 o
MODEL GRID

-------
         NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY

            FRANKLIN,  MASSACHUSETTS (CONT.)
DATA COLLECTION:

     20 boreholes drilled and logged

     15 of the boreholes converted to observation wells

     5-day pumping test conducted

     Estimates of transmissivity and storativity determined
     using Jacob's straight-line method and
     Theis curve-matching technique


MODEL CALIBRATION:

     STEP 1 - Calibrate to static conditions

     Input aquifer parameters, recharge and discharge rates

     Parameters adjusted in both layers until good match
     with observed heads and good water balance achieved


     STEP 2 - Calibratelo pumping test conditions

     Start with calibrated model from Step 1

     Discharge rate of 350 gpm set in pumping well cells

     Parameters adjusted until model output matched
     observed data satisfactorily
                                                       Slide  7.42

-------
        NUMERICAL  MODELING CASE STUDY

           FRANKLIN, MASSACHUSETTS  (CONT.)
PREDICTIVE SIMULATION:

     JStress period set to 180 davs: re.cha,rge wffi eliminated.

     Four scenarios simulated:

        SCENARI0 1 - Stream ignored; lower specific yield

        SimulatLoiifaUed-after 1?n da.us: excessive dewaterina
        SCENARIO 2 - Stream ignored; higher specific yield

                                  ' excessive dewaterina
        SCENARIO 3 - Stream modeled lower specific yield

        Simulation showed all ground water within valley
        would flow toward well
        SCENARIO 4 - Stream modeled lower specific yield

        Simulation showed all ground water within valley
        would flow toward well
RESULTS OF STUDY:

     Zone II delineated as entire valley in which well is located.
                                                      Slide  7.43

-------
           MODEL RESULTS AFTER 180-DAY PUMPING
5000 -
4500 -
4000  -
3500  -
3000  -
                                      Site 3
                                      Franklin, MA
2000  -
1500  -
1000  -
500 -
   0
                1000  1500  2000  2500  3000  3500  4000
                       SCALE 1r650'
                                                   feet
                                                 Slide  7.44

-------
           MODEL RESULTS AFTER 180-DAY PUMPING PERIOD: LtfYER 2
5000
4500 f-
4000 l-
3500
3000 -
  00
2000
1500
1000 ^
 500 L
   0
                       Site 3
                       Franklin, MA
              I       i
     0    500
1000  1500  2000 2500  3000  3500  4000
        SCALE  1=650'                 feet
                  '    '
                                                  Slide  7.45

-------
WHPA ZONES DELINEATED FOR FRANKLIN, MASSACHUSETTS SITE
                                                  '•  Slide  7.46v
                                                  _Uji	«	_^	S

-------
                7.  NUMERICAL MODELING METHODS
7.1  INTRODUCTION

Numerical  methods of  modeling  ground-water  flow  and  con-
taminant transport lie  at the  upper  end of the  spectrum  of
WHPA  delineation  methods  in  terms  of  sophistication,  data
requirements, and cost.

Numerical  methods of simulating  flow and transport  produce
computer models  similar  to those developed  using analytical
methods.   Numerical  models,  however,  are capable of  dealing
with  more  complex   hydrogeologic  systems  and  time-varying
pumping rates.

Numerical modeling methods  can  be used  to map criteria such
as  drawdown,  flow boundaries,  and  TOT.   This is  typically
accomplished in a two-step procedure  with a  flow  model being
used  to generate a  hydraulic  head  field,  and  a  particle-
tracking or  solute-transport  code  used  to  aid in  outlining
the WHPA.

Sixty-four  models  (51   of  them  numerical,  13  analytical)
applicable to WHPA delineation  were reviewed for  OGWP by the
International Ground-Water Modeling Center  (Model Assessment
fo  Delineating  Wellhead  Protection Areas,  EPA,  1988).   The
report   summarizes   features  and  assesses  availability,
usability, and reliability of each model.

Major criteria in selecting a model  for  a site-specific WHPA
delineation  are:  1)  that  the  model be  suitable  for  the
intended use, 2)  that the model be  reliable,  and  3) that the
model can be applied  efficiently (EPA, 1988).
7.2  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF NUMERICAL MODELING

Types of Models

The four basic types of  ground-water  flow models (Slide 7.5)
are  conceptual,   physical,  analog,   and   mathematical.
Mathematical models offer the most sophisticated  predictive
capability,  and  among   mathematical   modeling  techniques,
numerical  models are  the  most  powerful.   After  a  brief
introduction to  the four types  of  models, the  remainder  of
this section focuses on numerical modeling techniques.
                             7-1

-------
Conceptual Models

Conceptual  models  represent  (in  a  descriptive  sense)  the
fundamental features and properties of the flow system.

Conceptual models may be  based  on  professional judgement and
previous experience with  similar hydrogeologic settings,  but
the incorporation of field data will  produce a more detailed
and complete conceptualization of the hydrogeologic system.

Conceptual  models  form  the  basis for  all  other  types  of
modeling,  and  the  importance of  formulating  a correct con-
ceptual  model  as  a first  step  to  more advanced  modeling
cannot be overemphasized.
Physical Models

Physical  models use  the  process  of  porous  media  flow  to
represent the  actual  flow conditions.   Sand tank models  of
ground-water seepage are a common example.
Analog Models

Analog  models  can be  of  two  types:  physical  analogs  or
electric analogs.

Physical analog models use a physical process that behaves in
the  same  fashion  as  flow through a  porous medium  to  mimic
flow  conditions.    Parallel plate  viscous  flow  (Hele-Shaw)
models and elastic membrane models are some common examples.

Electric   and  heat  analog  models  use   the  mathematical
similarity between equations governing  conductance  of energy
through solids  and flow of fluid through  a confined aquifer
to represent aquifer conditions.
Mathematical Models

Mathematical  models  of ground-water  flow  solve  equations
governing  porous  media flow  subject  to constraints  imposed
by  aquifer  geometry,  boundary   conditions,   and  initial
conditions.

Mathematical  models  can  be  set-up,  run,  and changed  much
more quickly  and  economically than analog models.   They can
also represent a wider range of aquifer conditions.
                             7-2

-------
The  equation being  solved  reflects  the  complexity  of  the
conceptualized  flow  system  (i.e.  simplifying  assumptions
result in simpler equations to solve).

Mathematical  models  are   of  two  types:   analytical   and
numerical.

Analytical models  are based on exact  mathematical  solutions
to  simpler  equations representing  idealized  aquifer  con-
ditions.    The method gives highly accurate solutions  to  a
less accurate representation of the real flow system.

Numerical  models  are  based on  numerical approximations  to
more complex  equations and boundary conditions.  The  method
gives  slightly  less  accurate  solutions  to  a more  accurate
representation of the flow system.

Analytical  models   (e.g.  Theis solution,   uniform  flow
equation)  are often algebraic  equations  that can be  solved
on a hand calculator.

Numerical  solution   techniques   involve  the   simultaneous
solution of  hundreds or  thousands of equations  and  usually
require a digital computer.

Analytical models usually require only a few input parameters
and  the  form of the  equation  being solved makes it easy to
see the manner in which the parameters affect the solution.

Numerical  require  large   amounts  of data  describing  aquifer
heterogeneities,  location  and  nature  of model  boundaries,
and  locations and  strengths of sources and  sinks within the
model domain.   A  sensitivity analysis  is  usually required to
determine the effects of given parameters on model response.
Numerical Modeling

Numerical  models can  be  used to  simulate steady-state  or
transient ground-water flow systems.  Steady-state systems do
not change with  time;  for example,  a regional  model designed
to represent average annual  water levels.   Transient systems
vary  with time;  for  example,  an aquifer  system  undergoing
drawdown as the result of one or more pumping wells.

There are  several types of numerical techniques  employed in
ground-water  flow  modeling  including  finite   difference
methods,  finite  element  methods,   and  boundary  integral
element  methods.   Of  these modeling  methods,  finite  dif-
ference  methods  and   finite  element methods  are  the  most

                             7-3

-------
widely  used,  with  finite  difference models  being the  most
popular.

Finite   difference  and   finite   element   methods  break-up
(discretize) the  flow domain  into a set  of grid  blocks  or
mesh cells  (Slide  7.7).   Equations are  written for computa-
tional nodes located at the corners or  centers  of the blocks
which, when solved, yield the value of hydraulic head at that
location in the flow field (Slide 7.8).

Transient  problems require  the  discretization  of time  as
well.    Initial  conditions  are  specified,   and  the  entire
aquifer  problem  is solved at  each of many short time steps
to produce the solution at some later time.

A 50-column by 20-row  finite  difference  grid  would result in
1000 simultaneous  equations.   Solution  of  such  large sets of
matrix equations requires high-speed computers,  especially if
a large number of time steps is required.

Numerical  models  are  very powerful  tools due to the  wide
range of problems that can be treated.

Numerical models can  be  used to  simulate  aquifer conditions
for steady-state and transient  cases,  incorporating numerous
aquifer  layers and other  heterogeneities,  with a variety of
different  boundary conditions,   for  any  specified  initial
conditions, with multiple sources and sinks.
Approach to Numerical Modeling

A  numerical  model should  be viewed  as a  quantitative  tool
available  to  the hydrogeologist  to aid  in the  analysis  of
ground-water problems (Slide 7.4).

An  aquifer model consists  of two  components: the  computer
code  (program)  that  embodies  the mathematical model  of the
physical process, and  the  site-specific data  that  allow the
model  developer  to   set-up   the  code  to  represent  that
particular aquifer system (Slide 7.9).

When  selecting  a code  for  model development  it is  wise  to
choose  a  model  that  has been thoroughly tested and widely
accepted within  the  ground-water computer  modeling  field  so
that,  when results  are presented,  the  code  itself  is not
called  into  question.   This is  especially important  in
studies used in support of license or permit applications,  or
in court cases.
                             7-4

-------
Numerical  modeling   is  useful   for   preliminary  studies
preceding field  investigations  (i.e.  can assist in directing
field data collection activities).

A numerical  model  can be used at any point  in  an investiga-
tion to test the current conceptualization of the system,  and
to  aid in  the  estimation of  aquifer  parameters based  on
available data.

A numerical  ground-water model provides a  framework  within
which  to  integrate or synthesize collected  data, to  aid  in
interpretation of field results.

Numerical models  are  useful  for  the  prediction of  system
response at  later  times  for  the current set  of  hydrogeologic
conditions,   or to predict aquifer  response  to  changed  con-
ditions.

The  three  most  common  misuses   of  models  are  overkill,
inappropriate prediction, and misinterpretation.

To avoid overkill, the type and complexity of model developed
for a  particular problem should be  based on  the quantity and
quality of available data  and  on the purpose of the modeling
investigation.

Complex numerical  models developed  from a sparse  data  base
may appear  impressive,  but the necessary  incorporation  of a
large  number  of  unsubstantiated  assumptions  may  produce
unreliable model predictions.

Inappropriate  prediction results  from  the application of a
model  to predict  aquifer  conditions  that  are beyond  the
capabilities of  the  code (program)  or  far outside the range
of conditions"that the model  was developed to handle.

Misinterpretation  can  result  from  a  lack  of  conceptual
understanding  of the  specific  system model,  which can result
in  improper utilization  of  the  model,  or  an  inability  to
relate  model  results to the true system.  Even  worse is  no
interpretation; blind faith acceptance of model results.
Application of Numerical Models

Any  application of  a  numerical model  to a  hydrogeological
problem  should  follow a  set  of  well-defined  steps:  data
review, conceptual  model  development, code selection,  model
calibration, diagnostic  checking,  sensitivity analysis,  and
predictive simulation  (Slide 7.10).

                             7-5

-------
Data for the  aquifer  system to be modeled should be compiled
and evaluated by  checking for completeness and quality.   Ob-
vious  data  gaps  or  contradictions  should  be  cause  for
concern.  Numerical models require a large site-specific data
base  in order  to yield  accurate  results (Slides  7.11  and
7.12) .

Formulation of  an accurate conceptual  model of the system is
probably  the most important  step.   If  it  is wrong,  the
numerical model,  with all its sophistication,  will  be wrong
as well.

Codes  should be   evaluated  against  the  objectives of  the
study, and  the  quantity of available  data.   The features of
the  selected code should  match  the  features  of  the  con-
ceptualized  flow  system,   and the  data  requirements  of  the
code should be consistent with the existing data base.

Calibration involves  adjustment of model  parameters until  a
satisfactory  agreement is obtained  between   computed  heads
and the heads at  selected calibration targets (usually water
levels  in  wells).      Transient  calibration  matches  the
history of response of the aquifer system.

Diagnostic checking involves  a "reality  check" to see if the
calibrated  model  makes sense;  aquifer parameters  should be
within  reasonable ranges, the  water budget  for  the aquifer
should  match  hydrologic   observations,   and   areas  at  some
distance  from calibration  targets should  be checked to be
sure the water table does not breach land surface.

Sensitivity analyses  identify the parameters  that  exert the
greatest   influence  on   model   response  by  varying  each
parameter by  a  fixed  relative amount  (e.g. 10 %  or 50%)  and
recording the change  in the response variable (e.g.  head).  -
Additional  data  collection  focusing  on  the  most  sensitive
parameters may greatly improve model performance.

After the model has been calibrated, checked,  and run through
a  set  of  sensitivity trials  it  may   be  used  with  some
confidence  to  make predictions.   Predictions  are  often the
ultimate goal of  the  modeling study,  but  they should not be
attempted without careful  attention to the preceding steps.

Advantages

This method has  the  potential to  be  very accurate,  can be
applied to  nearly all  types of  hydrogeologic settings,  and
can simulate dynamic aspects of the hydrogeologic system that
affect WHPA size and shape.

                             7-6

-------
Disadvantages

Costs  are  high relative  to other methods,  and  considerable
expertise in hydrogeology and modeling is required to use the
method.   The cost  may be warranted  where a high  degree  of
accuracy is desired.

Due  to  limitations  on  model  grid  spacing  and  density,
numerical models are  less  suitable  than numerical methods  in
assessing drawdowns close to pumping wells.  For this reason,
WHPA delineation in some European countries  in  recent  years
has  focused on combining  analytical methods for  the  near-
field  and  numerical  models  for the  bulk of the protection
area.
7.3  CHECKPOINTS FOR REVIEWING A MODELING STUDY

A report describing the application of a numerical model to a
hydrogeological  investigation  should  be  reviewed  in  two
steps:   an initial  reading  to grasp  intent and  content  of
report,  and  a detailed  review to closely  examine approach,
assumptions,  and technical issues.
Initial Reading

First establish  the  purpose of the model  application.   This
will detemine  the level at  which  certain factors  should  be
evaluated in the review including appropriateness of selected
modeling  technique,   reasonableness  of  simplifying  assump-
tions,  and interpretation of results.

Review the section describing the hydrogeologic setting being
modeled.    Th~is  will  provide a  basis   for  assessing  the
soundness  of  the   conceptual   model,   reasonableness  of
parameter  ranges,   and  appropriateness  of   the  selected
computer code.

Briefly review the quantity  and  quality  of available  data.
This  will  permit   evaluation of appropriateness  of  the
se1ected  code.

Skim the  conceptual  model section checking  for completeness
and  judging basic  agreement  with the  aquifer setting  and
field data.

Identify the  code being used and  form a  preliminary opinion
as to its appropriateness for the particular application.
                             7-7

-------
Read  the salient  points in  the  results  and  interpretation
section  to  determine the degree  of success of  the applica-
tion.  Problem areas should be noted so that possible sources
of error can be identified during the detailed review.
Detailed Review

The  detailed  review   of  a  model  application  should  be
conducted  by  moving through  the following series  of topics
and addressing the listed questions, items,  or  issues.   The
following  are questions  that  should be  considered in  the
detailed review.
Purpose

Is the purpose clearly stated?

Is  the  purpose,  as stated,  consistent  with the  regulatory
requirements the  model  application  was developed to address?


Hvdrogelogic Setting

Is  the  regional  setting  (geology,  climate,   surface  and
subsurface hydrology) described in sufficient detail?

Is  the  local  setting  (geology,  climate,  surface and  sub-
surface hydrology) described in sufficient detail?

Are there any  strong regional controls on the local setting?

Are there any strong local controls?

Are aquifer boundaries well-defined?

Are recharge and discharge areas identified?

Are  there  any   distinctive  aquifer  features  (layering,
confining zones, fractures)?

Are  there  any  unusual  system features   (regional,  local,
aquifer)?

Will these  unusual features  require  simplifying assumptions
to yield a tractable problem?
                             7-8

-------
Data

Were data on which the model is based collected correctly?

Were field or laboratory tests interpreted correctly?

Were  any data reduction  or parameter  estimation  procedures
performed correctly?

Are there any data gaps?

Will data gaps require simplifying assumptions?

Will  data  gaps require parameter estimates based  solely on
professional judgement?

Are  data  gaps  serious  enough  to  preclude  a  reasonable
attempt at model development?
Do data  gaps  require  assumptions  or parameter estimates that
are not testable or verifiable?


Conceptualization

Is the conceptual model of  the hydrogeologic system complete
enough for the purposes of the study?

Is the conceptualization sound?

Are   there  conflicts  between   the   conceptual  model  and
available evidence from field data?


Calibration

Is  the  code  used   for model  development  and  calibration
identified?

Is the code  in the  public domain  (or readily available),  and
is it widely-used, well-tested, and widely-accepted?

If the code has been modified in any way, are these modifica-
tions  clearly  described   and  have  they  been  thoroughly
tested?

If  the  code  is  proprietary, is  its selection  justified on
technical grounds, and has the code been thoroughly tested?

Is  the  selected  code  appropriate  for  the  system  being
modeled?

                             7-9

-------
Are the code theory and features described?

Is  a  description provided  of the governing  equations  being
solved?

Is the area being modeled clearly identified on a map?

Are the starting  values  of  hydraulic parameters and boundary
conditions clearly stated?

Are  any  other time-stepping  or  code  operation  parameters
presented and discussed?

Are simplifying assumptions (due to lack of field data or the
nature  of  the   study)   used  during  model  setup  clearly
identified?

Are any special simplifying assumptions required to make the
selected  code  work in  this particular case  clearly identi-
fied and justified?

Are results of the final calibration run completely presented
and discussed?

Is  agreement  between model  results  and calibration targets
good enough given hydrogeologic conditions,  model scale, and
purpose of the study?

Are  any discrepancies  between calibrated  heads  and target
values satisfactorily explained and justified?

Are parameter values, boundary conditions,  and other features
of  the calibrated  model  reasonable and  within  acceptable
ranges?

Does it appear that  individual parameters  or, sometimes more
importantly  combinations of  parameters,  have  been  delib-
erately skewed within their range  of  reasonable  values  to
produce a desired or predetermined result?
Sensitivity Analyses

Were sensitivity  analyses performed on the  calibrated model
to  test for  robustness  and to  identify  the most  sensitive
parameters?

Are  the  results  of  sensitivity  analyses   presented  in  an
understandable form?
                             7-10

-------
Do  the  sensitivity analyses indicate  that model calibration
indicators   (usually   some  measure  of  residuals  between
calculated  and target  heads)  deteriorate rapidly  with  only
small changes in model parameters?

Do  sensitivity analyses  indicate  that the  model does  not
respond  to  changes  in  parameter  values,  indicating  some
overriding control on the system?
Diagnostic Checking

Was  the  reasonableness  of  the  calibrated  model  checked
against factors  (e.g.  aquifer water mass balance)  other than
the calibration targets?

Does the  model,  although  calibrated well, not  compare well
with these other factors?

Does the  model,  with  noted  discrepancies between computed
values and  calibration targets,  match well with the bulk of
field observations and water budget estimates?
Are there justifiable explanations for calibration discrepan-
cies that would  allow the model  to be  used satisfactorily
for the purpose of the study?
Prediction

Are  all  predictive  simulations  conducted  for  the  study
described  in  sufficient  detail  (model  setup,  input  data,
output data, graphical presentation of results)?

Are the  number and range of  the  predictive simulation model
runs sufficient to meet the objectives of the study?

Does  the  range  of  runs  dangerously  exceed the  range  of
conditions used during model calibration?

Is all  pre- and  post-processing  of data  clearly  described?
(It is  important to know  which results are  attributable  to
the  selected   code  and   which  are  attributable  to  data
manipulation during post-processing.)
Interpretation

Are  model  results  presented  and  interpreted  clearly  in
non-technical language?
                             7-11

-------
Is  the interpretation of  model results consistent  with the
conceptual model of the system?

Is  the  interpretation  consistent with  the  simplicity  or
complexity  of the  model?    (It  is  incorrect to  interpret
model  predictions  in  light  of features that are  not  even
incorporated in the model.)

Are model  results  presented with  qualifying  statements  that
reflect  the  limitations  of  the  data,  the  simplifications
inherent in  the  model, and  the limited scope and  intent of
the modeling study?
Documentation

Is the  entire modeling  study documented sufficiently  to be
understandable to the reviewer?
Is the modeling  study  documented sufficiently to support its
intended use  (permit application,  litigation support,  etc.)?
Are complete  records of  the modeling investigation available
for more detailed review if required?

Is the version of the  source code used to  develop the model
available?

Are  printed   and  machine   readable  copies  of  the  final
calibration run available?

Are printed  and  machine readable copies  of  all  predictive
simulation runs available?
7.4  NUMERICAL MODEL CASE STUDIES

Numerical  modeling  has  been  used  to  delineate  Wellhead
Protection  Areas  (WHPAs) at  many  sites  around the  country
including several described  in the case studies  included in
this manual (Appendix  B).   The  first example presented in
this  section,  however,  is   a   hypothetical  "case  study"
designed  to  illustrate  the  use  of  a numerical  model  in
delineating  a  WHPA.     A comparison   is  made  between  the
numerical model  results  and  those obtained  using a  simple
analytical  solution.   Emphasis is placed on  the  flexibility
of  the  numerical  approach  and  the ease  with which  hydro-
geologic  complexity can be  treated and various  assumptions
can be tested.
                            7-12

-------
A second  case study is described in which  a  numerical model
was applied to an actual site near Franklin, Massachusetts to
delineate a WHPA for the aquifer.  The case  provides  a good
example  of  the  data  collection(   model  calibration,  and
predictive simulation steps.

A third case  study  involving  numerical modeling  at a site in
Palm Beach County, Florida is not discussed in detail in this
section due  to  the length and  complexity of the case.   A
summary of  the  study,  however,  is provided in  Appendix  B
(Case  Study  B.4).   Ground-water flow  and transport  models
were  used  to  delineate  WHPAs  based on  TOT  and  drawdown
criteria.    Of  special  interest  is  the  fact that advective
transport travel-time zones were  augmented  by a  factor of 25
percent to account for dispersion effects.  This  represents a
more  sophisticated   approach  than  simple  particle  tracking
techniques.

7.4.1  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY 1:

HYPOTHETICAL NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY

The following hypothetical study was developed to demonstrate
the advantages  of numerical modeling methods in delineating
WHPAs  for complex  hydrogeologic  settings.    While  the site
and the  data  are  fictitious,  the   aquifer setting and the
parameter values used in the demonstration are representative
of real-world values.

A WHPA is  to  be  delineated  for a water-supply  well  in  a
typical valley-fill aquifer  (Slide 7.22).   The  protection
area is to provide  a 1,000-day travel-time  buffer within the
aquifer zone  that contributes  flow  to the well.   The results
of the study  will have implications for  two  sites currently
being considered  for a new chemical plant.   Three technical
experts are hired to delineate the  WHPA,  and  each decides to
take a very different approach to analyzing the site.

The aquifer setting (Slide 7.23)  is a broad  valley oriented
north-south and  filled  to a depth of 200 feet with sand and
gravel outwash.   Aquifer  tests  indicate  a  hydraulic con-
ductivity  of   100  feet  per day  (ft/day),  and  water  level
measurements  in  wells throughout  the valley  show  a regional
flow gradient of 0.005 to  the south.   The average porosity
of the aquifer material is 0.25.

The small river running through the valley carries an average
discharge of  1,500  cubic  feet per  second  (cfs).    A  single
water  supply  well,   located in the  center  of the  study area
near  the  river,  is pumped  at  a  rate  of  133,700 cfs  (1

                            7-13

-------
million gallons  per day).   For the purposes  of this demon-
stration,  the  well  is assumed to draw  water from the entire
thickness of the aquifer.

The town  being supplied by the well is  located south of the
well  as  shown on  the map  (Slide  7.23),  and  the  proposed
chemical  plant sites  are  located  about  3,000 ft  north  of
town and 2,000 ft north of the well.
Approach 1

Expert  1 decided  to take  a  simple approach,  treating  the
predominantly  sand and  gravel material  filling  the  valley
bottom   as  a  homogeneous  aquifer  (Slide 7.24).   He  also
assumed that the river had  little effect on the flow system,
and he ignored it in his modeling.  He applied the analytical
computer model  RESSQ to the  study site using  the following
data:

     Aquifer thickness      61 m   (200 ft)
     Porosity               0.25
     Pore velocity          223 m/yr    (2  ft/day,  computed
                            using Darcy's law)
     Flow direction         South
     Time of travel         2.74 yr   (1000 days)
     Pumping rate           158 m5/hr   (133,700 cfs)
The zone contributing  ground-water to the supply well within
a  1,000-day time-of-travel  distance  (Slide  7.25)  shows  an
area about 350 ft wide and 850 ft long extending north of the
well.

To check his "work,  he  constructed a simple finite difference
model  (Slide  7.26)  of the  aquifer system and  pumping  well
using  the  MODFLOW  code  (McDonald  and  Harbaugh,  1984) .   He
used the following data:

     Aquifer thickness                             200 ft
     Constant head on north boundary             2,000 ft
     Constant head on south boundary             1,960 ft
     (these heads produce a regional
     gradient of 0.005)
     Cell width in x-direction                     200 ft
     Cell width in y-direction                     200 ft
     Hydraulic conductivity                        100 ft/day
     Pumping rate                              133,700 cfs
                             7-14

-------
Although the problem  setup  is  the same,  generating the input
data  set for  MODFLOW took considerably  more time  than  the
7-line  data file  required  for RESSQ.   After  computing  the
hydraulic heads  in the  flow field using  MODFLOW,  he used the
particle tracking code GWPATH (Shafer, 1987) to determine the
zone  contributing  water  to   the well  within  1,000  days.
GWPATH  requires  a rectangular computational  domain,  so data
from  the MODFLOW grid cells within  the  large bold rectangle
shown on Figure  1 were  used for  the  particle tracking study.
He  used the  head field generated  by MODFLOW  as  input  to
GWPATH  and  assumed a  porosity  of 0.25.  The  results of this
analysis  (Slide   7.27)  were almost   identical  to the  RESSQ
model.   Because  flow does not  move  directly  south  in  the
valley, but follows the broad S-shape of the valley,  the WHPA
is oriented very slightly north-east.  The size of the WHPA,
however,  is almost exactly the  same as  that generated  by
RESSQ.

In this simple case  there  seemed to be little  advantage  in
using  the   more  sophisticated finite-difference  model  over
the simple  analytical solution.   The finite-difference model
took  longer  to   setup   and gave almost   exactly  the  same
results.

As  a  result   of  the protection  area  defined by his  WHPA
delineation study, Expert  1 recommended  Site B for  the  new
chemical plant.
Approach 2

Expert  2  decided  to account  for  surface  hydrology  in  his
analysis to delineate the WHPA (Slide 7.28).  He obtained the
elevation of  the  water  level in the  river  and the elevation
of the  riverbed at numerous points along  its course through
the  study  area.   He also  obtained  records  that  showed  an
average  annual  rainfall  in  the   area  of  54  inches,  and
estimated that 18  inches  of  that  amount  infiltrated every
year  to  recharge  the  ground  water  system.    Since  the
analytical model RESSQ cannot treat areal recharge or surface
water bodies,  he developed  a  MODFLOW model  of  the aquifer.
He used the  same  data  shown in  Approach 1,  with  53  grid
blocks representing  river cells  (Slide 7.29), and a recharge
of 18 in/yr.

His delineated area  (Slide 7.30)  does not differ significant-
ly from those of Approach 1.  The moderate amount of"recharge
is transmitted  through the  highly  conductive  aquifer without
significantly  altering the  hydraulic  head  field established
by the regional flow regime.

                             7-15

-------
For  this set  of aquifer  conditions,  the  regional  flow  is
moving southward  beneath  the river, and the  zone  contribut-
ing flow to the well is relatively unaffected by the presence
of  the river  and the  introduction of recharge.    In  other
words, the river  is not acting as  a flow boundary.   For this
case,  the results  natch  well  with  those  computed by  the
analytical solution employed in RESSQ.

This  may not  always  be the case.   Rivers  may act  as  flow
boundaries  depending  on  the  properties   of  the  aquifer,
regional  flow  conditions,  rate  of recharge,  and  rate  of
pumping  (see  section  below entitled  Additional  Considera-
tions) .

Based  on his study, Expert  2 also  recommended Site B for the
new chemical plant.
Approach 3

Expert 3  decided to incorporate subsurface geology  into his
delineation  study  (Slide  7.31).   From  well  borings  in the
area,  he  determined that  large  zones  of  low-permeability
material  (clay plugs)  were located  on  either  side  of the
river in  the vicinity of  the pumping  well.   Since analytical
solutions  cannot  treat  a  nonhomogeneous  aquifer,  he  con-
structed a MODFLOW model of the system (Slide 7.32).   Testing
revealed that the hydraulic conductivity  of the clay material
was  10  ft/day and  its  porosity was  0.40.   He  neglected the
river and  recharge,  and constructed his  model using the same
MODFLOW data set  used in  Approach  1.   In this case,  however,
he included  low  permeability blocks  (10  ft/day)  to represent
the  clay  zones.   He used  GWPATH to perform particle tracking
on the resulting  head field, with  a porosity  of 0.25 for the
sand and gravel material and 0.40 for the clay plugs.

The  WHPA  he  delineated  (Slide  7.33)  was much different from
those generated  in the  other approaches.   The clay plugs had
two  effects  on  the  flow system.    First,  they  diverted
regional  flow  from the  north so that  is  could only reach the
well  within  1,000  days  through  a  narrow  section  of the
aquifer oriented  northeast-southwest  between  the clay plugs.
In addition,  it  restricted flow toward  the well in  the area
just west of the well, causing greater drawdown and a broader
zone of contribution directly around the  well.
                             7-16

-------
His  findings  were  reported  to  the  appropriate  agencies  in
time to ensure that Site  A was selected for the new chemical
plant.  A  toxic  spill at the plant, were  it located at Site
B,  would  have  traveled  directly  to  the  water  supply well
within 1,000 days.
ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

Permeability  contrasts  (like  clay  plugs)  are  not the  only
ground-water  flow  system  features  that  can  alter the  size
and orientation  of  a WHPA.  The orientation  of  the WHPA can
be  altered  significantly  from   that   predicted  from  an
examination of the  regional gradient, even in  a homogeneous
aquifer.

As  an  example,  consider  the  MODFLOW  model  constructed  in
Approach 2  above.   If a similar model were constructed with
a hydraulic conductivity of 10 ft/day instead of 100 ft/day,
the resulting 1,000-day travel time  WHPA  (developed  using
GWPATH  for  particle tracking)  would be  much  larger (compare
Slides  7.34  and  7.30).   The quantity of  flow  moving  toward
the well  under  the  regional  gradient  of 0.005  is  greatly
reduced,  and  the  well requires   a  much broader zone  of
contribution to receive the 133,700 cfs being withdrawn.  The
influence of areal recharge and the resulting flow toward the
river is evidenced  in the  refraction of the  particle  paths,
but the well  is  drawing water from both sides  of the  river.
The river does not act as a flow boundary for the flow system
in the vicinity of the pumping well.

If, however,  the pumping rate is reduced  by  a  factor  of ten
to  13,370  cfs,   the  effect of  recharge  and  flow toward the
river exerts  a  greater influence  on the  ground-water  flow
system  than does the pumping well.   The  zone of contribution
is  largely  confined to  the region  south of the river  (Slide
7.35).   The  river  bounds  the zone  of  contribution on the
north, and the axis of the WHPA is oriented northeast in much
the same manner  as  it  was when flow  to the well  was  being
controlled  by the  low  permeability zones  (see  Approach  3
above).

This  demonstrates  that many  factors,  and  the balance  of
strengths among  those factors,  must be taken  into account to
accurately delineate  a  WHPA in a complex hydrogeologic flow
system.   The  U.  S.  Geological  Survey Open File Report  86-543
(Morrissey,   1987)   provides   an   excellent  discussion  and
numerous modeling  examples  of the  effects of  recharge and
rivers  on  the  contributing  areas  of   wells   located  near
rivers.

                             7-17

-------
7.4.2  NUMERICAL MODELING CASE STUDY 2;
NUMERICAL MODEL APPLIED TO A MASSACHUSETTS AQUIFER

The  Massachusetts   Department  of   Environmental   Quality
Engineering  (DEQE)  required that three  zones be  delineated
around  a  proposed  water  supply  well  in  Franklin,  Mass-
achusetts.  The case study is presented in detail in  Appendix
B, with  only the numerical modeling application  designed  to
delineate one of the zones discussed here.

The  intermediate zone around  the  well  is  to encompass  the
land  area which supplies  ground  water  to  a  pumping  well
under the  roost severe recharge and  pumping conditions.   In
the Franklin case, a computer simulation was deemed necessary
to delineate this zone.   The  finite-difference  ground-water
flow code  MODFLOW (McDonald and Harbaugh 1984)  was  selected
because its  features  permitted  an accurate  representation of
the complex hydrogeologic system surrounding the  well.

The aquifer is a glacial outwash deposit of sands,  silts,  and
clays  with  a  maximum thickness  of 43  feet  at the  valley
center.    The  aquifer is  bounded on  all  sides by  bedrock
valley walls or  glacial till except for  a narrow zone to the
east that  connects  the aquifer to an  adjacent valley (Slide
7.38).  Flow is  to the east under a gradient of  about 0.001.
Transmissivity ranges from about 150,000 gpd/ft near  the well
to  50,000   gpd/ft   near   the   boundaries   of the  aquifer.
Storativity was approximately 0.02.

A  three-dimensional  model  (2  layers,  21  columns,  27  rows)
was constructed  with  a grid spacing graded  from  50 feet near
the water  supply well  to  400  feet near  the aquifer  boun-
daries.    No" flow  boundaries  were set around  the  entire
aquifer  except  for   a  narrow  discharge  zone  to  the  east
(Slides  7.40  and  7.41).    Constant  heads  at  this  point
established a gradient that produced eastward flow.

The model  was first  calibrated for non-pumping  conditions,
and  then  for  conditions  simulating  the  pumping  of  wells
under  conditions   simulating  pumping  tests   previously
conducted to estimate aquifer parameters.

Following  calibration, predictive simulations were conducted
for the  severe  pumping conditions  required by  DEQE  regula-
tions.   Four scenarios were simulated:  high  and  low  aquifer
storativity ignoring recharge from a surface stream,  and high
and low  storativity  incorporating the  effects of  the stream
in the model using the river simulation package.

                            7-18

-------
The simulations  with no recharge from the  stream failed due
to  excessive dewatering  of  model  cells.   The  simuTations
with  stream  recharge predicted  that,   for both values  of
storativity,  all  flow within the valley would  be toward the
well  (Slides  7.44 and 7.45}.  Zone II was  delineated as the
entire valley in which the well was situated (Slide 7.46).
                            7-19

-------
8. Comparisons

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
             COMPARATIVE ANALYSES
                                          Slide  8.01

-------
            Interrelationships of WHPA Methods
                     QUANTITATIVE
                    ANALYTICAL. NUMERICAL
                          MODEL
 ARBITRARY
   FIXED
  RADIUS
         CALCULATED
             FIXED
           RADIUS
                     CALCULATED AREA
                      EXTENDED TO
                       BOUNDARY
                               HYDROGEOLOGIC
                                 MAPPING
ARBITRARY
     FIXED RADIUS
   WITH EXTENSION TO
     BOUNDARIES
(PHYSICAL OR HYDROLOGIC)
PHYSICAL
FEATURES
                                                    Slide 8.02

-------
                           WHPA Comparative Analysis

                                What is Accuracy?
                    TooSmall
<    Accurate    <
   RESULTS:        Underprotection
    Preservation

    of Quality
   PROBLEMS:      Quality Degradation
Too  Large
Overprotection
                           Implementation
00

o
CO

-------
                  Relationship Between WHPA Delineation  Methods and  Criteria
=?
a!

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
             COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS:
               KENNEDALE, TEXAS
                                          Slide 8.05

-------
     PURPOSE OF CASE  STUDY 1
COMPARATIVE STUDY  INVOLVING  DRAWDOWN
AND  TIME-OF-TRAVEL CRITERIA
ILLUSTRATES   IMPORTANCE   OF    BALANCE
BETWEEN  PROTECTIVE  AND  IMPLEMENTABLE
DELINEATION
ILLUSTRATES IMPORTANCE OF UNDERSTANDING
AQUIFER  SYSTEM  MECHANICS  AND  WATER
SOURCE TO THE WELL
                                   Slide  8.06

-------
HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING
- 4  WELLS IN TRINITY AQUIFER
- PUMPING  70.000 - 280.000 GPD PER WELL
- 1.1 MGD COMBINED PUMPAGE FOR 1988
- TWO  PRIMARY PRODUCTION  ZONES

     PALUXY
     TWIN MOUNTAINS
- 600-FT CONFINING MATERIALS
                                    Slide 8.07

-------
REGIONAL HYDROGEOLOGIC BOUNDARIES
RECHARGE AREA 20 MILES WEST







- DIRECT  INFILTRATION IN OUTCROP AREA




- RECHARGE RATE 1 IN/YR
VELOCITY ESTIMATES




- RANGE 1-2 FT/YR  TO 200 FT/YR
                                   Slide 8.08

-------
    WHPA CRITERIA AND  METHODS


CRITERIA

- DRAWDOWN (5-FOOT CONTOUR)

- TOT (5-YEAR TRAVEL TIME)


METHODOLOGY

- CALCULATED   FIXED  RADIUS   USING  THE
  VOLUMETRIC FLOW EQUATION

N
Qt
n TT H
- ADDED AN ADDITIONAL  BUFFER ZONE
DRAWDOWN MODEL RESULTS YIELD UNREALISTIC
AREA  USING 5-FOOT  DRAWDOWN  CRITERION
THRESHOLD
                                   Slide 8.09

-------
    WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREAS
                   lily of KvnnedOlC
                  Wclllicod (''election
   CALCULATED RADII FOR ALL WELLS LESS THAN 800 FEET
.   WHPA ESTABLISHED AT 1,320 FEET
                                         Slide 8.10

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
            COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS:
        BROOKINGS COUNTY,  SOUTH DAKOTA
                                         Slide  8.11

-------
     PURPOSE OF CASE STUDY 2
COMPARATIVE   STUDY   OF   HYDROGEOLOGIC
MAPPING AND  ANALYTICAL METHODS
ILLUSTRATES  THE  IMPORTANCE OF  GROUND-
WATER AND  SURFACE-WATER  RELATIONSHIPS
AND AQUIFER SYSTEM  BOUNDARIES
USES MULTIPLE ZONE DELINEATION WITH
1-FOOT DRAWDOWN CRITERIA
                                  Slide 8.12

-------
      HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING
BIG SIOUX AQUIFER
- UNCONSOLIDATED SANDS AND GRAVELS OF
  GLACIAL OUTWASH ORIGIN
- DEPOSITED  ON  IMPERMEABLE   TILL,   OR
  BEDROCK
- UNCONFINED CONDITIONS


  n = .20 - .35

  K = 20 - 20,000 gpd/ftz

  b = 20 - 60 ft


WELL  YIELDS AS  MUCH  AS 1000 GPM

INDUCED INFILTRATION IMPORTANT ROLE
                                    Slide 8.13

-------
        20001
        1800-
a.
CD
 o
      a-

      UJ
        1600
      o
      CO
        1400-
      o


      I
        1200
        1000
                R54W
                                       BIG SIOUX AQUIFER
                                            Glacial Till with Gravel Stringers
  53

HAMLIN
                     GEOLOGIC  CROSS-SECTION OF BIG SIOUX BASIN

-------
          BRUCE  WELL  NO. 1  SETTING
 A)  TEN (10) YEAR TIME OF TRAVE!.
 B)  FIVE (5) YEAR TIME OF TRAVEL

 ?)  WELL

 0)  ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION

    BUFFER ZONE FOR IRRIGATION
AQUIFER AREA
NON-AOUIFER
            
-------
ANALYTICAL ZONE OF TRANSPORT METHOD
 SOLVE UNIFORM FLOW  EQUATION
 - KEY POINTS ON THE UPGRADIENT DIVIDE
 - ESTIMATE DOWN-GRADIENT/CROSS GRADIENT
 - LOCATE UPGRADIENT TOT EXTENT
 DELINEATE WHPA
                                   Slide  8.16

-------
   HYDROGEOLOGIC BOUNDARY EFFECTS
.  ADJUST THE  ZOC  AT  INTERSESCTION  WITH
  THE  AQUIFER  BOUNDARY
  DELINEATE CONTRIBUTING  DRAINAGE AREA
  SIMILAR ADJUSTMENT FOR IRRIGATION  WELLS
                                     Slide 8.17

-------
ZONE OF  TRANSPORT METHOD RESULTS
    TEN (IO) YEAR TIME OF TRAVEL
    FIVE (5) YEAR TIME OF TRAVEL
 C)  WELL
 D  ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION

    BUFFER ZONE FOR IRRIGATION
AQUIFER AREA
NON-AOUIFER AREA


-------
     THEIS ANALYTICAL  METHOD


EMPLOY DRAWDOWN CRITERION

DRAWDOWN THRESHOLD = 1 FOOT

THWELLS COMPUTER CODE

  T = 55, 128 gpd/ft

  S = 0.20

  Q = 120 gpm

  t = 20 years
GOOD MATCH BETWEEN THEIS AND SIMPLIFIED
VARIABLE SHAPES BUT DOES  NOT  CONSIDER
BOUNDARY EFFECTS
                                    Slide 8.19

-------
         THEIS - IMAGE WELL
BARRIER   BOUNDARY  EFFECTS   RESULT  IN
GREATER   DRAWDOWN   THAN   IN   INFINITE
AQUIFER
ACCOUNT  FOR BARRIERS  THROUGH THE  USE
OF IMAGE  WELL THEORY

- THEIS  EQUATION  WITH  MULTIPLE PUMPING
  WELLS

- APPLY LAW OF SUPERPOSITION
PLACE   PUMPING  WELL   (FICTITIOUS  IMAGE
WELL)  AT  THE SAME DISTANCE  FROM  THE
BARRIER AS THE REAL WELL
USE THWELLS
                                    Slide 8.20

-------
          TEN (10) YEAR TIME OF TRAVE
        8) FIVE (5) YEAR TIME OF TRAVEL

          WELL
        D1 ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION

       (E) BUFFER ZONE FOR IRRIGATIC
                         1-Foot Drawdown Contour Using Image Well to
                         Simulate Impermeable Boundary Effects (t = 20 yr)
                                                                       IMAGE WELL
Drawdown Contour for
Pumping Well (t = 2"
  Comparative analysis between Theis drawdown method and WHPA delineation
  methods applied at Bruce Well #1, Brookings County, South Dakota.
                                 8-6
Slide   8.21

-------
PRESENTATION SLIDES
             COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS



        CYPRESS CREEK WELLFIELD, FLORIDA
                                          Slide 8.22

-------
       PURPOSE OF  CASE STUDY 3
.  COMPARISON  OF  SEVERAL   MODELING  AP-
  PROACHES USING  TIME-OF-TRAVEL CRITERION
  THREE APPROACHES CONSIDERED

  - VOLUME   BALANCE   (CALCULATED   FIXED
    RADIUS)

  - RANDOM  WALK

  - METHOD  OF  CHARACTERISTICS
  CYPRESS CREEK WELLFIELD
.  IMPORTANT  TO  UNDERSTAND  SUBTLE DIF-
  FERENCES IN NUMERICAL MODEL APPROACHES
                                     Slide  8.23

-------
     HYDROGEOLOGIC PARAMETERS
CYPRESS CREEK WELLFIELD

      T = 400,000 gpd/ft
      b = 500 ft
      L = 0.01 gpd/ft3
      Q = 2.3 MGD/WELL (13 WELLS)
      D = .000001
COMPUTER  TIME OF TRAVEL FROM  LOCATIONS
IN AQUIFER TO  WELLS
RESULTS  REPORT  SEQUENCE   OF   TRAVEL
DISTANCE FOR 2-YEAR, 5-YEAR, 10-YEAR TIME
                                     Slide  8.24

-------
                       2 - YEAR TRAVEL DISTANCE
27
24
21
18
IS
12
                                                  EXPLANATION

                                                  VOLUME AVERAGE
                                                  RANDOM WALK
                                                  MOC
                             12     15     18

                                 X103 FT
21
24
27
                                                          Slide  8.25

-------
                         5 - YEAR TRAVEL DISTANCE
   27
   24
   21
o
o  15
x
   12
                                                       EXPLANATION

                                                       VOLUME AVERAGE
                                                       RANDOM WALK
                                                       MOC
                                       _L
                                 12
  15
X103 FT
                                              IB
21
                                                                   27
                                                              Slide 8.26

-------
                       10-YEAR TRAVEL  DISTANCE
   27
   21
   16
U.
r>
O  15
   12
                                                    EXPLANATION

                                                    VOLUME AVERAGE
                                                    RANDOM WALK
                                                    MOC
	 1 	 t
3 6
I
9
1
12
1
15
X103 FT
1
18
1
21
1 -
24
Slide
1
27
8.27

-------
         COMPARISON SUMMARY
.  VOLUME   BALANCE   INTRODUCES   GREATER
  ERROR WITH TIME

  - TRAVEL   DISTANCE   CONTOURS  DO   NOT
    CONSIDER OTHER WELLS

  - 70% OVERLAP AT 10 YEARS
.  NUMERICAL   MODELS  EXHIBIT  SUBTLE  DIF-
  FERENCES

  - AVERAGING SCHEMES OF FORMULATION

  - GRID  RESOLUTION EFFECTS


.  MODEL SELECTION CONSIDERATIONS

  - AVAILABILITY OF DATA

  - COMPUTER FACILITIES

  - AQUIFER SYSTEM COMPLEXITY

  - CODE FORMULATION, CHARACTERISTICS
                                     Slide 8.28

-------
            8.0  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS  CASE  STUDIES

8.1  INTRODUCTION

At  least six  methods are  available  for use  in  delineating
Wellhead  Protection  Areas   (WHPAs).   These  methods span  a
broad range of cost and complexity.  It is valuable, prior to
designing  a WHPA  delineation  study,  to examine  comparative
analysis test  cases in which several methods  are  applied to
the same location.

Such  studies  may  be used  to assess  a  number  of  factors
related to WHPA delineation.  Comparison of a WHPA accurately
delineated  with   a   sophisticated  method  against  WHPAs
delineated  with  simpler  methods  permit  assessment of  the
"safety  factors"   supposedly   incorporated   in  the  simple
methods.   Similarly,   a  favorable comparison  between simple
and sophisticated methods may indicate that the sophisticated
methods  are  not worth the  extra  cost.   Comparative analyses
may also be used to  assess  the impact  of  different criteria
thresholds selected for a given site.

The following  case studies have been selected to  illustrate
the use  of several methods  at  a  single site.  Where appro-
priate, the suitability of the methods applied is discussed.
8.2  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 1:

COMPARISON OF DRAWDOWN AND TIME-OF-TRAVEL CRITERIA

In October,  1987  the City of Kennedale,  Texas requested that
the Texas  Water Commission  (TWC)  establish  wellhead protec-
tion criteria for their public water supply system.  The case
study  is presented  in  greater  detail  in Appendix  B.   The
material  pertinent   to   the  comparison  of  two  different
criteria for the same system of wells is summarized here.

The City of  Kennedale  derives  its water  from  the Trinity
Aquifer  which  is  confined  beneath 600  feet of limestone,
marl,   and  clay.   TWC  first developed  a  computer  model  of
drawdown in  the confined aquifer using  pumping  data for the
period 1952 to  1987.  The zone of influence (ZOI) was defined
in this  case  as the  5-foot drawdown contour.   Results of the
modeling study  showed that  the  5-foot  drawdown  contour was
located  at  a distance of 20 miles  from  the  Kennedale wells,
encompassing  an area that  engulfed Fort Worth  and  extended
into two other  counties.
                             8-1

-------
It was decided that this large zone of influence would not be
appropriate.   Water  moved  very slowly  through  the confined
aquifer,  and  a  zone  of over  1,200 square  miles  would be
unnecessarily  overprotective.    It  was  reasoned   that  the
distance  required for  a  5-year time-of-travel  to  the wells
would provide for sufficient attenuation of any contaminants.

The  calculated fixed  radius method was used to delineate the
WHPA for  each  well  based on pumping data during the previous
two  years.   Calculated radii for  all  wells  were  less than
800  feet.   A buffer  zone was added  to  the calculated radii
and  the  WHPA for each  was  established as  the zone within a
one-quarter mile  (1,320 ft) radius of each well  (Slide 8.10).

The  large  difference  in  areas  between  the  two  methods
described  above   results from  the  nature  of  the aquifer.
Pressure phenomena  (i.e.  reduction in piezometric surface of
5 ft  in  this case)  can extend to  great  distances from wells
in confined  aquifers.   This is true  even  for relatively low
pumping rates and low flow velocities through the aquifer.
8.3  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 2:

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS USING THEIS SOLUTION

The Brookings, South Dakota case study (Appendix B) describes
a  project  in which  a modified  simplified  variable  shapes
method  was  used to  delineate  a  Wellhead  Protection  Area
(WHPA)  for the  Big Sioux  Aquifer,  an  alluvial  valley-fill
aquifer  (Slides  8.14  and 8.15).   Hydrogeologic  mapping  of
topographic  divides  was  also  used  to  define  the  small
drainage  catchments  flanking  the  aquifer  that  have  the
potential to  introduce contaminants in  a  short time through
surface water runoff  (Slide  8.18).   This  second  method was
used to  delineate a buffer  zone surrounding the  inner zone
that had  been delineated  by the simplified  variable  shapes
analysis.    The   reader  is   referred  to  Appendix  B  for  a
detailed description of the aquifer setting  and  the methods
used.

To compare  a third method with the two  actually  used  in the
Brookings  case  study,  an  example  was  developed using  the
Theis well  hydraulics  equation.   The  drawdown criterion with
a threshold  of 1 foot  was selected  to delineate the hypothe-
tical WHPA.  The computer code THWELLS (van der Heijde, 1987)
was used  to  solve  the Theis  equation for a single pumping
well and  plot the  1-foot drawdown contour!    The following
data for  the  well  identified as Bruce  Well 1 were derived
                             8-2

-------
from the  case description in Appendix B,  and a pumping time
of 20 years was assumed:

     Transmissivity           55,128 gpd/ft
     Storage coefficient      0.20
     Pumping rate             120 gpm

After  20  years  of  pumping,  the  1-foot  drawdown  contour  is
located  at a  radial  distance  of  approximately  3,300  feet
from  the well.   The  area  encompassed  by  this  contour  is
shown on Slide 8.21.

The WHPA  delineated using  the Theis  equation, while  over-
protecting slightly  south of the well,  appears to match the
actual delineated  WHPA fairly  well,  but  this  is  deceiving.
The Theis equation  assumes an  infinite aquifer, which causes
the 1-foot drawdown contour  to extend several  thousand feet
into the bedrock material forming the  valley wall.  This is,
of  course,  unrealistic.    While the  Theis-delineated  area
appears to match well, it is  actually matching a zone that
was added based on  geologic mapping and  surface water runoff
considerations; not on aquifer hydraulics considerations.

The Theis  solution  would have  been  applicable  for a  well
located in the center  of  the valley, but valley wall effects
are  important  for  wells located   along  the  edge  of  the
aquifer.    One solution to  this problem uses  an  image well
located on  the  opposite  side  of  the valley wall  from the
pumping well.   An image well  is a fictitious well,  pumping at
the same rate  as the real well,  and added to  the system  to
represent the  effects  of an impermeable  boundary (i.e.  the
valley wall).   The  Theis  equation for  drawdown is  solved for
each well  and the  solutions summed to provide the drawdown
surface for the two-well system.

THWELLS is capable of solving the Theis equation for multiple
pumping wells.  The solution obtained for each well is added,
according to the method of superposition,  to yield the  final
solution.    A calculation was  performed with  an  image  well
located 2,000 ft  from  Bruce  Well #1 and pumping at the same
rate as  the  real well.   The valley wall is  located midway
between the two wells.   After 20 years, the one-foot drawdown
contour in the aquifer is  located  at a  radial distance  of
9,450  feet  from Well  #1,  extending to  the  far valley wall
(Slide 8.21).

This  computation assumes that  the Theis equation  applies
accurately to  this  shallow  unconfined aquifer and  that the
aquifer is  infinite in  extent.  Both of these  assumptions
probably   introduce  significant   error  into   this  simple

                             8-3

-------
calculation.  Nonetheless, the exercise serves to demonstrate
the  effort  of  an  impermeable  boundary  on  the  drawdown
calculation.
8.4  COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CASE STUDY 3:

COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF TRAVEL-TIME MODELS

In July of 1986, the Florida West Coast Regional Water Supply
Authority  (WCRWSA)  commissioned a study  (Geraghty & Miller,
1986) to  demonstrate the use of various  modeling approaches
to determine  solute travel times in  areas  affected by water
supply  wells.    The study  was  developed   for a  wellfield
deemed to be representative of those in the region.  Proposed
wellhead  protection  legislation  for  the  State  of  Florida
would  potentially  affect  privately  owned   land  surrounding
wellfields and the  ability  for water supply  authorities to
acquire  land.   WCRWSA  was  interested   in determining  the
complexity,  costs,  and  limitations  of alternative modeling
approaches.

The Cypress  Creek  wellfield  was selected  for the study area,
and field parameters and well  locations used in the investi-
gation  were  obtained  from  a  WCRWSA  report on  the  Cypress
Creek field.   The following parameters were used as needed in
each of the example models:

     Transraissivity  (Tx and Ty)    400,000 gpd/ft
     Aquifer thickness (b)          500 ft
     Leakance  (L)                  0.01 gpd/ft3
     Pumping rate (Q)              2.3 mgd/well
     Number of wells               13
     Dispersivity (D)              0.000001

Three models were  investigated  for  computing the travel time
of particles  moving from discharge points  in  the aquifer to
pumping wells in the wellfield.  In the first and most simple
method,  it was  assumed that   all  water discharged from  a
pumped well  is removed  from the  soil volume  inscribed  by a
cylinder with  the  well  at  its center, a  height equal  to the
aquifer thickness,  and an  effective  pore  volume equal  to the
discharge volume.    This is the  familiar  "calculated  fixed
radius method"  described in the WHPA Delineation Guidelines
(EPA 1987a).

Two numerical  models  were  also developed  with dispersion set
at  or  near  zero   (advection-only  solute  transport),  which
permitted  comparison  of  the  numerical   results  with  the
simpler calculated  radius  method.   One numerical  model  used

                             8-4

-------
the microcomputer version of the Random Walk solute transport
code  (Prickett  et al.  1981).   The model was  developed with
the  assumption  of  zero  leakance  between   the  aquifer  and
underlying units.

The  third model  was developed using  the Method  of  Charac-
teristics (HOC) solute transport code (Konikow and Bredehoeft
1978).   The  model incorporated a  small  leakance representa-
tive of  conditions at the  Cypress  Creek  site.   This leakance
in the numerical  model  was expected to have little effect on
the  results.   Preliminary  calculations based  on the  hy-
draulics  of  a single pumping  well showed that, even  with a
head  differential  of  100  feet  between  the  aquifer  and
underlying  layers   (an  unrealistically  high  amount),  the
computed travel distance would be changed by a factor of less
than 0.001 (0.1 percent).

Plots  of the  2-year,  5-year,   and 10-year  travel  distances
(Slides  8.25,  8.26,   and  8.27, respectively)  were generated
for the  three models to permit a  graphical  comparison  of the
results.    The  contours  of Model  1  show  a  series  of  13
overlapping  circular contours.  Each  contour  represents the
travel distance that would exist had none of the other wells
been present.   Since two wells cannot  extract  water from the
same  cylindrical   soil  volume, the  volume   error  associated
with this approach is  simply  the  amount of circle overlap.
Overlap  is  minimal  for  the  2-year  travel  distance  and
increases  to  nearly  70  percent  for  the  10-year  travel
distance.  Additional error is introduced by  not  accounting
for the  deviation from strict radial  flow caused  by  nearby
wells.

The contours  for  the two numerical models are  quite close as
could be  expected.   In both cases, dispersion was  set at or
close  to  zero.   Leakance  was  incorporated  into the  MOC
model.   However,  as  expected it had negligible effect  on the
computed travel-time distances.

The  main difference between  the  two  numerical  models  is
caused by differences  in  resolution due to grid  refinement
and differences  associated with the averaging schemes.   The
Random Walk  model utilizes  an 11 by  11 node grid,  with a
node spacing  of 3,000 feet.,   while the  MOC  model  utilizes a
20  by 20 node  grid  with a   node  spacing of  1,500  feet.
Discretization  error  associated  with  the  choice  of  grid
spacing will therefore  be  higher with  the Random Walk  model.
The difference  in the graphical representation of the  travel
time  contours  is  largely  due   to  the  averaging  scheme
associated with the MOC model.   Particles are associated with
a particular node  in the grid  if they  fall  within the  square

                             8-5

-------
 area  which surrounds the  node  and bisects the distance  from
 it  to  adjacent  nodes.   In  the  Cypress  Creek  example,  the
 averaging  scheme encompasses an  area of  1,500  by 1,500 ft.
 The  Random Walk  model tracks  particles  at 100-ft intervals
 and plots  their positions  directly.   This  results  in a better
 defined plume.

 It  should  be  noted  that  the  models  developed for   this
 investigation  did  not  consider  many  factors  which  would
 affect  travel  distance contours  around  a  well or wellfield,
 including  regional  flow gradient,  hydrodynamic  dispersion,
 or  retardation of the  moving solute due  to adsorption  onto
 soil  material.    When  regional  flow  is  considered,  for
 example,  the  area   delineated   around  the  well  becomes
 elongated  and  its  center  is  offset from  the  well  in  the
 direction of flow.

 The cost of estimating  travel  times largely  depends  on the
 availability  of  data,  computer  facilities  and  degree of
 model  resolution desired.    The  volume  balance  (calculated
 radius)  approach  is the  least  expensive.    The  only aquifer
 parameter  required   is   the  effective  porosity,  and  the
 calculation is simple.

 The two numerical models used  in this  study are of approxi-
 mately  equal complexity and require essentially the same  data
 inputs.  The version  of  Random  Walk used in this study could
 not handle leakance,  but a  version  is available  that   adds
 that  feature.    The  cost  of  purchasing,  installing  and
 testing  each model is  on the order of $500.   The labor costs
 required to  set  up  each model with  site  specific  data  and
 appropriate boundary  conditions and  to  perform  a  sufficient
 number  of  simulations  to be confident  in the results  can
 range from $5,000 to $50,000.  Additional complexities of the
 aquifer  system  or the type of  information required from the
 model would place a study at the high end of this range.

 For example,  the study described here was designed to compare
modeling approaches  and not  to delineate  precise  defensible
boundaries.  On the course grid spacing  of 1,500 by 1,500 ft
well locations were only approximated.   A variable mesh grid
would be needed to accurately model the well locations, and a
 finer grid would be required to more accurately delineate the
plume boundary.  Consideration of spatially varying hydraulic
properties, the  inclusion of chemical  transport properties,
and more complex  boundary  conditions  might also  be required.
In order to  be legally defensible, these  factors  would  have
to be considered and would involve additional model setup and
testing  costs  and  additional  expenses  in  obtaining  the
required data.

                             8-6

-------
A. References

-------
APPENDIX A:






REFERENCES
    A-l

-------
                          REFERENCES

INTRODUCTION

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  1987a.    Guidance for
     Applicants   for   State  Wellhead  Protection  Program
     Assistance  Funds  Under the  Safe  Drinking Water  Act,
     Office of  Ground-Water  Protection,  Washington,  D.C.,  53
     pp.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  1987b.  Guidelines for
     Delineation  of  Wellhead Protection Areas,  Office  of
     Ground-Water  Protection, Washington, D.C., 185 pp.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  1987c.    Surface  Geo-
     physical Technique for  Aquifer  and  Wellhead Protection
     Area  Delineation,  Office   of  Ground-Water  Protection,
     Washington, D.C., 48 pp.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1988.  Model Assessment
     for  Delineating  Wellhead  Protection  Areas,  Office  of
     Ground-Water  Protection, Washington, D.C., 210 pp.


FUNDAMENTALS OF GROUND-WATER FLOW

Bear, Jacob,  1980.  Hydraulics of Ground Water;  McGraw-Hill
     Book Co.,  1221 Ave.  of  the  Americas, New  York,  New York
     10020, 567 pp.

Bouwer,  Herman, 1978.    Groundwater  Hydrology;  McGraw-Hill
     Book Co., New York, New York 10020, 480 pp.

Davis,  S.N.  and R.J.M.  DeWeist, 1966.    Hvdroaeoloav:  John
     Wiley & Sons  Inc., New York, 463  pp.

Dewiest,  R.  J.M.  (ed.),  1969.    Flow Through  Porous  Media;
     Academic Press, New York, 530 pp.

Everett, A.G., 1987.  Some Significant Attributes of Aquifers
     as Related to Wellhead Protection  Considerations.   Un-
     published  Report  to the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
     Agency, Office of Ground-Water Protection.

Fetter  Jr.,  C.W.,   1980.   Applied  Hvdroaeoloav; Charles  E.
     Merrill Publishing Company,  Columbus, Ohio, 488 pp.

Freeze, R.A.  and J.A.  Cherry, 1979.   Groundwater;  Prentice-
     Hall Inc.,  New Jersey,  604  pp.
                             A-2

-------
Walton,  W.C.,  1970.   Groundwater  Resource  Evaluation,  Mc-
     Graw-Hill Book Co.,  Inc., 664 pp.
FUNDAMENTALS OF CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT

Cherry, J.A., 1984.  Environmental Geochemistry: Short Course
     Handbook, Edited by  M.E.  Fleet,  Mineralogical Assoc. of
     Canada, pp. 269-306.

Fetter Jr.,  C.W.,  1980.    Applied Hydrogeology,  Charles E.
     Merrill Publishing Company, Columbus, Ohio, 488 pp.

Freeze, R.A.  and  J.A.  Cherry,  1979.   Groundwater, Prentice-
     Hall, Inc., New Jersey.

Gillham,  R.W., and  J.A.  Cherry, 1982.   Contaminant Migration
     in Saturated Unconsolidated Geologic Deposits: Geo. Soc.
     of America Special Paper 189, pp. 31-62.

LeGrand,  H.E., 1965.  Patterns of Contaminated Zones of Water
     in the Ground: Water Resources Research, Vol. 1, pp. 83-
     95.

Miller, D.W.,  F.A.  DeLuca, and T.L.  Tessier,  1974.   Ground
     Water Contamination  in the Northeast States: EPA-660/2-
     74-056.

National Research Council,  1984.   Groundwater Contamination:
     Studies  in  Geophysics Scenes, Geophysics  Study Commit-
     tee,  National Academy Press, Washington, D.C., 179 PP.

Schwille,  F.   Groundwater Pollution by Mineral Oil Products,
     Proceedings  of the  Moscow  Symposium,  lAHS-Publication
     No.  103, 1975.

U.S. General  Accounting  Office,  1981.   Hazardous Waste Sites
     Pose  Investigation,  Evaluation,  Scientific, and  Legal
     Problems: CED-81-57,  Report by the  Comptroller General
     of the U.S., 65 pp.

Walton, W.C., 1970.  Groundwater Resource Evaluation, McGraw-
     Hill Book Co., Inc., 664 pp.
FUNDAMENTALS OF WELL HYDRAULICS

Driscoll, Fletcher G.,  1986.   Groundwater and Wells; Johnson
     Division,  St.   Paul  Minnesota,  Chapter  9  - Well  Hy-
     draulics, pp 205-264.

                             A-3

-------
McWhorter, D.,  and  D.  K. Sunada, 1977.   Ground-Water Hydro-
     logy and  Hydraulics:  Water Resources  Publications,  290
     pp.

Theis, C.V, ,  1935.  The  Relation Between  the Lowering of the
     Piezometric  Surface  and  the  Rate  and  Duration  of
     Discharge  of  a  Well  Using  Ground  Water  Storage:
     Transactions,  American  Geophysical  Union,  Washington,
     D.C., pp. 518-524.

Thiem, G., 1906.  Hydrologische Methoden.   Leipzig, 56 p.
ELEMENTS OF WHPA DELINEATION

Anderson, M.P.,  1984.    Movement  of Contaminants  in  Ground-
     water:   Groundwater  Transport-Advection and  Dispersion,
     Studies  in  Geophysics:   Groundwater  Contamination.
     National Academy Press, Washington, D.C.

Bear, J., 1979.  Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw-Hill,  Inc.

Fried,  J.J.,  1975.   Groundwater  Pollution, Elsevier  Scien-
     tific Publishing Company, New York, New York.

Quinlan,  J.F.,  and  R.O.  Ewers,  1985.  Ground  Water Flow  in
     Limestone Terranes:  Strategy Rationale and Procedure for
     Reliable, Efficient  Monitoring of Ground  Water  Quality
     in  Karst Area,  National  Symposium  and  Exposition  on
     Aquifer  Restoration  and  Ground   Water  Monitoring,
     National Water Well Association, Worthington, Ohio.
ANALYTICAL METHODS

Javandel  I.,  C.  Doughty and  C.F.  Tsang, 1984.   Groundwater
     Transport:  Handbook  of  Mathematical  Models,  American
     Geophysical Union, Washington, D.C., 228 pp.

van der Heijde,  P.K.M.,  1987.   THWELLS:  Calculating Drawdown
     from  Multi-Well  Pumping  in  a  Homogeneous  Isotropic
     Confined  Aquifer: International  Ground Water  Modeling
     Center,  Holcomb  Research Institute,  Butler University,
     Indianapolis, Indiana. 82 pp.
                             A-4

-------
HYDROGEOLOGIC MAPPING

Crawford,  N.C.,  C.G. Groves,  T.P.  Fenney, and  B.J.  Keller,
     1987.   Agriculture and Urban  Nonpoint Source Pollution
     Impacts on  Karst Aquifers in the Pennroyal Karst Region
     of  Kentucky:   Part I  Hydrogeology  of  the  Lost  River
     Karst   Ground-Water   Basin,   Warren  County,   Kentucky.
     Center  for Cave   and  Karst  Studies, Western  Kentucky
     University, Bowling Green, -Kentucky.

Heath, R.C., and F.W. Trainer, 1968.  Introduction to Ground-
     Water Hydrology, John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  New York, 284
     pp; Revised ed.  1981 Water Well Journal,  500 W.  Wilson
     Bridge Road, Worthington, Ohio 43085.

McGrain,  P.,  and  D.G.  Sutton,  1973.   Economic  Geology of
     Warren  County,  Kentucky: Kentucky   Geological  Survey,
     Series 10,  County Report 6, 28 p.

Russell, A.D.,  and  G.M. Thompson,  1983.   Mechanisms Leading
     to Enrichment of the Atmospheric Fluorocarbons CC^F and
     CC12F in  Groundwater.   Water  Resources  Research.   Vol.
     16, pp. 145-158.
NUMERICAL METHODS

McDonald, M. G.,  and  A.  W.  Harbaugh,  1984.   A Modular Three-
     Dimensional  Finite-Difference Ground-Water  Flow Model,
     U.  S.  Geological Survey Open File  Report 83-875,  U. S.
     G. S., Reston, Virginia.

Morrissey,  D.  J.,  1987.   Estimation  of the  Recharge  Area
     Contributing Water  to  a Pumped  Well in a Glacial-Drift,
     River  Valley Aquifer,  U.  S.  Geological Survey Open File
     Report 86-543, U. S. G. S., Providence, Rhode Island.

Shafer, J.  M. ,  1987.   GWPATH:   Interactive Ground-Water Flow
     Path Analysis, Bulletin 69, Illinois State Water Survey,
     Champaign, Illinois.
COMPARATIVE ANALYSES

Geraghty  &  Miller, Inc.,  1986.   Travel Time  Models for the
     Cypress  Creek Wellfield,  prepared for  the  West Coast
     Regional  Water Supply  Authority,  Clearwater,  Florida,
     26 pp.
                             A-5

-------
Konikow, L. F.,  and  Bredehoeft,  J.  0.,  1978.   Computer Model
     of  Two-Dimensional  Solute  Transport  and  Dispersion  in
     Ground Water:   Techniques  of Water-Resources Investiga-
     tions  of  the United  States Geological Survey,  Book  7,
     Chapter 2, 90 pp.

Prickett, T. A.,  Naymik,  T. G.,  and  Lonnquist,  C.  G.,  1981.
     A  "Random-Walk"  Solute Transport Model   for  Selected
     GroundWater  Quality  Evaluations:   Illinois State  Water
     Survey Bulletin 65, 62 pp.
                             A-6

-------
B. Case Studies

-------
 APPENDIX B:






CASE STUDIES
    B-l

-------
APPENDIX B:  CASE STUDIES
The following case studies present actual Wellhead Protection
Area (WHPA) delineation cases, or in the case of two studies,
sites  for  which WHPAs may  eventually be delineated.   Table
B-l lists the cases, their status (WHPA delineation completed
or  in  progress)  and the  criteria and  methods  employed  or
demonstrated in each.

Cases were provided  by  regional  offices  of the Environmental
Protection Agency  (EPA),  and an attempt was  made to present
cases  for  a range  of hydrogeologic  settings and a variety of
delineation methods.   The  case studies  provided here  are
synopses of  the material  supplied  by EPA  regional  offices,
and every  effort was made  to accurately report  the methods
and results of each case.  Selection of these cases in no way
implies  a  preferential  endorsement  of  the  criteria  and
methods  used  for  WHPA  delineation  in  these  studies.    No
opinion  is offered concerning  the  appropriateness of  the
criteria  and  methods  for  the   sites   to  which  they  were
applied,  and  no  attempt  was   made  to correct  errors  in
implementation and/or reporting of the various methods used.
                             B-2

-------
                                             TABLE B-l
                              SUMMARY OF WHPA DELINEATION CASE STUDIES
    CASE STUDY/
    LOCATION
 STATUS
   CRITERIA
                                               WHPA DELINEATION METHOD
1.   Brookings Co.
    South Dakota
In Progress
   time of travel
   flow boundaries
   uniform flow equation
   hydrogeologic mapping
   (to define hydrogeologic
   boundaries)
2.  Kennedale,
    Texas
Completed
— time of travel
                                                                   — calculated fixed radii
3.  Oakley,
    Kansas
Completed
   time of travel
   drawdown
   numerical model
   Darcy's law velocity
   equation
4.  Palm Beach
    County, Florida
Completed
— time of travel
— drawdown
— numerical flow model
— numerical transport model
    Franklin,
    Massachusetts
Completed
   distance
   flow boundaries
   fixed radii
   numerical model
   hydrogeological mapping
    Bowling Green,
    Kentucky
In Progress
   time of travel
   flow boundaries
— hydrogeologic mapping

-------
B.I            CASE  STUDY;  BROOKINGS COUNTY. SD

                         INTRODUCTION

     Brookings County in South  Dakota  undertook a comprehen-
sive mapping program in 1987 as an initial step in developing
Wellhead  Protection  Areas   (WHPAs).     The  county  first
identified  all  public  municipal  and  rural  water  supply
wells.   Available  information  was  used to characterize the
Big Sioux aquifer, which is almost entirely unconfined in the
county  (see  Figure  1) .   The  uniform flow equation  was then
used  to  generate  conservative  estimates of  the  zone  of
contribution  (ZOC)  to each  well.  This  zone was amended with
a  buffer  zone  for  irrigation  wells,  and  modified  where
hydrogeologic boundaries bisected the calculated ZOC.

                     PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

     The goal of the Wellhead Protection program in Brookings
County  was to  identify and  map  zones  of   contribution  to
public water  supply wells.  Although official WHPAs  have not
yet been delineated for  the wells studied in  this investiga-
tion, it is expected that  the  ZOCs mapped will  be adopted as
WHPAS when  it is decided what  activities  will  be regulated,
and how the ordinance will  be enforced.

                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     Most public  water supply  wells  in  Brookings County draw
water  from the  Big Sioux   aquifer,  a  sequence  of unconsol-
idated glacial outwash overlain by minor amounts of  alluvial
sand and gravel.  Much of  the  aquifer data used in the study
(Table  1)  was obtained  from the South  Dakota  Department of
Water and  Natural Resources (DWNR).   The saturated thickness
of the aquifer ranges from 20 to 40 feet, but reaches as much
as 60  to 80 feet in parts  of  Brookings  County  (DWNR,  1987) .
The aquifer is almost entirely unconfined, with exceptions in
areas where younger glacial till has covered the aquifer as a
result  of outwash  collapse.    Glacial  till  also  forms  an
impermeable  boundary  beneath   the  aquifer  (see  Figure  2) .
Where the  aquifer  is not  bounded by till, it  is  in contact
with less permeable Precambrian or Cretaceous rock.  Figure 3
illustrates  the  general   stratigraphic  relationships  of
geologic units in and around the Big Sioux aquifer.

     Wells in  the Big Sioux can yield  over 1,000 gpm because
of its  water-bearing properties.  Porosity ranges from 20 to
35 percent,  which  is  typical  of glacial outwash deposits.
Values  of  hydraulic conductivity vary  from  20 to 2.0  x 104
gal/day/ft2; and  the specific  yield  is  estimated at  15 to 20
percent  (DWNR, 1987).
                             B-4

-------
«!«•<* tlltlltl Mlt«llH4
                                                         •S  • •  31
    R52W
R5IW
                                        R50W
                                                                                         R47W
        FIGURE 1 .   BROOKINGS COUNTY SATURATED THICKNESS

-------
TABLE 1-SUMMARY OF DATA USED IN EVALUATIONS
WATER
SUPPLY
AURORA
BRKNGS-E


BRKNGS-N






B-D-K RWS
(BRUCE)


B-D RWS

BRUCE
ELXTON

VOLGA




(FUTURE)
WESTERN
ESTATES
WELL
NUMBER
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
4
5-
6
7
1

CAPACITY
(GPM)
90
1000
1400
1400
840
690
255
570
610
490
750
300
250
225
350
110
110
120
90
125
120
150
120
185
185
185
388

-Q"
(CF/D)
17325.00
192500.00
269500.00
269500.00
161700.00
132825.00
49087.50
109725.00
117425.00
94325.00
144375.00
57750.00
48125.00
43312.50
67375.00
21175.00
21175.00
23100.00
17325.00
24062.50
23100.00
28875.00
23100.00
35612.50
35612.50
35612.50
74690.00

SAT THK
"b"
(FT)
20.00
63.00
.'63.00
63.00
37.33
47.33
37.33
37.33
37.33
37.33
37.33
34
34
34
34
20.83
21
11
8
31
17
16
15
30
30
30
18

HYD COND
"K"
(FT/D)
670.00
670.00
670.00
670.00
587
587
587
587
587
587
587
615
571
706 *
582
600
600
670
600
600
480
480
480
300
300
300
533

HYD GRAD
"i"
(FT/FT)
0.0019
0.0013
0.0013 .
0.0013
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0013
0.0013
0.0013
0.0013
0.0017
0.0017
0.0017
0.0023
0.0023
0.0029
0.0029
0.0029
0.0033
0.0033
0.0033
0.0017

                 B-6

-------
03
           2000i
            1800-
          UJ

          o
          co
            1600-
          z
          o
            1400-
            1200
            1000
                    R54W
  53

HAMLIN
                                     BIG SIOUX AQUIFER
                Glacial Till with Gravel Stringers
            FIGURE 2. GEOLOGIC  CROSS-SECTION OF BIG SIOUX BASIN

-------
     FIGURES.
           GENERALIZED STRATIGRAPHIC COLUMN
                BIG SIOUX RIVER BASIN
OH
o:
LU
13
o
CO
ID
O
LU
0
<
J—
LU
a:
u
o:
m
cj
UJ
cr
o_
            0-20

RECENT ALLUVIUM


           0-500




   PLEISTOCENE

 GLACIAL  DRIFT




           0-300


 PIERRE SHALE
NIOBRARA  .
    FORMATION

    Codell 0-

           0-230
CARLILE SHALE
Silt., •and*

      and gnavel


       indblown

     —*ized pantiol


        •and and
     unetnat i F i ed  and
           olay with
                                                             and
                                           Light- to dank
                                             •hal«t  t-hin
                                              and oononet.ion».
    to dank gnay to
white chalk  with
      •   i
           y
         hal
                                                      zon
           0-300
GRANEROS SHALE
     DAKOTA
               0—400
           SANDSTONE

                    * «***
                                          •andetone
                                       Dank gnay.  oononetion
                                          beaning ehale-

                                       Gnay.  oalcaneoue.
                                           1i meetone
Dank qnay,
  conbn«t:
                              5SW3SS-SK
                              Sjwsga/WB
                                                : i on—bean i ng

                                         ohale.

                                      iLight yellow  and
                                      S  white  eandetonei
                                      £  fine to  medium
                                      |.  gnained  eands
                                      I  intenbedded ehalee.
SIOUX
kJ-DMkJkJ^/^i-/ ;^, ;'>::^liKe-P5;iliip^
UUAK I /. i 1 r. i « , • *• • • » - . • JX-. ^ »
NX\NNXV^X .X \.\N.N \?,^?/^?
r ^*>\'^< ^ \' v r ^x^ v ^ ^ "^
i^x» - •'
                                           htoq
                            B-8

-------
     As  an unconfined  aquifer,  the  Big  Sioux derives  its
recharge from infiltration of  precipitation and seepage from
surface-water bodies.    Quick  response of  water levels  to
recharge events indicates that the aquifer is unconfined and
in good  hydraulic connection  with  the  surface.  This  is  an
important consideration in terms  of ground-water protection,
as contaminants  can quickly  leach into the  aquifer through
the highly permeable sediments above the water table.
                METHOD AND CRITERIA SELECTION

     In  order  to  identify  the  entire  ZOC,  the  criteria
selected  were  the  flow boundaries,  and  a  time-of-travel
criterion  for  the upgradient  limit.    Because  the  County
wanted  to  delineate  WHPAs  using  only  available  data  a
simplified method of approximating  the  flow  boundaries  was
used.   The method was  adapted  from work  done  in  Southern
England  and  described  in   "Guidelines   for  Delineation  of
Wellhead   Protection  Areas",  published  by   EPA,   as  the
simplified variable shapes method.

     The technique involves solving the uniform flow equation
to yield  key  points on the  no-flow  boundary or ground-water
divide  produced  by  the  pumping well;  using  the  resultant
values  to  estimate  a   conservative ZOC  down-gradient  and
cross-gradient  of the  well;  and using  a  TOT  equation  to
define  an upgradient  extent  of  the  ZOC.    The   equations
derived from the uniform flow equation are:
                 27TKbi

     and  YL = ±
                 27rKbi

     where,

        XL =  distance to the down-gradient null point beyond
              which ground  water is  not drawn  back towards
              the well

        YL =  maximum perpendicular  distance to  the ground-
              water divide  from  a  line extending  directly
              upgradient of the well

        Q =   pumping rate
        K =   hydraulic conductivity
        b =   saturated aquifer thickness
        i =   hydraulic gradient
                             B-9

-------
                              FIGURE 4.

                    WHPA Delineation  Using the
                  Uniform Flow Analytical  Model
                               GROUND
                            Q /-SURFACE
             ORIGINAL
            PIEZOMETRIC
             SURFACE
                           DRAWDOWN CURVE
                                    CONFINED
                                    AQUIFER
                                (a)
                                   IMPERMEABLE
                               EQUIPOTENTIAL LINES
                                  GROUNDWATER
                                      DIVIDE
                     FLOW
                 -  /LINES
x
                     Q
                                 X .=-
                                 I
                                            2Kb!
            UNIFORM-FLOW
               EQUATION
                    DISTANCE TO
                  DOWN-GRADIENT
                    NULL POINT
BOUNDARY
  LIMIT
    LEGEND:

      • Pumping Well




SOURCE: Todd. 1980
                         Where:
                         Q= Well Pumping Rate
                         K = Hydraulic Conductivity
                         b = Saturated Thickness
                         i = Hydraulic Gradient
                         T= 3.1416
                                                 NOT TO SCALE
                                 B-10

-------
     The physical  meaning  of  the equations is illustrated in
Figure 4.   The values used in the  equations  were taken from
existing records and are presented in Table 1.

     The YL  value  calculated  using the uniform flow equation
actually represents  the distance  to an asymptote  which the
ground-water  divide   approaches   at  an  infinite  distance
upgradient of  the well.   However,  to avoid  calculating the
coordinates  of  a  series  of points  along  the curve,  the YL
distance was assumed to be the cross-gradient distance to the
ground-water  divide  from  the well.   This  results  in  the
configuration shown  in Figure 5, which  is more  conservative
than the actual ground-water divide.

     Because  the uniform-flow equation  assumes  an infinite
upgradient extent  of  the  ZOC,  another method  must be used to
define the upgradient extent  of  the WHPA.  For  the wells in
Brookings County,  calculated  distances were  based  on 5-year
and  10-year  travel  times.    The  velocity of  ground-water
movement was computed as

        V = Ki

     The distance was then simply

        r = Vt  where t = travel  time

(Note:   The  method  of computing  flow velocity  shown above
differs  from  the  method  recommended  in  the  WHP  Guidance
document.  The  recommended method incorporates  the effect of
aquifer  porosity  which  results  in  higher  computed  flow
velocities,  and larger WHPAs.)

     Hydrogeologic boundaries were also taken into considera-
tion in delineating  the ZOC.   Where a hydrogeologic boundary
such  as  a  stream,  an aquifer  boundary  or  a  ground-water
divide intersected the calculated  ZOC,  such a  boundary was
designated as  the  extent  of the  ZOC,  and  "upgradient" areas
were excluded from consideration.

     For additional  protection,  a buffer  zone was  developed
to  protect  against  the effect  of  irrigation  wells.   This
buffer zone was determined by a method developed in Colorado,
where the following relationships apply:

1.   The downgradient  extent  of  the buffer zone  is twice the
distance from the well to the downgradient null point.

2.   The cross-gradient distance  from the  well  to the buffer
zone is twice the  distance from  the well to the  YL distance.
                             B-ll

-------
3.   The  buffer  zone  in  the  upgradient direction  extends
beyond the original delineate  boundary an additional  50 feet
for every 100 feet of distance upgradient of the well.

     Finally, where the ZOC or buffer zone was intersected by
an aquifer boundary,  an area  was  delineated outside  of the
aquifer  as  a  contributing drainage  area.   Based on topo-
graphy,  this  area represents  the area  from which  degraded
surface water  could  quickly enter the ZOC of a well  through
surface runoff.

                           RESULTS

     A total of 10 ZOCs have been  delineated for 26  wells in
Brookings County.  An  example  of a completely delineated ZOC
and buffer zone,  with  contributing drainage  area is  shown in
Figure 5.
                            B-12

-------
Fig. 5  ZOC and Buffer Zone For Bruce Well No. 1
                © TEN (IO) YEAR  TIME OF TRAVEL
                © FIVE (5) YEAR TIME OF TRAVEL

                © WELL

                D) ZONE OF CONTRIBUTION
                   BUFFER  ZONE FOR IRRIGATION
                                       c
               AOUIFEf! AREA

               NOf4-AQUIFER AREA
      |\\\\\Vl  FUTURE  WATER RIGHT AREA
          I W
          ©
                                         B-13

-------
B.2             CASE STUDY:  KENNEDALE, TEXAS
                         INTRODUCTION

     The  City  of Kennedale,  in  Tarrant  County,  Texas  is
located approximately  15 miles southeast of  Fort  Worth (see
Figure  1) .   In October  of  1987  the City requested  that the
Texas Water Commission establish wellhead protection criteria
for their  public water  supply system.   The  Commission used
available  information  supplied  by  Kennedale  to  delineate
wellhead protection  areas for each  of five  municipal  wells
using the  calculated fixed  radius method described  in  EPA's
WHPA Guideline document.
                      PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

     In developing groundwater  protection  goals for the City
of Kennedale,  the Texas Water  Commission  examined potential
sources of  groundwater quality degradation  and grouped them
according to their origin.  The three major groups were:

     1) Problems that originate on the land surface

     2) Problems  that  originate  in  the  ground  above  the
        water table.

     3) Problems  that  originate  in  the  ground  below  the
        water table.

     A more  complete  list of identified potential sources is
given in Table 1.

     Attention was  focused  primarily  on the third  group of
sources,  because the  600 feet of  confining beds  above  the
aquifer  were   considered  substantial   protection  to  the
Kennedale  wells.   Any  source  of  contamination originating
near  the  surface would  be  greatly  diluted and  attenuated
before  reaching  the confined aquifer.   Nor  was a protection
strategy developed  for the recharge area.   The long distance
and slow  regional movement of ground water was considered to
provide a sufficient buffer  for diluting contaminants.
                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The City of Kennedale derives its water from the Trinity
Aquifer, which is comprised of two water-producing zones, the
Paluxy  and  Twin Mountains Formations; and  a  confining unit,
the Glen Rose Formation, which separates the two.  The entire
aquifer system  is  under confined conditions in the Kennedale
                             B-14

-------
PO'k*
                                                                            \	\

-------
                             TABLE 1

           Sources of Ground Water Quality Degradation

Ground Water Quality Problems that Originate on the Land Surface

     1.  Infiltration of polluted surface water
     2.  Land disposal of either solid or liquid wastes
     3.  Stockpiles
     A.  Dumps
     5.  Disposal of sewage and water-treatment plant sludge
     6.  De-icing salt usage and storage
     7.  Animal feedlots
     8.  Fertilizers and pesticides
     9.  Accidental spills
    10.  Particulate natter from airborne sources

Ground Water Quality Problems that Originate In the Ground Above
the Water Table

     1.  Septic tanks, cesspools, and privies
     2.  Holding ponds and lagoons
     3.  Sanitary landfills
     4.  Waste disposal in excavations
     5.  Leakage from underground storage tanks
     6.  Leakage from underground pipelines
     7.; Artificial recharge
     8.  Sumps and dry wells
     9.  Graveyards

Ground Water Quality Problems that Originate in the Ground Below
the Water Table

     1.  Waste disposal in well excavations
     2.  Drainage wells and canals
     3.  Well disposal of wastes
     4.  Underground storage
     5.  Secondary recovery
     6.  Mines
     7.  Exploratory veils
     8.  Abandoned wells
     9.  Water-supply veils
    10.  Ground-water development
                           B-16

-------
DEPTH
FROM
'URFACE

 r  0
                  FIGURE 2.  STRATIGRAPH1C UNITS
CITY OF KENNEDALE
  PALUXY NO. 3
     SP
 _100CURVE
 -r200
 _300
 A 00
 500
1600
  JO
4600
   ec
   c —«
  — «8
   C >
  -H U
  «u Q)
   C u
   o c
I
igoo
 1000
-1100
 1200
 1300
   CJ
   -r*
   3
  CO
  c -*
  •^ «
  e >
            C JJ
            C C
             3
             c-
        SHORT NORMAL
          CURVE
                                   GROUP
Woodbine
                                Washita
                 UNIT
CHARACTER OF ROCKS
                                 Medium to coarse sand,
                                 clay, and some  lignite
                                            Mainstreet  Lro.
                                   Weno Lm.
                                   Pawpaw Fm.
                                            Denton  Clay
                                                        Fm
                                            Kiamichi  Fm.
                               Fredericks-
                               burg
                                            Coodland Lm.
                                            Walnut  Fm.
                                 Trinity
                                            Paluxy Fm.
                                            Glen Rose Formation
                                            Twin Mountains Fm.
                                                        Fossiliferous limestone,
                                                        marl,  and clay
                                                        Fine sand, sandy shale,
                                                        and  shale
                                                       Limestone,  marl,  shale,
                                                       and anhvdrite
                                                       Fine to coarse  sand,
                                                       shale, clay  and basal
                                                       gravel
                                                B-17

-------
area, lying beneath 600 feet of limestone,  marl,  and clay.   A
summary  of  the stratigraphic  relationships  is presented  in
Figure 2.

     Recharge to the Trinity aquifer occurs primarily through
infiltration in the outcrop area, located about 20 miles west
of the city and covering over  600  square miles.   The rate  of
recharge is estimated  at  one  inch  per  year  distributed over
the  outcrop  area.     Regionally,   ground  water  within  the
Trinity aquifer is moving at an  estimated  rate of one to two
feet per year toward the east.   In the vicinity of Kennedale,
where heavy pumping  has lowered the  piezometric  surface and
thereby steepened the hydraulic gradient,  ground water may  be
moving at a rate of  200 to  300 feet per year towards pumping
centers.
                CRITERIA AND METHOD SELECTION

     Before   selecting   an  appropriate   method   for  WHPA
delineation,   the  Texas  Water   Commission  (TWC)   examined
available data on  supply  well construction, discharge rates,
and hydrogeologic properties of the Trinity aquifer.  Using a
computer drawdown  model,  the TWC simulated  the  drawdown for
the  period  1952  to  1987,   and  mapped  the 5-foot  drawdown
contour  interval  for both  the  Paluxy and Twin  Mountains
aquifers.  The  area within  the  approximately  20-mile radius
to the  5-foot drawdown was  considered  the  zone  of influence
of the  Kennedale wells (Figure 1) .  Due to the  long pumping
period  considered and  the   hydrogeologic  properties  of the
aquifer,  the resultant  zone  of influence  was  very  large,
encompassing  Fort  Worth   and   extending   into  two  other
counties.

     It was decided that the large zone of influence of those
wells would  not be  appropriate,  since the  slow groundwater
velocities  in  the area  would  also  offer protection  from
subsurface sources of  contamination  in the  zone  of influence
through  attenuation  of  pollutants.    A five-year time  of
travel was selected  as the  criteria,  and a calculated fixed
radius was chosen  as  the  method  to delineate the WHPAs.   The
radius   which  encompassed   the   5-year  TOT distance   was
calculated according to the volumetric flow equation,


             *\|   n:rH
where
     r = radius
     Q = pumping rate
     t = travel time
     n = porosity
     H = length of screen
                             B-18

-------
                           RESULTS

     The final WHPA delineation included an additional buffer
zone which  was  added to the  calculated  radius,  rounding the
WHPA  up to  a one-fourth  mile radius  for  each well.   The
values  used  in  calculating the radii are given in Table 2.
The mapped WHPAs are shown in Figure 3.
                            B-19

-------
                                      TABLE 2




HYDROGEOLOGIC DATA USED TO CALCULATE WELLHEAD  PROTECTION AREAS  FOR KENNEDALE, TEXAS

00
1
to
o



Well ]
Paluxy
Paluxy
Paluxy
Trinity
Trinity
CD
#1
#2
#3
#1
#2
Porosity
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
Screen
80
80
80
175
175
FY 1986 FY 1987
Length (in gallons) (in gallons)
ft. 25,954,700 41,676,300
ft. 18,220,300 26,152,900
ft.
ft 103,017,700 102,784,900
ft 59,725,700 53,698,100
TOTAL
(in gallons)
67,631,000
44,363,200
—
205,802,600
113,423,800

-------
                                                          N
"-Trinity
Poluxy "I
 water wells
                                              Trinity "2
                                                water wellp
                                                     • ^
FIGURE 3.   CITY OF KENNEDALE WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREAS
                           B-21

-------
B.3              CASE STUDY:  OAKLEY. KANSAS

                         INTRODUCTION

     In response  to  Section 1428 of the  Safe Drinking Water
Act Amendment  of  1986,  the city of  Oakley,  Kansas initiated
a Wellhead Protection program  for  its  municipal water supply
wells.  The  City, in consultation with the  Northwest Kansas
Groundwater Management  District,  decided to  use  a numerical
flow  model  to  generate  the  area  of   influence,  cone  of
depression, and time of travel for each  pumping  well.    The
numerical model also offers Oakley the capability of varying
pumpage rates  and grid  spacing and the opportunity to refine
the Wellhead Protection Areas (WHPAs) with time.


                      PROGRAM OBJECTIVES

     It was decided  by  the City management  to delineate two
WHPAs:  an overall  protection  area for the  well  field and a
secondary  protection area.     The  overall   protection  area
represents the 0.05  foot  drawdown area  of  the  Oakley  well
field after pumping.  The  secondary  protection area includes
the area  around  an  individual  well within a  180  day time of
travel  (TOT)  distance.   More stringent regulations  would be
applied to the activities  in  the secondary  protection  area
around individual wells.
                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The  Oakley,  Kansas  public  water  supply  wells  are
screened in  the  Ogallala Formation.   The  Ogallala Formation
is  an  unconfined  aquifer  composed  chiefly  of  calcareous
sandstone   containing  clay,  silt,  gravel,   cobbles,   and
boulders  of  Tertiary  age.     It  is  cemented  by  calcium
carbonate to various  degrees.   A mature drainage system was
developed  upon  the  underlying  bedrock  formations  before
deposition of  the  Ogallala  formation.   Determination  of the
width and  depth  of the  principal  valleys  of that system is
important  in  delineation of  areas  of  greatest  saturated
thickness.    Some  of  these  channels  provide  a  medium  for
storage and transmission of ground water.  In the vicinity of
Oakley,   these  channels  generally  trend    northeast.    The
ground-water gradient  (i)  is  10 feet per mile,  and the flow
direction  is  inferred  to  be   eastward.     The  saturated
thickness  of  the  Ogallala  Formation   in  the  vicinity  of
Oakley,  Kansas is approximately 120 feet.
                            B-22

-------
     Pump test data obtained from wells located approximately
six miles from Oakley gave the following aquifer parameters:

          T = 20,000 gpd/ft
          S = .12
          K = 235 gpd/ft2
          i = 0.002
                METHOD AND CRITERIA SELECTION

     The  "Basin Aquifer Simulation  Model" by  T.A.  Prickett
and  C.G.  Lonnquist  of  the Illinois  State Water  Survey  was
chosen to delineate the WHPAs.  The two-dimensional numerical
flow model, capable of outputting the area of influence, cone
of depression,  and  TOTs  was modified by the Northeast Kansas
Ground  Water  Management District  to  simulate water  table
conditions.

     Various  assumptions  were  made because   of  the  model
chosen,  limitations  of  the  data,   and  the  hydrogeologic
conditions  in  the  study  area.    The assumptions  are  as
follows:

     1) The zone of influence (ZOI) and the zone of contribu-
        tion  (ZOC)  are considered  the same because the water
        table  is  nearly  level  in the  area and the  pumping
        regime  is relatively small.

     2) The  aquifer  parameters  calculated  for a well  six
        miles  from  the study  area  are similar to those found
        in the WHPA.

     3) The  total  pumpage,   for a  year,   was  withdrawn  in
        equal~ daily increments over  the  year.   In  fact,  70
        percent of  Oakley's  total withdrawals  are typically
        taken  in the four months from June through September.
        This  allows some degree of  recovery  to  take  place
        during the remaining eight months.

     The  area around Oakley  was  represented  by  a  50 x  50
model grid with node  spacing  of  660  feet  in both the x and y
directions.   A recharge  boundary was  induced  along  the west
side of  the grid by  assigning an artificially high  storage
value  of  3.0  x 1012, and  a discharge  of  25,410 gallons  per
day  (gpd) was  applied on the  east  side  of the grid to induce
horizontal  flow in  the  model equivalent  to the natural flow
resulting from the regional gradient of 0.002.
                            B-23

-------
            TABLE 1
MONTHLY PUMPING RATES FOR OAKLEY,
    KANSAS WATER SUPPLY WELLS
    (based on 3 year average)
  Well No.     Pumping Rate  (gpd)


      1              36,256

      4             144,267

      5             173,719

      6              58,403

      7             257,366

      8             303,570
             B-24

-------
     Because of  the relative simplicity of  the hydrogeology
in  the area,  it was possible  to compare drawdown  obtained
with the  numerical  method against an analytical  solution to
the  same problem.    The numerical  model  was run  assuming
720,000  GPD was  pumped  for 75  days from  the center  mode.
These same values were then input into the  Theis equation and
the results  compared.  The  result of the numerical model was
in close  agreement  with  that obtained in the Theis eguation.
The model was then considered calibrated.

     A three year history of monthly pumping  rates  from all
Oakley wells was used  to  estimate  discharge  values at the
nodes  representing  pumping  wells.   Pumping rates  used in the
program  are shown in Table 1.   Because this  version of the
model  requires  constant pumpage,  the wells  were  assumed to
have  pumped their  total  annual  amount   in  equal  daily
increments.   The model was  run  for twelve, 30-day time  steps
in order  to  account for  one year of pumping.   Since Oakley's
total  annual withdrawals are  not  actually  pumped  in  equal
daily increments, it was assumed that a single year's pumpage
would  closely  enough approximate the results  of  pumping the
well field  for  longer periods  of time in order  to  identify
the overall  area of influence.

     In order to obtain  TOT outputs,  the program locates the
radius at which  the Theis equation computes  0.5   feet of
drawdown; segments that radius into equal increments of  width
w with each increment approaching but not  exceeding 10  feet;
determines head differences across each increment; calculates
velocity  and travel time through each increment (starting at
the well  and extending  outward)  and sums  the  travel times.
Pore velocity  was calculated  using Darcy's  law and  dividing
the darcian  flux velocity by the aquifer porosity.

                           RESULTS

     Figure  1  shows  the overall  WHPA  as  generated by the
model.    It  represents  the  0.05  feet influence area of the
Oakley  well  field  after  pumping  their   total  historical
amounts  from their six  wells  in equal daily  increments for
one  years time.   The radius  of  the WHPA  is approximately
11,500 ft.

     Figure  2  shows the  secondary WHPAs  around  each  of
Oakley's  public  water  supply  wells.   The  secondary  WHPAs
include  the area  within a 180-day  TOT  distance from  each
well.
                            B-25

-------
                                         Thomas Co

                                   ^m    Logan Co.
  0.05-ft Drawdown
        Contour
City of
oakley
                                               1     Water
                                                     Supply
                                                     Well
                                               1 MILE
Figure 1. WHPA for Wellfield at Oakley, Kansas
         Based on 0.05-ft Drawdown Threshold.
                       B-26

-------
FIGURE 2.    Secondary WHPAs Based on 180-Day TOT Zone
             Surrounding Individual Water Supply Wells;
             Oakley, Kansas.
                                                         THOMAS C
                                                         LOGAN CO.
O
EXPLANATION


 OAKLEY CITY  LIMITS

 OAKLEY CITY  WELL

 SECONDARY  WHPA'S BASED ON
 A-I80 DAY TOT DISTANCE
                                                        o	i OOP   2000


                                                           SCALE FEET
                            B-27

-------
B.4        CASE STUDY:  PALM BEACH COUNTY, FLORIDA

                         INTRODUCTION

     Aquifer  protection  programs were   initiated  in  South
Florida  in late  1979.    In late 1981  the EPA  approved  and
funded a Wellhead Protection  Program for Dade,  Broward  and
Palm  Beach Counties.    This project,  known  as the  "State
Biscayne  Aquifer  Project",  was developed  by  the  Florida
Department  of   Environmental   Regulations.     The  program
consisted  of  three phases:   developing  time  of contaminant
travel contours  around well  fields,  identifying sources  of
contamination  within  these  contours,  and  developing  well
field protection ordinances.

     Counties  in  Florida have  the  authority  to  write their
own local  rules that  specify the types of information needed
and acceptable methods  for Wellhead  Protection  Area  (WHPA)
delineation.  Palm Beach County, located along the east coast
north of Miami, developed an ordinance requiring that a WHPA
be  delineated for  each  well  or well field,  and  that  the
delineation criteria be time of travel (TOT)  and/or drawdown.
The criteria threshold values are as follows:

     Zone I   — 30 day TOT
     Zone II  —210 day TOT
     Zone  III —  500 day  TOT  or  1-foot drawdown contour,
whichever extends farthest  from the well/well field

     Because  the  size of the  WHPAs  change with  a  change  in
pumping  rate,  the WHPAs  are to  be  updated  periodically  as
ground-water development continues.   The following case study
illustrates how the program was applied in the County.

                      PROGRAM OBJECTIVE

     The  objective  of the  wellhead  delineation  program  for
Palm  Beach County  was  to define,  by computer simulation,
contaminant travel time (distance) zones.   For the Ordinance,
it was determined that a 30-day  (Zone  I), 210-day  (Zone  II)
and a  500-day or  one-foot  drawdown contour  (Zone III) would
be  most  appropriate.   The  outer boundary  of Zone  III  was
marked  by  the 500-day  TOT  or  one-foot contour  whichever
extended farthest from the  well field.   The  one-foot contour
zone was  defined  as  an area where the difference in steady-
state  water-level  elevations   between   1984  levels    and
predicted year 2010 levels  equals or exceeds one foot.  Table
1 provides pumping rates for selected well fields.
                             B-28

-------
»
M
      CO
      I-
      m


m>c
J^ ^i y^
^j 111 nj
to t^m
         .w^
         grom
         omp
 WCLLFIELD

 I  TEBUESTA
 2  JUPITER
 3  SEACOAST HOOD
 4  SEACOAST LILAC
 5  SEACDAST RICHARD
 6  SEACOAST DIME
 7  RIVERA BEACH
 B  nAUSOUIA
 9  CONSOLIDATED
10  CENTURY
II  KEADOUBRDDK
12  PBC II
13  PBC 12
14  FBC 13
IS  PBC IB
16  PBC 19
17  ROYAL PALM BEACH
IB  ACHE
19  PALH SPRINES
20  ATLANTIS
21  LAKE NORTH
22  LANTAHA
23  HAHALAPAII
24  BOYUTON BEACH
25  VILLAGE OF GOLF
26  DELRAY BEACH
27  HIGHLAND  BEACH
28  BOCA RATOH
29  PRATT KHITHEY

      TOTAL
No. OF WELLS

     4
    22
    14
     6
     B
     9
    23

     2
     3
     2
     7
     7
     7
     9
    13
     5
    II
    II
     S
    12
     4
    II
    21
     3
    22
     3
    SI
     6
I»B4
ICFSI
0.97
B.35
11.03
1.44
3.04
1.55
11.20
0.62
0.30
1.46
1.26
0.45
O.B5
2.71
9.36
9.12
1.12
2.22
6.61
0.95
10.12
2.89
1.12
12. IB
0.39
17.30
1.80
44.77
1.51
1 PUMP AGE RATES
(MOD)
0.63
5.40
7.13
'0.93
1.97
1.00
7.24
0.40
0.19
0.94
O.BI
0.29
0.55
1.75
6.05
5.89
0.72
1.43
4.40
0.61
6.54
1.87
0.72
7.87
- 0.25
11. IB
1.16
28.93
0.97
Na. OF WELLS

4
34
14
i
B
9
26
S
3
3
3
7
17
11
28
13
7
11
15
5
12
4
M
40
3
24
3
51
7
eoio pimp AGE
fCFSI
4. IB
31.99
26.62
6.19
5. BO
5.80
18.95
2.74
0.54
2.17
4.64
12.38
21.66
12.38
49.51
20.67
5.38
12.69
9.28
2.07
14.70
3.71
2.94
61.89
0.60
35.59
4.64
89.57
1.69
RATES
(MOD)
2.70
20.67
18.50
4.00
3.75
3.75
12.25
1.90
0.35
1.40
3.00
8.00
14.00
8.00
31.99
13.36
3.4B
B.20
6.00
1.34
9.50
2.40
1.90
39.99
0.39
23.00
3.00
57.BB
1.22
                                                                                 144.87
                                                                                         107.83
                                                                                                                                     473.37
                                                                                                                                              301.89
            mz
            O
            CO

-------
                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The sediments that underlie Palm Beach County consist of
unconsolidated  sands,   loose-   to  well-cemented  limestones,
moderately  indurated sandstones,  coquina,  and  sparry  clay
lenses.   These  sediments  are  Pleistocene  in  age  and  are
considered  part  of  the  Pamlico  Sands   and  the  Anastasia
Formation.

     The  surficial  aquifer  in Palm  Beach  County  is  the
saturated portion of these sediments.  It is characterized by
large variations  in  the spatial distribution of  porosity and
permeability.  Along the eastern part of  the  county,  a zone
of  high  secondary  permeability  is  known  to  occur.    The
secondary  permeability   is  attributed   to  dissolution  of
calcareous  cementing material  by  circulating ground  water.
Western  Palm Beach  County  does not exhibit  these extensive
zones of secondary porosity and permeability.

     The surficial  aquifer in  Palm Beach  County varies from
west to  east, ranging from 140  feet  in the west  to more than
320  feet  thick  along  the  Atlantic  Coastline.    Aquifer
thickness can be  determined with data shown on Figures 1 and
2.   While Figure  1  shows the  elevation of  the  water  table,
representing the  top of  the aquifer,  Figure 2  shows  varia-
tions in the elevation of the base of the surficial aquifer.

     Figure  3  shows the  inferred  distribution  of  aquifer
transmissivity in the eastern part of the County.  Variations
in  both transmissivity  and specific yield  of wells  in the
surficial aquifer  are related to variations in thickness and
the  presence  of   primary  and/or   secondary  permeability.
Within   the  thickest   zones   of   secondary  permeability,
transmissivity  ranges  from  100,000 to   2  million  gpd/ft.
Lower  values",  between  50,000 and  100,000 gpd/ft,  were
reported  for areas along the coast, and  in the  western half
of the county (Figure 2).  Values reported for specific yield
were also highly  variable, although a constant  value  of 0.2
was utilized in the model.

     Recharge  estimates  for  the area  range  from  6   to  12
inches  per  year   (in/yr).    Recharge  to  the   aquifer  is
accomplished through infiltration of rain waters and leakage
from numerous  canals.    Leakage from canals tends to  reduce
the  amount  of  drawdown  observed  in the vicinity  of pumping
centers,  and thus reduces the  areal extent  of their zone of
influence.   This  has  the additional  effect of  increasing
travel time, which decreases the size  of WHPAs delineated on
the basis of TOT calculations.
                              B-30

-------
                               JUNO BC»CM
                                 PH." BEACH
                               OCLRAV ICACH
                              BOCA RATON
 FIGURE1.  ALTITUDE  OF  WATER  TABLE
               SURFICIAL  AQUIFER
	PALM  BEACH  COUNTY .  FLORIDA

     B-31

-------
                              JUNO BEACH
                                PALM ICACM
                              OCLRAY 8CACH
                            BOCA RATON
FIGURE 2. ELEVATION  OF  BASE   OF
        SURFICIAL   AQUIFER   SYSTEM
 B-32

-------
                                                                JUNO BE*CM
                                            LIMIT OF ZONE
                                            OF SECONDARY
                                            PERMEABILITY
                                                                   P»IM BC4CM
                                                                OELRir BEACH
NOTE . TRANSMISSIVITY  VALUES IN MILLIONS
     OF GALLONS  PER DAY PER FOOT
FIGURE 3.
     TRANSMISSIVITY  MAP  OF
EASTERN  PALM  BEACH  COUNTY
                                  B-33

-------
     A numerical model,  based on a three-dimensional, finite-
difference  computer  code  developed by  the U.S.  Geological
Survey,  was  used to   delineate   the  WHPAs.    A  numerical
simulation  model  was  selected because  of  the complex  and
dynamic hydrogeologic conditions  that  occur  in the area.   In
addition, once  a numerical  model  is  calibrated,  it  can  be
utilized  to model other  hydrologic conditions  such  as  new
sources   of  ground-water  supply,   different   contamination
problems, and to  predict future drawdowns.   The  computer
methodology  required  to generate the WHPAs  involved a  two
step procedure:

     1. First the hydraulic  head  distribution  over the model
        area  had  to  be simulated and compared to available
        head data.  The McDonald and Harbaugh  (1984)  "Modular
        Three-Dimensional  Finite Difference Ground-Water Flow
        Model"  (MODFLOW)  was  used  for  this  computation  by
        constructing a  two-dimensional model  of  the aquifer
        system.

     2. The  second  step  involved  using  the  hydraulic  head
        values  obtained from  Step  1  as  input  into  a  mass
        transport  program  to   generate   the  travel  time
        (distance) zones.    Because MODFLOW does  not contain
        a  solute transport  routine,  a  separate  particle-
        tracking program,  which is  a variation of Prickett's
        "Random Walk" technique,  was  chosen to perform  Step
        2.   In  order  to account  for contaminant  attenuation
        factors such  as dispersion  and  dilution, the model
        augments the time  interval in question by a factor of
        25 percent.

     In summary, the generation of travel-time plots involves
the following sequence of  events:

     1. Compute hydraulic  heads
     2. Compare to known heads and adjust model inputs
     3. Recompute heads with "calibrated" model
     4. Calculate ground-water velocities
     5. Generate and advance particles through flow field
     6. Track particles into well-field areas
     7. Delineate WHPAs based on particle travel times

                           RESULTS

     Inputs  required  by  the  model include  transmissivity,
specific  yield,  aquifer   recharge,  aquifer  thickness,   and
total  pumpage of  the wellfield.   In  addition,  leakage  from
all the major canals was input into the model and adjusted as
part  of  the  calibration  process.   Finally, the  established
                            B-34

-------
hydrological boundaries  for the modeling area  were selected
(whenever  possible)   to  reflect  actual  flow boundary  con-
ditions.

     The ground-water flow regime was simulated by setting up
two grid systems of square  cells  for  the  northern (220 x 136
grid)  and  the  southern  (220 x 256 grid)  part of the county.
Both grids  have the  same  cell dimensions  of 528  feet  on  a
side.

     Table 2 provides a  range of WHPA  dimensions determined
for the  travel-distance  zones and one-foot  drawdown contour
for each well  field.  Figure  4  shows  that,  in general, WHPAs
in the southern part  of the county are  smaller than those in
the north.  This is attributed  to the large number of canals
in the  south  and  the greater  recharge  of  water  from  them
caused by  local pumpage.    Under  similar pumping  rates,  the
smaller canal recharge in the north  results in greater stress
and increased drawdowns  in the aquifer.
                            B-35

-------
                                                 TABLE 2.
                    APPROXIMATE  EXTENT OP TRAVEL-DISTANCE ZONES AND ONE  FOOT  CONTOUR
DO
w
a\
WELLFIELD
NUMBER / NAME. _f_
1 Teguesta
2 Jupiter
3 Seascoast (Hood)
4 Seacoast (Lilac)
5 Seacoast (Richard)
6 Seacoast (Dixie)
7 Riviera
8 Hangonia
9 Consolidated
10 Century
11 Meadowbrook
12 PBC |1
13 PBC #2
14 PBC |3
15 PBC J8
16 PBC «9
17 Royal Palm Beach
18 ACHE
19 Palm Springs
20 Atlantis
21 Lake Worth
22 Lantana
23 Manalapan
24 Boynton
25 Village of Golf
26 Delray
27 Highland
28 Boca Raton
29 Pratt & Whitney
2010
OF WELLS
4 .
34
14
6
8
9
26
5
3
3
3
7
17
11
28
13
7
11
15
5
12
4
11
40
3
24
3
51
7
ZONE 1
RANGE
fFTl
50 / 90
10 / 800
50 / 170
20 / 120
50 / 200
50 / 200
25 / 230
50 / 175
35 / 75
40 / 300
225 / 275
25 / 220
25 / 160
50 / 175
35 / 370
10 / 180
75 / 220
40 / 75
50 / 100
40 / 50
10 / 300
50 / 100
25 / 50
25 / 400
50 / 75
25 / 300
10 / 130
25 / 250
ZONE 2
RANGE
TFTM
270 / 350
40 / 2590
440 / 840
50 / 500
220 / 600
700 / 900
75 / 1150
425 / 625
50 / 150
110 / 1700
1550 / 1700
600 / 1150
150 / 630
300 / 850
280 / 1620
40 / 830
600 / 1190
120 / 370
250 / 675
120 / 300
275 / 1200
250 / 600 ,
50 / 225
225 / 1450
100 / 1150
575 / 1400
250 / 700
100 / 1400
ZONE 3
RANGE
CFT)
550 / 670
100 / 3240
1050 / 1520
175 '/ 600
400 / 960
1050 / 1600
175 / 1710
750 / 1050
85 / 375
200 / 2500
3100 / 3900
690 / 1875
460 / 1060
730 / 1360
425 / 3270
375 / 1570
700 / 1520
260 / 640
500 / 1000
200 / 550
1350 / 1900
500 / 1150
100 / 750
450 / 2550
125 / 2050
750 / 2250
600 / 1100
200 / 2350
                                                                                    1  FT  CONTOUR
                                                                                      RANGE
    n/a
 700 / 1300
 650 / 1300
   0 / 750
 250 / 7000
2000 / 3000
 750 / 4500
1000 / 4000
    n/a
    n/a
    n/a
2500 / 4500
 250 / 3000
 700 / 1300
 700 / 2800
 500 / 2000
 900 / 1500
1000 / 2500
    n/a
    n/a
1700 / 5000
    n/a
    n/a
1200 / 10500
    n/a
 900 / 9000
1500 / 1900
1500 / 5500
    n/a

-------
                      	UAH TIN CO.
                        PALM BEACH co
                LOXAHATCHCE NATIONAL
                WILDLIFE  REFUGE
CVCRCLAOES  WILDLIFE
UANACEUCNT  AREA
                                                                       PACK BEACH
                                                             £g —'
                PALM BEACH CO
                 BHOWAHO CO
                                                                  BOCA RATON
                       FIGURE4.  ONE-FOOT    CONTOUR   ZONE
                                EASTERN   PALM    BEACH   COUNTY
                               B-37

-------
B.5          CASE  STUDY:   FRANKLIN. MASSACHUSETTS

                         INTRODUCTION

     In  Massachusetts,  the   Department   of   Environmental
Quality Engineering (DEQE) has developed a  standard procedure
to be followed by municipalities seeking to develop new wells
for water  supply.   In addition to a  survey of all wells  in
the  area  of  interest,  a  survey of  potential  sources  of
pollution;   and a  description  of  the  aquifer,  the zone  of
contribution to the proposed well must  be delineated.

     The DEQE  recognizes  three  zones around a  well,  in which
varying  degrees  of  ground  water  protection  are  practiced.
The zones are defined as:

     Zone  I  -The  immediate  area which lies  within  400  ft  of
the well.

     Zone  II-The  land  area  which   supplies   ground  water
directly to a pumping well under the  most severe recharge and
pumping conditions.   The baseline condition is considered  to
be 180 days of pumping at design rate without recharge to the
aquifer.

     Zone  III-The  land  area  beyond   zone  II  from  which
surface water and/or ground water drains into Zone II.

Zone II  is the most difficult of the three to delineate,  so
the State  DEQE has set  forth  guidelines for  the  acceptable
methods of  Zone II delineation.   As  a minimum  effort,  a  5-
day pump  test must be  performed,  and  drawdown and recovery
data  must   be collected  from  an  appropriate   number  of
observation  wells.     Information  on  aquifer   parameters
inferred from  the  pump test data  is then used  to  predict the
extent  of  Zone II  as  defined  above.    If  the  aquifer  has  a
complex  configuration   or   heterogeneous   composition,   and
simple  analytical techniques cannot  accurately reflect  the
behavior  of  the  aquifer under pumping conditions,  then  a
numerical simulation of the aquifer is  required.

     In the  case  of Franklin,  Massachusetts (see  Figure 1) ,
such a computer simulation was deemed necessary.  Following a
preliminary survey of existing data,  which  included published
reports and  logs  of nearby wells, a field  investigation was
undertaken  to   better  define   the   area's   hydrogeology.
Approximately  20  boreholes were  drilled and  logged,   15  of
them being  converted  to observation  wells.  Results  of this
investigation  and the pump test  indicated  spatial  variation
in aquifer parameters which would require  numerical  simula-
tion for proper evaluation of Zone II.
                             B-39

-------
FIGURE 1.  FRANKLIN, MASSACHUSETTS SITE MAP
                               Existing Test Wells To Be
                               Used As Observation Wells

-------
               WELLHEAD  PROTECTION OBJECTIVES

     The City  of  Franklin's purpose in  initiating  the study
was to determine  the  zones  of contribution to their proposed
supply well  as  defined  by  the Massachusetts  DEQE.   These
three zones around  a  water  supply well have been established
to offer  varying degrees of  protection to the  ground water
from potential sources of contamination.  Zone I -protects the
area immediately  surrounding  the well.   Zone  II includes any
area  which directly  contributes water to  a pumping well.
Zone III  is designated  in  order to  protect all  areas from
which surface or ground water drains into Zone II.
                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The site  of the proposed Franklin  water  supply well is
located in an alluvial valley of glacial origin.  The aquifer
is composed of  interstratified  sands,  silts,  and gravels, of
glacio-fluvial  origin  and  is bounded by  bedrock and glacial
till.  Thickness of the valley sediments reaches a maximum of
43 feet in the  central  region of  the valley and decreases to
as little five  feet  near the valley walls.   The stratigraphy
is not  homogeneous.   In the area  surrounding  the test well,
very  coarse   sands   and  gravels  were  encountered   from  the
surface to the base of the  valley.   To the north  and west,
the sediments  thin rapidly and  are overlain by fine sand and
silt.

     Under static, non-pumping conditions, ground water flows
toward the center of Uncas Brook and out the valley through a
narrow  neck  of the aquifer,  which  connects  it to another
valley  (Figure  2) .   Regionally,  the general  flow  is to the
east toward the discharge  point,   under  a hydraulic gradient
of .001 to .002.   Transmissivities determined  from the 5-day
pump test  using Jacob's  straight line  approximation method
and the Theis curve-matching technique ranged from 145,000 to
188,000 gpd/ft  for  nearby  observation wells,  and from 45,000
to 77,000  gpd/ft  for  outer wells.   Values for storativity
ranged from .018 to  .035.
                METHOD AND CRITERIA SELECTION

     The  three zones  of  contribution to  a supply  well,  as
defined  by  the  DEQE,  lend  themselves   to  delineation  by
certain  criteria  and methods.     By  definition,   Zone  I
encompasses  the  area  within  400  feet  of  the  well,  an
arbitrary fixed radius with  a  distance criteria.    Zone III,
the land area from which ground water or surface water drains
into  Zone  II,  is best delineated by  mapping  of  topographic
                            B-41

-------
    FIGURE 2.   FRANKLIN AQUIFER
                                                 Aquifer
                                                 Boundary
                                                 Equipotential
                                                 Line (contour
                                                 interval = .5 ft)
FRANKLINS
r\
                           B-42

-------
and  hydrogeologic divides,  which are  basically  flow  boun-
daries.

     Zone  II  is  the  most difficult  to  determine,  being
defined  as  the  area which  supplies  water directly  to  a
pumping  well.    Little  latitude was  given  to  Franklin  in
choosing a  method and a criteria, as the  DEQE  requires that
data from  a 5-day pump test to  be  used to  project  what the
zones  of  contribution will be  after 180 days of  pumping  at
the  design  rate  without  recharge  to  the  aquifer.     In
addition, the DEQE  requires the  use  of  a computer simulation
of the aquifer  if  aquifer  conditions are too complex  for a
simple analytical solution.

     Because of the complexity  of the hydrogeologic setting,
a  numerical model  was  chosen  to simulate  ground-water flow
under  the  required pumping and recharge  conditions.    The
computer  software  package,  MODFLOW  (Modular  Three-Dimen-
sional  Finite   Difference Ground-Water   Flow   Model)  was
selected because of its ability to simulate certain phenomena
recognized  at  the  site,  such  as   a multilayered  aquifer,
irregular  boundaries,  heterogeneity within layers,  inter-
action with surface water,  a partially  penetrating  well and
areal recharge.

Model Description

     The  model  simulated the  ground-water flow regime  by a
two layer,  non-uniform grid of 21 columns by 27 rows (Figures
3.A and  3.B).   The grid spacing  increased  from  50 feet near
the  pumping center  to  400  feet  near the  model  boundaries.
Aquifer  boundaries   (till  or  bedrock)  were  simulated  by
inactive  cells.   Constant heads were assigned  to cells east
of  the  "bottle  neck"   to  drive  flow in  that  direction.
Initial heads" in the aquifer model were assigned according to
water table elevations throughout the area.

     In  order to  calibrate the  model,  it was  necessary  to
first   simulate   non-pumping   conditions.     Recharge  and
discharge  rates  and  aquifer  parameters were  input to the
model.   Values  for aquifer parameters  were derived from the
results  of  previous test  drilling  and  the pumping  test.
Parameters  for  both layers of the model were modified until
simulated heads matched observed aquifer heads and a balanced
water budget was achieved.

     Further calibration was needed  to  ensure that the model
would  accurately simulate  pumping  conditions.    A discharge
rate  of  350 gpm  was  set in  the  cells  representing the
discharging wells and several  runs  were made.   Output from
the  model  was  compared to data collected during  the pump
                             B-43

-------
        M 1-66

M 3-86 •   Q


      © M 2-88
    ^r-     \V3-i
         .3-2* \\ ,
-------
                Figure 3.B
                LAYER 2
             MODE  GRID
B-45

-------
  Figure 4.A MODEL RESULTS AFTER 180-DAY PUMPING PERIOD: LAYER 1
5000  -
4500  -
4000  -
3500  -
3000  -
 500  - -
2000  -
1500  -
1000  -
 500  -
   0
                       Site 3
                       Franklin, MA
     0    500
1000  1500  2000 2500  3000  3500  4000
        SCALE  1=650'                 feet
                            B-46

-------
   Figure 4.6  MODEL RESULTS AFTER ISO-DAY PUMPING PERIOD: LAYER 2
5000
4500  \
L
4000
3500
3000
 ">00
2000
1500
1000
 500
      i
   0
                                 Site 3
                                 Franklin/ MA
     j	i
j      i
     0    500
          1000  1500  2000  2500  3000  3500  4000
                  SCALE  1=650'                 feet
                  i    i
                             B-47

-------
test, and  adjustments  were made to certain  parameters until
model output matched the observed data satisfactorily.

     Following calibration, the model was ready to be used to
simulate the required pumping conditions.  In determining the
extent of  Zone  II,  the land area directly contributing water
to the well,  the stress period  was  set to 180 days  and the
areal recharge  was eliminated.   Four scenarios were  run in
order to analyze  variations  in  size of the  area.    In two
runs, the influence of the surface stream was ignored and the
specific yield was modified slightly.   The same modifications
for  specific  yield were again made in  two runs in which the
river simulation package was used.
                           RESULTS

     The simulation attempts  in  which the stream was ignored
failed after a period of 120 days due to excessive dewatering
in the  upper layer.   Both of the  other  model  runs predicted
that all ground-water  flow within  the entire valley would be
toward  the  well.   Figures 4.A  and 4.B  shows the  model's
prediction  of  ground-water  elevations   after   180  days  of
pumping.

     As  a  result  of  the model   simulation,   Zone  II  was
delineated  as  the  entire  valley  in  which  the  well  is
situated.  (See Figure 5).  Zone III, also shown in Figure 5,
extends  to  the  topographic  divide which  bounds  the  Uncas
Brook watershed.
                             B-48

-------
Figure 5.
WHPA  ZONES DELINEATED FOR FRANKLIN,  MASSACHUSETTS SITE
                          B-49

-------
B.6         CASE STUDY;   BOWLING GREEN. KENTUCKY
                         INTRODUCTION

     In the  Bowling Green,  Kentucky  area  (Figure  1) ,  water
for public supply  is obtained  from  both springs and wells in
a mature unconfined karst  aquifer.  Currently,  a study is in
progress to  address the problem  of ground-water protection,
which  will   include  the delineation  of  Wellhead  Protection
Areas  (WHPAs).   While  no actual  WHPAs have been defined,  the
problem is  similar to  determining  the  zone  of contribution
(ZOC)  to a  spring.  Much  work has  been done  in the area on
defining ground-water  basins  and general  flow  routes  using
dye-tracing  techniques.    Such  'information  is  useful  in
determining  the  ZOC  to  a  well or  spring.    The  material
presented below has  been  summarized  from  a  report on  the
hydrogeology of  the Bowling  Green area prepared by Crawford,
et. al. (1987).
                    HYDROGEOLOGIC SETTING

     The study  area (Figure 2) surrounding  Bowling  Green is
underlain by  carbonate  rocks of Mississippian Age, predomin-
ately  the  Ste.  Genevieve  Limestone,  with the St.  Louis and
Girkin  Limestones  occurring in  minor portions of  the study
area  (Figures 3 and 4) .   The  entire area is  a  mature karst
terrain,  exhibiting typical land  form  features  associated
with karst, such  as sinkholes,  sinking streams,  and springs.
Solution enhancement of fractures  and joints in  the rock has
created  large  subterranean conduits  through which  ground
water  can  flow  at high velocities  (Figure 5) .  Such conduit
flow can  be several orders  of  magnitude higher  than diffuse
flow which occurs through  intergranular pore space.

     Flow  patterns  of  ground  water  in  karst aquifers can
differ  greatly  from those  in  granular aquifers due  to flow
through channels.  Furthermore, flow patterns within a single
aquifer may change significantly between normal and high-flow
conditions,  because   storm   water  can  fill   underground
conduits,  causing overflow  to run  off into  channels which
normally contain  no water. These factors make the prediction
of ground water flow direction difficult.

                METHOD AND CRITERIA SELECTION

     Because  conduit flow  in mature karst aquifers generally
does  not follow  ground-water  flow patterns  associated with
porous  media  aquifers,  using methods  of wellhead protection
based  on  simple  shapes  or  analytical flow equations  is
unlikely to  result in delineation  of  an effective WHPA. For
                             B-50

-------
              LOCATION  OF BOWLING GREEN  AND

           LOST RIVER KARST GROUNDWATER  BASIN,

                    WARREN  COUNTY,  KENTUCKY
                                                           10   Miles
                                                           j
                                                    5  1O  Kilometers
    LOST RIVER

      BASIN
                             BOWLING GREEN ,
FIGURE1.  Location of the Loot River  Groundwater Basin. Warren  County. Kentucky.
                                   B-51

-------
                                 STUDY  AREA
Bon liom: Gtologic Mop el Kinlutky
 Stun IX.1954, H««ii«d liom Gtok*)< T
 Moot o( KinluCk. dolld I927flnd
 I9Z9 t>r W n. Jillion
                                                                        50 MlUS
                                                                       _J
FIGURE 2.  Localion of the study area  with respect to regional physiographic  setting.

-------
                                                         40
       GEOLOGY OF THE

           LOST RIVER
       GROUNDWATER BASIN
        WARREN COUNTY. KENTUCKY
    GIRKIN
 LIMESTONE
               STE. GENEVIEVE LIMESTONE
                                             ST. LOUIS
                                            LIMESTONE
FIGURE3. Q.ology of th« Lost Rlv«r QroyndwaUr B««in.

                          B-53

-------
                                                                   25
SYSTEM
QUATER-
NARY
cc >•
o cc
> z
a: 
CO

CO


MM











SERIES
Holocene
•_ (0
0 C
— i O r—
o o
c o
0 _
o */» m 1m*
• ]»— — !•-! •
^.^S^VrJ-
i i
i i

i i


i i
i i

1C ] Q




I 1




0 1 0|
1 — 1-
1 	 1 	
J— *^^1_
Sj^ESE

3=±?=' — , —
S=gfe
T! ' | i-=

FORMATION
OR GROUP
THICKNESS.
IN FEET
Alluvium
0-50
Terrace Deposits
\ O-25


Ste. Genevieve
Limestone
160-2SO




Lost River
Chert Bed



Corydon

Ban cneri
Member










ot. LOUIS


230-3OO








Salem
Warsaw

Limestones
100-160

Fort Payne
Formation
10-15
(exposed)
MAP
SYMBOL
Qal
QTc





Msg
















• _ i
MSI



















Me f
(VIST

•
   FIGURE 4. Stratigraphic Column for the Bowling Green area.
Source:  modified from McGrain and Sutton (1973).
                        B-54

-------
                                   GENERALIZED  PROFILE OF LOST RIVER  CAVE

                                        UNDER BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY
TOXIC AND  EXPLOSIVE FUMES FROM

TRAPPED CHEMICALS MAY RISE INTO

HOMES AND  BUSINESSES
     Lost River
       Uvala
                     Small Hole
                      Entrance
                               Bertha
                               Entrance
  Lost River
Blue Hole and
Cave Entrance

            \
Livingston
 Entrance
                                                    Alexander
                                                    Entrance
                                                                Nashville Road
                                                                     Sinkhole
                                                                              Cedar Ridge
                                                                                Sinkhole
                                                                                            Harvestman
                                                                                            Haven Cave
                                                                                             Entrance
                                                                                                  Morgantown Road
                                                                                                   Blue  Hole
                                                 DISTANCE  IN MILES
FIGURES. Generalized profile  of the Lost River.

-------
example, calculating  a fixed radius based  on  the volumetric
flow equation,  or  trying to determine  the radial distance at
which a certain drawdown occurs  may be meaningless if a well
receives some  of its water  from a  solution cavity which has
its origin  a mile or more outside  of  the calculated zone of
contribution.  Also, large supplies of water are collected at
springs, which must also be protected,  but which  cannot be
evaluated using  analytical  equations derived for discharging
wells.  For this reason, hydrogeologic  mapping  lends itself
as  the  most  useful  tool   in   delineating both  WHPAs  and
protection areas for springs in mature karst aquifers.

     The first step in  defining  areas to  protect  wells and
springs used  for  public water  supply  is  to determine the
boundaries  of  the ground water basin  in  which the spring or
well is located.  The ground water  basin in a karst aquifer
is defined as the entire area which drains to a spring or set
of  springs.    Delineation  of the ground water basin  can be
accomplished through mapping of the potentiometric surface to
determine general  flow directions,   coupled  with  dye-flow or
other  tracing   techniques  to  better  define  flow  routes.
Ideally, both  the  potentiometric surface map and the tracing
should  be  done  for  normal  and  high-flow   (storm  event)
conditions.

     Figure 6 shows the potentiometric surface and subsurface
flow routes  mapped for the  Lost  River  Basin south of Bowling
Green.  This information and topographic data that aided in
identifying surface-water flow divides were used to delineate
the boundary of  the hydrogeologic system  (Figure 7).

     Having  defined the ground  water  basin and  the general
flow  patterns  within  the  basin,   the  next  step  involves
determination of the contributing area for an individual well
or  spring  by "examining the  flow  patterns and potentiometric
surface upgradient of  the  water supply.    Depending  on the
proximity  of the  well to  the  boundary  of  the  ground-water
basin and on flow rates as determined through dye-tracing, an
appropriate delineation criteria for the upgradient extent of
the WHPA may be  time of travel (TOT) or flow boundaries.

     The  ground-water  divide forming  the  boundary  of the
basin would  be appropriate  and  easy to implement if the well
or  spring were located near the  edge of the basin.  However,
for a well located near the center or at  the mouth of a  large
basin,  enforcing a WHPA that extends  to the boundary of the
basin may be difficult.

     In such a  case,  a TOT  criterion may  be considered to
delineate  the upgradient  boundary.   The problem  with this
approach  in a  conduit-flow  karst system  is that velocities
are often so high that time-of-travel distances are too  short
                             B-56

-------
                                                                                                        19
   GROUNDWATER FLOW  ROUTES

LOST  RIVER GROUNDWATER  BASIN
         WARREN COUNTY. KENTUCKY
         Continuous Water Quality
           Monitoring Station

         Stage Recorder on Surface
           or Subsurface Stream
                                                                      water  Table Elevation in Feet
          Groundwater Level Recorder
            in Water Well
                                     ell Water Le.el Measured 6y     /"  Subs
                                     Lambert (1976) or Crawford   **     Thr
Subsurface Stream Flowing
     ough  Mapped Cave
          Water Well Intersecting
            Subsurface Stream
                                     and Groves (1984)

                                s*~  Stream Sink


A   Recording Precipitation Gauge	..•"  Intermittent Stream


O   Karst Window                 »   Dye Trace ot
                                     Subsurface Stream
Hypothesized Route ot
  Subsurface Stream

Intermittent Karst Lake


Lake or Pond
FIGURES.   Qroundwater flow  routes of  the Lost  River Grounidwater Basin.

                                                  B-57

-------
                                                                                                61
                                                       LOST  RIVER RISE
        WATER MONITORING STATIONS

  LOST  RIVER  GROUNDWATER  BASIN
            WARREN COUNTY,  KENTUCKY
               WAftRCN COUNTY
     Basin
     Boundary
                                               '-  iv-^X.   -   >
                                               J   N     -  '   (
                                                 "-}          7
                                                          LOST  RIVER BLUE  HOLE
                                                        u           i  » .«     *
                            WKU FARM WELL:
                            MONITORING STATION
                                                   BIG SINKING  CREEK  SWAL
Continuoui water Quality
  Monitoring Station
Stage Recorder on Surface or
  Subsurface Stream

Groundwater Level Recorder
  in Water Well
Water Well Interaoctlng
  Subaurface Stream
                                                                      Bowling Green City Limits
                                        Well: Water Level Meaaured by    f  Subaurface Stream Flowing
                                         Lambert (1870) or Crawford         Through Mapped Cave
                                         and Groves (1084)

                                        Stream Sink
        ^ Recording Precipitation Gauge	..-   Intermittent Stream
        O   Karat Window
                        f  Dye T
                                            race of Subaurface Stream
                                                                      Hypothealzed Route of
                                                                        Subeurface Stream
                                                                      Intermittent  Karat Lake
                                                                      Lake or Pond
  FIGURE?.  Lost Rlv«r Groundwater  Basin, showing routes of dy« trace*
of subsurface streams.
                                           B-58

-------
to  provide an  adequate buffer.   Data  from the  Lost River
Basin  (Table  1 and  Figure  8)  indicate  that subsurface flow
moves  from Big Sinking Creek  in  the  headwater region of the
basin  to  Lost  River  Rise  at  the   mouth  (a  distance  of
approximately  10  miles,  see  Figure  7)  in 1  to  10 days,
depending on flow conditions.

     Due  to the  unique  nature  of  karst  ground-water flow
systems,   special  care  must   be  taken  in  selecting  the
criterion, threshold, and method used to delineate a WHPA.
REFERENCE

Crawford,  N.C.,  C.G. Groves,  T.P.  Feeney  and.  B.J.  Keller,
     1987, Hydrogeology  of  the Lost River Karst Ground-Water
     Basin,  Warren County,  Kentucky,  prepared  for Kentucky
     Natural  Resources  and  Environmental  Protection Cabinet
     Division  of  Water Department  of  Geography and Geology,
     Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, Kentucky.
                             B-59

-------
                                                                        66

Date of Trace
11/7/82
9/22/83
3/30/84
6/18/84
7/18/84
BLUE HOLE TO RISE
Initial
stage
(feet)
	
6.35
7.49
6.65
6.01
Oi
cfs
12.4
9.2
145
70
29
Centroid
stage
(feet)
	
6.67
7.55
6.66
5.97
BIG SINKING CREEK
Date of Trace
11/7/82
3/30/84
4/18/84
6/18/84
7/18/84
Initial
stage
(feet)
	
7.39
6.85
6.8
5.89
Oi
cfs
12.4
130
47
70
25
Centroid
stage
(feet)
	
7.4
6.87
6.66
5.88
BIG SINKING CREEK TO
Date of Trace
3/30/84
4/18/84
*6/l/84
7/18/84
* Trace started
Initial
stage
(feet)
6.11
5.25
5.86
2.9
Oi
cfs
127
63
105
25
Centroid
stage
( feet )
6.05
5.23
5.86
2.57
QC
cfs
12.4
10.8
160
70
27
TO RISE
Oc
cfs
12.4
138
50
70
25
BLUE HOLE
Oc
Cfs
120
63
105
17
Time of
first
arrival
68.0
80.5
10.0
16.5
32.5

Time of
first
arrival
185
29.5
48.5
39.25
83

Time of
first
arrival
19.5
27.5
18.5
43
Time of
centroid
87.64
98.56
10.33
19.57
42.5

Time of
centroid
224
32.7
54.7
47.6
102

Time of
centroid
20.8
32.2
22.01
54
wnen Big Sinking Creek ponded.
TABLE  1. R«
-------
                TIME VS. DISCHARGE
               BIG SINKING CREEK  TO
                   LOST RIVER  RISE
                                                          70
  300-
  200-
  100-
   50-
 O
-C
Ill
5
H
   10-
              10
 I     I    I   I  I   I I  II
20   30  40 50       100
                                                     200
                 DISCHARGE  (cfs)
FIGURES. Tlma vs. Discharge: B»g Sinking Crook to Lost RIV«r Rise.
                         B-61

-------
C. Well Function

-------
       APPENDIX C:






VALUES OF WELL FUNCTION
          C-l

-------
                                                        APPENDIX  C.
                             Values of W(u) Corresponding to Values of// for Theis Noncquilibrium Equation
^XL
.0 	

2
.3 	
.4 	
5
.6
.7 	
g
'.9 '.'."".'.
2.0 	
2.1
22
2.3 	
2.4
2.5 	
26 ...
2 7 	
28
29
3.0 	
3 |
3 2 	
33
3 4 	
35
3.6 	
3.7 	
3.8 	
3.9 	
4.0 	
4.1 	
4 2 	
4.3 	
4.4 	
4 5 	
4.6 	
4 7 	
4.8 	
4 9 	
50
5.1 	
NX 10-"
33.9616
33.8662
33.7792
33 6992
33.6251
33.5561
33.4916
33.4309
33 3738
33^ 197
33.2684
33.2196
33.1731
33.1286
33.0861
33.0453
33 0060
32.9683
32.9319
32.8968
32.8629
32.8302
32.7984
32.7676
32.7378
32.7088
32.6806
32.6532
32.6266
32.6006
32.5753
32.5506
32.5265
32.5029
32.4800
32 4575
32.4355
32.4140
32.3929
32.3723
32.3521
32.3323
/vxio-"
31.6590
31.5637
31.4767
31.3966
31.3225
31.2535
31.1890
31.1283
31 0712
3LOI7I
3&96S8
30.9170
30.8705
30.8261
30.7835
30.7427
30.7035
30.6657
30.6294
30.5943
30.5604
30.5276
30.4958
30.4651
30.4352
30.4062
30.3780
30.3506
30.3240
30.2980
30.2727
30.2480
30.2239
30.2004
30.1774
30.1549
30.1329
30.1114
30.0904
30.0697
30.0495
30.0297
/VXIO "
29.3564
29.261 1
29.1741
29.0940
29.0199
28.9509
28.8864
28.8258
28 7686
28.7145
28.6145
28.5679
28.5235
28.4809
28.4401
28.4009
28.3631
28.3268
28.2917
28.2578
28.2250
28.1932
28.1625
28. 1 326
28.1036
28.0755
28.0481
28.0214
27.9954
27.9701
27.9454
27.9213
27.8978
27.8748
27.8523
27.8303
27.8088
27.7878
27.7672
27.7470
27.7271
A'x ID-"
27.0538
26.9585
26.8715
26.7914
26.7173
26.6483
26.5838
26.5232
26 4660
26.4119
26.3607
26.3119
26.2653
26.2209
26.1783
26.1375
26.0983
26.0606
26.0242
25.9891
25.9552
25.9224
25.8907
25.8599
25.8300
25.8010
25.7729
25.7455
25.7188
25.6928
25.6675
25.6428
25.6187
25.5952
25.5722
25.5497
25.5277
25 5062
25.4852
25.4646
25.4444
25.4246
.vx 10 "
24.7512
24.6559
24.5689
24 4889
244147
24.3458
24.2812
24.2206
24 1634
24.1094
24.0093
23 9628
23.9183
23.8758
23 8349
23.7957
23.7580
23.7216
23.6865
23.6526
23.6198
23.5881
23.5573
23.5274
23.4985
23.4703
23.4429
23.4162
23.3902
23.3649
23.3402
23.3161
23.2926
23.2696
23.2471
23.2252
23 2037
231826
23.1620
23.1418
23.1220
,N x in '»
224486
223533
22.2663
22 1863
22 1122
220432
21.9786
21.9180
21.8608
21.8068
•21. mT
21.7067
21.6602
21.6157
21 5732
21.5323
21.4931
21.4554
21.4190
21.3839
21.3500
21.3172
21.2855
21.2547
21.2249
21.1959
21.1677
21.1403
21.1136
21.0877
21.0623
21.0376
21.0136
20 9900
20.9670
20.9446
20.9226
20.901 1
20.8800
20 8594
208392
208194
NX in •
201460
20.0507
199637
198837
19.8096
19 7406
19.6760
19.6154
19.5583
195042
19.4041
19.3576
19.3131
19.2706
19.2298
19 1905
19.1528
19.1164
19.0813
19.0474
19.0146
18.9829
18.9521
18.9223
18.8933
18.8651
188377
18.8110
18.7851
18.7598
18.7351
18.7110
186874
18.6644
186420
186200
185985
18.5774
185568
185366
185168
.v - in •
17.8435
17 7482
17 6611
175811
17.5070
174380
173735
17.3128
jj ?^S7
tii20l6v
^^fca^ -^
iTTTOT
17.1015
17.0550
17.0106
16.9680
16.9272
16.8880
16.8502
16.8138
16.7788
16.7449
16.7121
16.6803
16.6495
16.6197
165907
16.5625
16.5351
16.5085
16.4825
16.4572
16.4325
16.4084
16.3848
16.3619
16.3394
16.3174
162959
162748
162542
162340
16.2142
\x in '
1 5 5409
154456
153586
152785
1 5 2044
15 1354
1 5 0709
150103
149531
14 8990
14 8477
147989
14.7524
14.7080
146654
14.6246
14.5854
14.5476
14.5113
14.4762
14.4423
14.4095
14.3777
14.3470
14.3171
14.2881
14.2599
14.2325
14.2059
14.1799
14.1546
14.1299
14.1058
14.0823
14.0593
140368
140148
139933
13.9723
13.9516
139314
139116
N x in *
132383
13 1430
1 3 0560
129759
129018
128328
127683
12.7077
12.6505

T2 5451
12.4964
12.4498
12.4054
12.3628
123220
12.2828
12.2450
122087
12.1736
12.1397
12.1069
12.0751
1 2.0444
12.0145
.9855
.9574
.9300
.9033
.8773
.8520
.8273
.8032
.7797
.7567
7342
7122
6907
6697
6491
6289
.6091
vx in-'
109357
108404
107534
10.6734
10.5993
10 5303
104657
104051
103479
i!02939
10.2426
10.1938
10 1473
10.1028
10.0603
10.0194
9.9802
9.9425
9.9061
9.8710
9.8371
98043
9.7726
9.7418
9.7120
9.6830
9.6548
9.6274
9.6007
9.5748
95495
9.5248
9.5007
9.4771
9.4541
9.4317
94097
9.3882
93671
93465
93263
93065
N X 1(1 J
86332
8 5379
84509
8 3709
8 2968
82278
8 1634
8 1027
$ Qd ^
^9915]
7 9<»OJ
78914
78449
7.8004
77579
7.7172
7.6779
7.6401
7.6038
7.5687
7.5348
7.5020
7.4703
7.4395
7.4097
7.3807
7.3526
7.3252
72985
72725
7.2472
72225
7 1985
7 1749
7 1520
7 1295
7 1075
70860
70650
70444
70242
70044
\ X III '
63315
62363
6 1494
60695
59955
59266
58621
58016
5 7446
56906
5 6394
55907
55443
54999
54575
54167
5.3776
5.3400
5.3037
5.2687
5.2349
5.2022
5.1706
5.1399
5 1102
5.0813
5.0532
5.0259
49993
4.9735
49482
49236
48997
4.8762
4.8533
48310
48091
4 7877
47667
4 7462
4 7261
47064
N x in '
40379
3 9436
U576
3 7785
3 7054
36374
3 5739
35143
34581
34050
3 3547
33069
32614
32179
3 1763
3 1365
3.0983
30615
30261
29920
29591
29273
28965
2.8668
28379
28099
27827
2.7563
2.7306
2 7056
26813
26576
26344
26119
25899
25684
25474
2 5268
2506S
24871
24679
24491
\ x in '
8229
7371
6595
5889
5241
J645
4092
3578
3098
2649
^ i ^ i
2227
1829
1454
1099
0762
0443
0139
9849
.9573
.9309
.9057
8815
8583
8361
.8147
7942
.7745
7554
.7371
.7194
.7024
6859
6700
6546
6397
6253
6114
5979
5848
5721
5598
5478
^
02194
I860
1 5SJ
1355
1162
1000
OS6M
07465
06471
05620
A t OO A
04S90
04261
03719
03250
02844
02491
02185
01918
01686
01482
01305
.01 149
.01013
008939
007891
006970
006160
005448
004820
004267
003779
003349
002969
002633
002336
002073
OOIS4I
•001635
001453
001201
OOIN8
001021
0
N)

-------
Appendix  C  Continued
w — U^
52
5.3 ...
5.4 	
5.5 	
5.6 	
5.7 	
5.8 ... .
59 	
6.0 	
6 1 	
62 	
6.3 	
64 ...
6.5 	
6 6 	
6.7 	
68 	
69 	
7.0 	
7.1 	
72 	
73 	
7.4 	
7.5 	
7.6.. ..
7 7 	
7.8 	
7.9 ... .
8.0 	
81 . .
82.
8.3.
8.4..
8.5 	
86 	
87
88 . .
89
9.0. .
9 1 	
9.2 .. .
93 	
94 	
9.5 	
9.6 . ..
;vx 10-"
32.3129
32.2939
32.2752
32.2568
32.2388
32.2211
32.2037
32.1866
32.1698
32.1533
32.1370
32.1210
32.1053
32.0898
32.0745
32.0595
32.0446
32.0300
32.0156
32.0015
31.9875
31.9737
31.9601
31.9467
31.9334
31.9203
31.9074
31.8947
31 8821
31.8697
31 8574
31.8453
31.8333
31.8215
31.8098
31 7982
31.7868
31.7755
31.7643
31.7533
31.7424
31.7315
31.7208
31.7103
31.6998
,vx 10-"
300103
299913
29.9726
299542
29.9362
29.9185
29.9011
29.8840
29.8672
29.8507
29.8344
29.8184
29.8027
29.7872
29.7719
29.7569
29.7421
29.7275
29.7131
29.6989
29.6849
29.6711
29.6575
29.6441
29.6308
29.6178
29.6048
29.5921
29.5795
29.5671
29.5548
29.5427
29.5307
29.5189
29.5072
29.4957
29.4842
29.4729
29.4618
294507
29.4398
29.4290
29.4183
29.4077
29.3972
,vxio-"
27.7077
27.6887
27.6700
27.6516
27.6336
27.6159
27.5985
27.5814
27.5646
27.5481
27.5318
27.5158
27.5001
27.4846
27.4693
27.4543
27.4395
27.4249
27.4105
27.3963
27.3823
27.3685
27.3549
27.3415
27.3282
27.3152
27.3023
27.2895
27.2769
27.2645
27.2523
27.2401
27.2282
27.2163
27.2046
27.1931
27.1816
27.1703
27.1592
27.1481
27.1372
27.1264
27.1157
27.1051
27 0946
/vx 10-'-'
25.4051
253861
25.3674
25.3491
25.3310
253133
25.2959
25.2789
25.2620
25 2455
25.2293
25.2133
25.1975
25.1820
25.1667
25.1517
25.1369
25.1223
25.1079
25.0937
25.0797
25.0659
25.0523
25.0389
25.0257
25.0126
24.9997
24.9869
24.9744
24 9619
24.9497
24.9375
24.9256
24.9137
24.9020
24.8905
24 8790
24 8678
24.8566
24 8455
24 8346
24.8238
24.8131
24 8025
24 7920
A'x 10 "
23.1026
23.0835
23.0648
23.0465
230285
23.0108
22.9934
22.9763
22.9595
22.9429
22.9267
22.9107
22.8949
22.8794
22.8641
22.8491
22.8343
22.8197
22.8053
22.7911
22.7771
22.7633
22.7497
22.7363
22.7231
22.7100
22.6971
22.6844
22.6718
22.6594
22.6471
22 6350
22.6230
22.6112
22.5995
22 5879
22.5765
22.5652
22.5540
22.5429
22.5320
22.5212
22.5105
22.4999
22.4895
,vx 10- '•
20 8000
20.7809
20 7622
20 7439
20.7259
20.7082
20.6908
206737
20.6569
20.6403
20.6241
20.6081
20.5923
20.5768
20.5616
20.5465
20.5317
205171
20.5027
20.4885
20.4746
20.4608
20.4472
20.4337
20.4205
20.4074
20.3945
20.3818
20.3692
203568
203445
20.3324
20 3204
20 3086
20.2969
20 2853
20 2739
20 2626
202514
20.2404
20 2294
202186
20.2079
20.1973
20.1869
.vx io-'
18.4974
184783
18.4596
184413
18.4233
184056
183882
18.3711
18.3543
18.3378
18.3215
18.3055
18.2898
18.2742
18.2590
18.2439
18.2291
18.2145
18.2001
18.1860
18.1720
18.1582
18.1446
18.1311
18.1179
18.1048
18.0919
18.0792
180666
180542
180419
18.0298
180178
180060
17.9943
17.9827
179713
17.9600
179488
17.9378
179268
17.9160
17.9053
17.8948
17.8843
,VXIO«
16 1948
16.1758
16.1571
161387
16 1207
16.1030
160856
160685
160517
16.0352
16.0189
16.0029
15.9872
15.9717
15.9564
15.9414
15.9265
15.9119
15.8976
15.8834
15.8694
15.8556
15.8420
158286
15.8153
15.8022
15.7893
157766
157640
15.7516
157393
157272
157152
157034
156917
15.6801
15.6687
15.6574
15.6462
156352
156243
15.6135
15.6028
15.5922
15.5817
.vx 10-'
13.8922
138732
138545
13.8361
138181
1 3 8004
13.7830
13.7659
13.7491
13.7326
13.7163
13.7003
13.6846
13.6691
13.6538
13.6388
13.6240
1 3.6094
1 3 5950
13.5808
13.5668
135530
13.5394
13.5260
13.5127
13.4997
134868
13.4740
13.4614
13.4490
134367
134246
134126
13.4008
133891
133776
133661
133548
133437
133326
133217
13.3109
13.3002
13.2896
132791
.vx 10 •
5896
.5706
5519
.5336
5155
.4978
4804
.4633
.4465
4300
11.4138
11.3978
11.3820
11.3665
11.3512
.3362
.3214
.3068
2924
.2782
.2642
.2504
.2368
2234
.2102
.1971
.1842
.1714
1589
.1464
.1342
.1220
1101
0982
0865
0750
0635
0523
0411
0300
0191
.0083
109976
10.9870
109765
A x 10-'
92871
9.2681
9.2494
92310
9.2130
9 1953
9.1779
9.1608
9 1440
9.1275
9.1112
90952
9.0795
9.0640
9.0487
9.0337
90189
9.0043
8.9899
8.9757
8.9617
89479
8.9343
89209
8.9076
88946
88817
88689
88563
88439
88317
88195
88076
8.7957
8.7840
87725
87610
87497
87386
87275
87166
87058
86951
86845
86740
NX 10 4
69850
69659
6.9473
69289
69109
6.8932
68758
6.8588
68420
6.8254
6.8092
67932
6.7775
6.7620
6.7467
6.7317
6.7169
6.7023
6.6879
66737
6.6598
66460
66324
66190
6.6057
65927
65798
65671
6.5545
65421
65298
65177
65057
64939
64822
64707
64592
64480
64368
64258
64148
64040
63934
63828
63723
vx 10 '
4.6871
46681
46495
46313
46134
45958
4.5785
4.5615
4.5448
45283
4.5122
4.4963
4.4806
4.4652
4.4501
4.4351
4.4204
4.4059
4.3916
4.3775
43636
4.3500
4.3364
43231
4.3100
4.2970
4.2842
42716
42591
4.2468
4.2346
42226
42107
4 1990
4 1874
4 1759
4.1646
4 1534
4 M23
4.1313
4 1205
4.1098
4.0992
4.0887
4.0784
NX io-;
24306
24126
2 3948
23775
23604
23437
23273
23111
22953
22797
22645
22494
2.2346
2 2201
2.2058
2.1917
2 1779
2 1643
2.1508
2 1376
2 1246
2. 1118
20991
20867
2.0744
20623
2.0503
20386
20269
20155
20042
9930
9820
9711
9604
9498
9393
9290
9187
9087
8987
8888
8791
.8695
.8599
VX 10 '
5362
5250
.5140
.5034
4930
4830
4732
4637
4544
.4454
.4366
.4280
.4197
.4115
.4036
.3959
.3883
.3810
.3738
3668
3599
3532
.3467
3403
.3341
.3280
.3221
.3163
.3106
3050
2996
2943
2891
.2840
2790
2742
2694
2647
2602
2557
2513
2470
2429
2387
.2347
N
0009086
00080S6
0007198
0006409
0005708
0005085
0004532
0004039
0003601
.0003211
0002864
0002555
.0002279
0002034
.0001816
.0001621
0001448
0001293
0001 155
0001032
00009219
00008239
00007364
00006533
00005886
.00005263
00004707
00004210
00003767
00003370
.00003015
00002699
000024 1 5
00002162
00001936
00001733
00001552
00001390
00001245
00001115
.000009988
000008948
.000008018
000007185
000006439

-------
Appendix  C  Continued
~-»»_«
9.7 	
9.8 	
9.9 	
;vxio-"
31.6894
31.6792
31.6690
/vxio-"
29.3868
29.3766
29.3664
yvxio-11
27.0843
27.0740
27.0639
,vxio-'!
24.7817
24.7714
24.7613
,vx 10-"
22.4791
22.4688
224587
.vx ID-'"
20.1765
20 1663
201561
N X 10-'
178739
17.8637
17.8535
N X 10-"
155713
155611
155509
vx to-"
1 3 2688
132585
13.2483
\x 10-*
10.9662
109559
109458
\ x io-1
8.6637
86534
86433
\ x 10-'
63620
63517
63416
\X 10 '
4.0681
4.0579
40479
vx 10- ;
1 8505
1 8412
1.8320
NX ID'1
2269
2231
%
000005173
000004637
NOTE  See page 218 for Theis equation and definitions of terms.
Values of IW for,/between I x 10 " and I  X  10  'computed b> R G Kaimann assisted h> M M  Exans US Geological Survex  values for •• bci«ccn I
 adapted from Tables of Exponential and Trigonometric Integrals.
From Water Supply Paper 887. U.S. Geological Survc>. 1942
X  10  and 99

-------
D. Conversions

-------
           APPENDIX D:






TABLE OF UNITS CONVERSION FACTORS
               D-l

-------
UNIT CONVERSION TABLE
1 MULTIPLY
Length
Area
Volume
Velocity
Discharge
Hydraulic
conductivity
Permeability
Transmissivity
ft
mile
ft2
mi2
ft3
gallon
ft/ sec
ft3/sec
gal/min
ft/ sec
gal/day/ft2
ft2
ft2/sec
gal/day/ft
BY
.3048
1.609
.00920
2.590
.02832
.003785
.3048
.02832
6.039 x 10~5
.3048
4.720 X 10"7
.09290
.09290
1.438 X 10"7
TO OBTAIN
m
km
m2
km2
m3
m3
m/sec
m3/sec
m3/sec
m/sec
m/sec
m2
m2/sec
m2/sec
         D-2

-------
                                   LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

                           U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                   WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA DELINEATION TRAINING COURSE

                                     Fairfax, Virginia
                                   August 23 - 25, 1988
PARTICIPANT
NAME
Dale Albeck


\ Greg Anderson


\ Bill Balfour


\ Seymour Bayuk
N
Phil Cherry


Gary Chirlin

Bob Dundas


Jeff Featherstone

Karen Fitzmaurice
AFFILIATION
Broome Co.
Health Dept.
N.Y.S.
Maryland
MDE-Water
Supply
VA Water
Control
Board
Dept. of
Utilities
DE Dept.
of Natural
Resources
Chirlin &
Assoc . , Inc .
DE Dept.
of Natural
Resources
DE River
Basin Comm.
Univ. of KY
ADDRESS
1 Wall Street
Binghamton, NY 13901

201 W. Preston Street
Baltimore, MD 21201

2111 N. Hamilton
Richmond, VA 23230

7409 BNA Blvd. , NW
Glen Burnie, MD 21061
89 Kings Highway
Dover, DE 19901

18 Anamosa Ct.
Rockville, MD 20855
89 Kings Highway
Box 1401
Dover, DE 19901
25 St. Police Dr.
West Trenton, NJ 08628
148 Walton Ave.
AREA CODE AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER
607/772-2887


301/225-6368


804/367-6345


301/760-7740

302/736-4793


301/258-0220

302/736-4793


609/883-9500

606/255-4649
\
Richard Fox
     Jim Gerhart
               233 Mining and Mineral
               Research Building
               Lexington, KY  40508

Joint Conserv. Box 254,
Committee      Harrisburg, PA  17120

U.S.G.S.       208 Carroll Bldg.
               8600 Lasalle Rd.
               Towson, MD  21204
717/787-7570


301/828-1535

-------
PARTICIPANT
NAME
Keith Harner
y (fun^V
S Don yfrt»fca>
Cindy Kranz
Ben Lacy
Jill Larson
^/Joseph Lee

v'Ron Lilly
Paula Luborsky
Larry Mata

Cristina Morrison
David Nelms

^/^ Robert Paul
Linda Silversmith
Mary Sitton

Ron Slotkin
AFFILIATION ADDRESS
Dover
Township
WV Health
Dept.
EPA
EPA
EPA
DER

Lord Fx.
Planning
Dist. Comm,
EPA
EPIC

EPA
U.S.G.S.

WV Health
Dept.
League of
Women Voters
of Maryland
EPA

Broome Co.
Health Dept.
N.Y.S
2480 West Canal Rd.
Dover, PA 17315
1800 Washington St . , E
Charleston, WV 25305
1 Wall St.
841 Chestnut St.
Phil., PA 19107
Headquarters
PA DER, BCEC
2nd Floor Exec. House
Harrisburg, VA 17120
103 E. Sixth St.
Front Royal, VA 22630
841 Chestnut St.
Phil., PA 19107
P.O. Box 1575-EPA
Vint Hill Farms Station
Warrenton, VA 22186
Headquarters
3600 W. Broad St.
Room 606
Richmond, VA 23230
1800 Washington ST. , E
Charleston, WV 25305
260 New Mark Esp.
Rockville, MD 20850
P.O. Box 1575
Vint Hill Farms Station
Warrenton, VA 22186
1 Wall St.
Binghamton, NY 13901
AREA CODE AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER
717/292-3634
304/348-2981
215/597-8399
215/597-9058
202/245-3716
717/787-9561

703/635-4146
215/597-2786
703/349-8995

202/475-7057
804/771-2427

304/348-2981
301/294-0566
703/349-8975

607/772-2887

-------
PARTICIPANT
NAME
Bob Thranson
Mary Tieman

AFFILIATION ADDRESS

EPA
Cong.
Research
Service

Headquarters
1507 Baltimore Rd.
Alexandria, VA 22308

AREA CODE AND
TELEPHONE NUMBER
202/382-7103
202/282-5937

Tom Wall
Ava Nelson Zandi
EPA
EPA
401 M St., NW
Permits Div.
(EN-330)
Washington, DC  20460

841 Chestnut St.
Phil., PA  19107
202/475-9515
215/597-9388

-------
SOFTWARE DEMONSTRATED DURING WELLHEAD PROTECTION AREA
                 DELINEATION TRAINING COURSE
THWELLS

Source:     International Ground Water Modeling Center
           Holcomb Research Institute
           Butler university
           Indianapolis, IN  46208

           Phone:     (317)283-9458  Contact:  Stan Williams
       i
Use:       Drawdown calculations (Theis solution)

Cost:       $50


RESSQ

Source:     International Ground Water Modeling Cenfer
           Holcomb -Research Institute
           Butler university
           Indianapolis, IN  46208

           Phone:     (317)283-9458  Contact:  Stan Williams

Use:       Zone of Contribution, Zone of Transport    (Analytical)

Cost:       $100


GWPATH

Source:     Illinois State Water Survey
           2204 Griffith Dr.
           Champaign, IL  61820-7495

           Phone:     (217) 333-6775  Contact:  John Shafer

Use:       Particle Tracking, Zone of Transport        (Numerical)

Cost:       $125

-------